Grade According to new curriculum in compliance with

Curriculum Development Centre (CDC) .

Approved by CDC.
X

PRIME Optional
Mathematics
Pragya Books &
Distributors Pvt. Ltd.

Editors
LN Upadhyaya
Rajkumar Mathema
DN Chaudhary
Narayan Shrestha
Author Khem Timsina
Dirgha Raj Mishra J.N. Aryal
Kadambaba Pradhan
Dinesh Silwal
 Pragya Books & Distributors Pvt. Ltd.
Lalitpur, Nepal
Tel : 5200575
email : [email protected]

© Author

Author Dirgha Raj Mishra

Editors LN Upadhyaya
Rajkumar Mathema
DN Chaudhary
Narayan Shrestha
Khem Timsina
J.N. Aryal
Kadambaba Pradhan
Dinesh Silwal

First Edition 2076 B.S. (2019 A.D.)

Revised Edition 2077 B.S. (2020 A.D.)

Price Rs. 516/-

ISBN 978-9937-9170-4-9

Typist Sachin Maharjan

Sujan Thapa

Layout and Design Desktop Team

Printed in Nepal
 Preface

Prime Optional Mathematics series is a distinctly outstanding mathematics

series designed according to new curriculum in compliance with Curriculum
Development Centre (CDC) to meet international standard in the school level
additional mathematics. The innovative, lucid and logical arrangement of the
contents make each book in their series coherent. The representation of ideas in
each volume makes the series not only unique but also a pioneer in the evaluation
of activity based mathematics teaching.

The subject is set in an easy and child-friendly pattern so that students will
discover learning mathematics is a fun thing to do even for the harder problems.
A lot of research, experimentation and careful graduation have gone into the
making of the series to ensure that the selection and presentation is systematic,
innovative, and both horizontally and vertically integrated for the students of
different levels.

Prime Optional Mathematics series is based on child-centered teaching

and learning methodologies, so that the teachers can find teaching this series
equally enjoyable.

I am optimistic that, this series shall bridge the existing inconsistencies

between the cognitive capacity of children and the subject matter.

I owe an immense dept of gratitude to the publishers (Pragya Books team)

for their creative, thoughtful and inspirational support in bringing about the
series. Similarly, I would like to acknowledge the tremendous support of editors
team, teachers, educationists and well-wishers for their contribution, assistance
and encouragement in making this series a success. I would like to express my
special thanks to Sachin Maharjan (Wonjala Desktop) for his sincere support
of designing part of the book and also Mr. Gopal Krishna Bhattarai to their
memorable support to prepare this series.

I hope this series will be another milestone in the advancement of teaching

and learning Mathematics in Nepal. We solicit feedback and suggestions from
teachers, students and guardians alike so that I can refine and improvise the series
in the future editions.
– Author
 Contents
S.N. Units Page
1. Algebra 1
1.1 Function 2
1.2 Polynomials 21
1.3 Sequence and series 35
1.4 Linear programming 71
1.5 Solve of quadratic equation 86
2. Limit and Continuity 101
3. Matrices 117
4. Co-ordinate Geometry 139
5. Trigonometry 189
6. Vector Geometry 253
7. Transformation 277
8. Statistics 319
Model questions 342
Unit
1 Algebra

1. Algebra
1.1 Function
1.2 Polynomials
1.3 Sequence and series
1.4 Linear programming
1.5 Solve of quadratic equation

Specification Grid Table

K(1) U(2) A(4) HA(5) TQ TM Periods
No. of Questions 2 3 2 1
8 21 35
Weight 2 6 8 5
K = Knowledge, U = Understanding, A = Application, HA = Higher ability, TQ = Total
Questions, TM = Total Marks

Objectives : At the end of the lesson

• Students are able to find image and pre - image.
• Students are able to find the inverse and composite function & able to
represent in arrow diagram.
• Students are able to identify the polynomial and solving the polynomial
equations.
• Students are able to know the sequence and series and finding nth term and
sum of the terms.
• Students are able to solve quadratic equation graphically.
• Students are able to estimate the maximum and minimum values.

Materials
• Function machine.
• Arrow diagrams taken in chart paper.
• Graph paper and graph board.
• Geo board.
• Standard from of polynomial in chart paper.
• Chart of system of linear programming.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 1

1.1 Function
Enjoy the recalls:

Function :
The relation from a non-empty set A to the set B where
each element of domain is associated with one and only
one element of co-domain is called function f : A → B.

• It is denoted by y = f (x).
Where,
y is the image of x
x is the pre - image of y
The set of elements B is called co-domain.
The set of elements A is called domain.
The set of elements of y∈B which are associated with x is called range.

For example :
• In the function y = 2x + 1 with domain = {–2, 0, 1}
y = f(x) = 2x + 1 is a function.
domain = {–2, 0, 1}
f(–2) = 2(–2)+ 1 = –3
f(0) = 2 × 0 + 1 = 1
f(1) = 2 × 1 + 1 = 3
\ range = {–3, 1, 3}
\ f = {(–2, –3), (0, 1), (1, 3)}
Representation of above function in arrow diagram.

f
A B
–2 –3
0 1
1 3

f(x) = 2x + 1
Input f(x)
Processing into the
Activity : Function Machine machine by replacing x by
The above function f(x) = 2x + 1 can be domain elements
changed by using function machine for the Output of f(x)
domain {–2, 0, 1} as shown in diagram.
f(–2) = –3
f(0) = 1
f(1) = 3

2 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

Types of Functions
1. One to one Function: Example: f {(x, 1), (y, 2), (z, 3)}
In a function f : A → B, if different elements of its f
domain have their different images in co-domain A B
then the function is called a one to one function.
x 1
y 2
In return we can say that if each image in co-domain
z 3
is associated with only one pre-image in domain the
function is called one to one function.

2. Many to one function

If more than one elements of domain are associated Example:
with only one element in co-domain of a function f
f : A → B. Such type of function is called many to one A B
function. In this case there exist at least one image 1 a
in co-domain which has more than one pre - images. 2 b
3 c
3. Onto Function: 4
The function f : A → B where all the elements of co- 5
domain are associated with the elements of domain
is called onto function.
• Range and co-domain of an onto function are equal.
• All the elements of co-domain have pre - image in onto function.
Example:
f f
A B A B
a 1 a 1
b 2 b 2
c 3 c 3
d d 4
(Many - one onto) (one-one onto)

4. Into function:
The function f : A → B where at least one element of co-domain does not have pre - image
in domain is called into function.
• Range is proper sub - set of co-domain in into function.
• At least one element of co-domain is not associated with domain in into function.
Examples:
f f
A B A B
a 1 a 1
b 2 b 2
c 3 c 3
4 4
(one-one into) (Many - one into)

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 3

Algebraic functions

The function f : A → B in the form of algebric expression

is called algebric function.
Example : y = f(x) = ax + b

i) Constant function:
The algebraic function f : A → B in the form of y = f(x) = c (constant) is called constant
function.
• It represents a straight line parallel to X - axis.
• Example: for y = 3
f = {(–1, 3), (0, 3), (1, 3), (2, 3)}

• Arrow diagram: Graph:

f Y
A B y=3
–1
0 3
1
X' X
2 O

Y'
ii) Identity function:
The algebraic function f : A → B in the form of y = f(x) = x is called identity function.
• It shows the straight line passes through the origin which bisects the co-ordinate axes.
• Taking an example for y = x,
f = {(–1, –1), (0, 0), (1, 1), (2, 2)}.
• Arrow diagram: Graphical representation:
f Y
A B
–1 –1 y=x
0 0
1 1
X' X
2 2 O

Y'
iii) Linear Function
The algebraic function f : A → B in the form of y = f(x) = ax + b, a ≠ 0 is called linear
function.
• It shows the straight line in graph with the specific condition.
• Taking an example y = 2x + 3

4 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 x 0 –1 1 2
y 3 1 5 7
where, f = {(0, 3), (–1, 1), (1, 5), (2, 7)}.
• Arrow diagram: Graphical representation:
f Y
A B
–1 1

+3
0 3
1 5

2x
2 7

y=
X' X
O

Y'
iv) Quadratic function:
The algebraic function f : A → B in the form of y = f(x) = ax2 + bx + c, a ≠ 0 is called
quadratic function.
• It traces a curve of parabola.
• Taking an example of y = x2 + 2x – 3
x 0 1 –1 –3 2 –4
y –3 0 –4 0 5 5
Where, f = {(–1, –4), (0, – 3), (1, 0), (– 3, 0), (2, 5), (–4, 5)}
• Arrow diagram: Graphical representation:
f Y
–3
2x

A B
x 2+

–4 5
–3 0
y=

–1 –4 X' X
0 –3 O
1 5
2
Y'

v) Cubic function:
The algebraic function f : A → B in the form of y = f(x) = ax3 + bx2 + cx +d, a ≠ 0 is called
cubic function
• It shows the curve as shown in following graph
• Taking an example y = x3,

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 5

 x 0 1 –1 2 –2
y 0 1 –1 8 –8
Where, f = {(0, 0), (1, 1),(– 1,– 1 ), (2, 8), (– 2, –8)}

• Arrow diagram: Graphical representation:

f Y y = x3
A B
–2 –8
–1 –1
0 0
1 1
2 8
X' X
O

Y'
vi) Trigonometric functions:
The function f : A → B in the form of trigonometric expression like y = f(x) = Sinx is called
trigonometric function.
• It shows the curve as shown in the following graph.
• Taking an example y = Sin x
x 0° 30° 60° 90° 120° 150° 180° 210° 240° 270° 300° 330° 360°
y 0 0.5 0.86 1 0.86 0.5 0 –0.5 –0.86 –1 –0.86 –0.5 0
Where, f = {(0°, 0), (30°, 0.5).......................................}

• Graphical representation:
y = Sinx Y
Domain : 0 ≤ x ≤ 2p 1
Range : – 1 ≤ y ≤ + 1
Period : p

X' O X
30° 60° 90° 120° 150° 180° 210° 240° 270° 300° 330° 360°

–1
Y'

6 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

• y = Cosx (–2p ≤ x ≤ 2p)
Domain : – 2p ≤ x ≤ 2p
Range : – 1 ≤ y ≤ + 1
Period : p

x –2p 3r –p p 0 p p 3r 2p
– 2 –
2 2 2
y = Cosx 1 0 –1 0 1 0 –1 0 1
Y
1

y = Cosx

X' O X
p p
–2p – 7r – 3r – 5r –p – 3r –p –p 3r p 5r 3r 7r 2p
4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4

–1
Y'

• y = Tanx(–2p ≤ x ≤ 2p)

x – 2p 3r –p p 0 p p 3r 2p
– 2 –
2 2 2
y = Tanx 0 ∞ 0 ∞ 0 ∞ 0 ∞ 0

y = Tanx Y
Domain : – 2p ≤ x ≤ 2p
Range : –∞ ≤ y ≤ +∞
Period : p

X' X
0 p
–2p
3r –p –p p 3r 2p
– 2 2 2 2

Y'

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 7

 Exercise 1.1 'A'
1. Answer the following questions.
i) What is function? Write down in symbol.
ii) Define domain and range in the function y = f(x)
iii) What do you mean by algebric function? Write down with an example.
iv) What is trigonometric function?
v) What type of function is y = 2?

2. Which type of algebraic functions are given below?

i) f = {(1, 2), (4, 2), (–3, 2), (–5, 2)}

ii) f iii) y = 3x2 + 5x – 8

A B
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4

iv) y = 1 + Tanx v) f
A B
a
b
c 1
d
3. Identify the following functions as onto, into and their types with reasons.
i) f = {(1, 3), (2, 3), (3, 4), (4, 5)}

ii) f iii) f
A B A B
a 4
x 5
b 1
y 6
c 2
z 7
d 3
4 8
9
iv) f = {(2, 5), (6, 9), (8, 11), (15, 18)}

v) f
A B
2 x
3 y
4 z

8 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

4. Which of the followings are the functions. Write down with reasons for all.
i) Y ii) Y

X' X X' X
O O

Y' Y'

iii) iv) f
f
A B
A B 2 a
a 1
3 b
b 2
4 c
c 3
5
d 4
5

v) f
A B
3 1
5 2
7 3
9

5. Draw the graph of the followings:

i) f(x) = 4 ii) f(x) = x iii) y = x2
iv) y = Sinx (–2p ≤ x ≤ 2p) v) y = Cosx (–360° ≤ x ≤ 360°)

6. PRIME more creative questions:

i) Is f = {(2,3), (2, 5), (4, 7), (5, 6), (6, 8), (6, 9)} a function.
ii) Draw the graph of y = x2 and y = – x2 in the same graph paper.
iii) Draw the graph of y = x3 and y = – x3 in the same graph paper.
iv) Draw the graph of f (x) = x2 – 3x + 2 . Also find the points at which x - axis cuts the
curve?
v) Draw the graph of f (x) = Tanx. (–360° ≤ x ≤ 360°)

Answer
Show to your teacher.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 9

Inverse function:
f
Let us consider, the two sets,
A = {1, 2, 3, 4} & B = {5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11} with A B
f(x) = 2x + 3 5
Then, 1 6
f(1) = 2 × 1 + 3 = 5 2 7
f(2) = 2 × 2 + 3 = 7 3 8
f(3) = 2 × 3 + 3 = 9 4 9
f(4) = 2 × 4 + 3 = 11 10
\ R = {(1, 5), (2, 7), (3, 9), (4, 11)} 11
Here, f is written as a relation R only.

It is the function from the set A to B, It is one to one and into function.
But the relation taken from the set B to A is not a function because elements of co-domain 6,
8 and 10 don't have pre - images. Hence it has not the inverse function.
f
Let us consider another function f : A → B
Where A = {1, 2, 3, 4}, B = {5, 7, 9, 11} define as y = f(x) = 2x + 3 A B
Now, f(1) = 2 × 1 + 3 = 5 1 5
f(2) = 2 × 2 + 3 = 7 2 7
f(3) = 2 × 3 + 3 = 9 3 9
f(4) = 2 × 4 + 3 = 11 4 11
\ f = {(1, 5), (2, 7), (3, 9), (4, 11)}

Here,
f(x) is one - one and onto function. We can define a relation from B to A where each
element of B uniquely relates with elements of A and seems reverse to f(x) as {(5, 1), (7,
2), (9, 3), (11, 4)}.
This reverse relation is also a function and we define as f –I(5) = 1, f –I(7) = 2, f –I(9) = 3 and
f –I(11) = 4
\ f –I = {(1, 5), (2, 1), (3, 9), (4, 11)}

If elements of range and elements of co-domain are same, the function so formed is called
onto function.

Inverse function:
If f : A → B be a one to one and onto function from
the set A to B, then ∃ a function from B to A, called the
inverse function f -l : B → A.

• Inverse of f(x) is written as f –I(x).

• y = f(x) is a function from the set A to B, then y = f –I(x) is the inverse function from
the set B to A.
• If y = f(x) is a function, its inverse is calculated by interchanging the role of x and y
as x = f(y),

10 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Steps to find f –I :
i) Write y = f(x)
ii) Interchange x and y
iii) Solve for y
iv) Replace y by f –I(x)
v) Put specific value of x if asked in the question.

Example :
If f = {(1, 2), (3, 4), (5, 6), (7, 8)} is function. Then inverse function of ‘f' is f –I = {(2, 1), (4,
3), (6, 5), (8, 7)}.

f f -l
A B B A
1 2 2 1
3 4 4 3
5 6 6 5
7 8 8 7
Function Inverse Function

Worked out Examples

f (x + h) – f (x)
1. If f(x) = 3x –2, find f(3), f(x + 2), and h .
Solution:
f(x) = 3x – 2.
Then, f(3) = 3 × 3 – 2 = 7
or, f(x + 2) = 3(x + 2) – 2 = 3x + 4.
f (x + h) – f (x)
or, h =

3h
= = h =3

2. If f(x+3) = 2x –5, find f(x) and f(6)

Solution:
f(x + 3) = 2x – 5
Let, a = x + 3
\ x=a–3
Then,
f(x + 3) = 2x – 5
or, f(a) = 2(a – 3) – 5
or, f(a) = 2a – 6 – 5
or, f(a) = 2a – 11
\ f(x) = 2x – 11
Then, f (6) = 2 × 6 – 11 = 12 – 11 = 1.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 11

 Alternative method – 1 Alternative method – 2
f(x + 3) =2x – 5 f(x + 3) = 2x – 5
or, f(x +3) = 2(x + 3) – 5 – 6 or, f(x + 3 – 3) = 2(x – 3) – 5
or, f(x) = 2x – 11 [replace x + 3 by x] or, f(x) = 2x – 6 – 5
Then, \ f(x) = 2x – 11
f (6) = 2 × 6 – 11 = 12 – 11 = 1. Then,
f(6) = 2 × 6 – 11 = 1

3. If f(x) = 2x – 7 , find f –I(x) and f –I(3).

3 2x – 7
Solution: f(x) = 3
For inverse of f(x)
Let, y = f(x)
2x – 7
or, y = 3
Interchanging the role of ‘x' and ‘y'
2y – 7
or, x = 3
or, 2y – 7 = 3x
3x + 7
or, y =
2
3x + 7
\ f –I(x) =
2
Again,
3×3+7 16
f –I(3) = 2 = 2 =8

4. If g(3x – 2) = 2x + 5, find g –I(x).

Solution :
g(3x – 2) = 2x + 5
or, g a
3x – 2 + 2 k 2 (x + 2) +
3 = 3 5
+
2x 4 15 + Alternative method:
or, g(x) = 3 g(3x – 2) = 2x + 5
2x + 19 2 4
\ g(x) = 3 or, g(3x – 2) = 3 (3x – 2) + 3 + 5
2 19
Again, or, g(3x – 2) = 3 (3x – 2) + 3
Let y = g(x) 2 19
i.e g(x) = 3 x + 3
2x + 19 Let g(x) be 'y'.
or, y = 3
Interchanging the role of x and y for inverse 2x + 19
i.e. y = 3
2y + 19 Interchanging the role of x & y.
or, x = 3 2y + 19
or, 2y + 19 = 3x x= 3
or, 2y = 3x – 19 3x – 19
3x – 19 \ y= 2
or, y = 2 3x – 19
3x – 19 \ g (x) =
–I
2
\ g –I(x) = 2

12 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Exercise 1.1 'B'
1. Answer the following questions.
i) What do you mean by inverse function?
ii) If 3 is the domain of f(x) = 2x – 5 find its range.
iii) If 7 is the range of f(x) = 2x + 1, find its domain.
iv) Find the image where 30° is the pre-image of the function f(x) = 2Sinx.
v) If the image of an element of a function y = 2Cosx is 0, what will be its pre-image.

2. Find the followings:

i) If f(x) = 2x + 7, domain = {–2, –1, 0, 1, 2}, find range and function in ordered pair.
Also write down its inverse function.
ii) If f(x) = 3x – 2, range = {4, 7, 10}, find domain. Also show f(x) in arrow diagram. Also
find f –I and show in arrow diagram.
iii) If image of a function f(x) =1 + 2sinx is 2, find the angle ‘X'
iv) If domain = {0°, 30°, 60°, 90°}of a function y = 2cosx – 1, find the range. Also show
the inverse function f –I in arrow diagram.
v) If range of a function f(x) = 2sinx – 3 is {–3, –2,–1, 3 ^1– 3 h }, find the domain. Also
show the inverse function in arrow function.

3. Find the inverse function of the followings.

i) f(x) = 3x – 2 ii) f:x → 5x + 7
3x – 7 x
iii) g(x) = 2 iv) h(x) = x + 2 , x ! – 2
3x + 4
v) f = [x, x + 1 , x ! – 1]

4. Find the followings.

i) If f (x) = 2x + 3, find f –I(5) and f –I(–1)
ii) If f(x) = 3x – 5, find f –I(x + 2)
3x – 2
iii) If f –I(x) = 2 , find f(x) and f(x + 2).
g (x + h) – g (x)
iv) If g –I(x) = 2x – 7, find h .
v) If f(x) = ax + 3 and f (5) = 1, find the value of ‘a'.
–I

5. i) If f(x + 1) = 3x – 2, find f(x) and f –I(x).

ii)If f(x + 3) = 2x + 1, find f(x) and f –I(x).
iii)
If g(2x + 3) = 3x – 2, find g(x) and g –I(5).
iv)If g(3x – 4) = 2x + 3, find g –I(–1)
g (x + h) –g (x)
v) If g –I(2x – 1) = 3x + 2, find h

6. PRIME more creative questions:

2x – 5
i) If f(x) = 3 and f(x) = f –I(x), find the value of ‘x'.
3x – 2
ii) If f(x) = 2 , If f –I(x + 5) = f(x), find ‘x'.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 13

 iii) If f(x + 2) = 3x + 2, If f –I(x) = f –I(2), find ‘x'.
iv) If f(3x + 4) = 2x – 1, If f –I(x) = f –I(1), find ‘x'.
v) If f –I(x – 3) = 5x + 2, If f(x) = f –I(–4), find ‘x'.

Answer
1. Show to your teacher
2. i) R = {3, 5, 7, 9, 11}, f(x) = {(–2, 3), (–1, 5), (0, 7), (1, 9), (2, 11)} f –I = {(3, –2), (5, –1),
(7, 0), (9, 1), (11, 2)}
ii) D = {2, 3, 4}, f –I = {(4, 2), (7, 3), (10, 4)} iii) 30°
f f

2 4 4 2
3 7 7 3
4 10 10 4
iv) R = {1, 3 – 1 , 0, –1} v) D = {0°, 30°, 60°, 90°}
f f

0° 1 –3 0°
30° 3 –1 –2 30°
60° 0 3 (1– 3 ) 60°
90° –1 –1 90°
x +2 x –7 2x + 7
3. i) 3 ii) 5 iii) 3
2x 4–x
iv) 1– x , x ≠ 1 v) x –3 ,x ≠3
x +7 2x + 2 2x + 6
4. i) 1, – 2 ii) 3 iii) 3 , 3
1
iv) 2 v) 2
x +5 x +5 3x – 13 23
5. i) 3x – 5, 3 ii) 2x – 5, 2 iii) 2 , 3
3
iv) –10 v) 2
6. i) – 5 ii) 6 iii) 2
iv) 1 v) 2

14 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

Composite Function:
Let us consider a function f(x) from the set A to the set B and g(x) is the another function
from the set B to the set C, then the new function taken from the set A to the set C directly is
denoted by gof which is called composite function of f and g.
• If first function is g(x) and second is f(x), the composite function is fog.
• If first function is h(x) and second function is g(x), the composite is goh.
[Note : If f:A → B and g:B → C both are one-one and onto then there exist a function from
C→A, which is called the inverse function of gof and we denote it as fog.]

If f : A → B be a function from A to B and g : B → C be the another

function from B to C, then the single function taken from A to C directly
is called the composite function of f and g written as gof: A → C.
• Also is written as gf.

Example:
w If f = {(1,2), (3, 4), (5, 6), (7, 8)} and g = {(2, 5), (4, 7), (6, 9), (8, 11)} then the composite
function will be explained as,
f(1) = 2, g(2) = 5 & gof(1) = 5
f(3) = 4 g(4) = 7 & gof(3) = 7
f(5) = 6 g(6) = 9 & gof(5) = 9
f(7) = 8 g(8) = 11 & gof(7) = 11

Then, gof = {(1, 5), (3, 7), (5, 9), (7, 11)}.
It can be expressed in arrow diagram as,
f g

A B C
1 2 5
3 4 7
5 6 9
7 8 11

gof

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 15

Worked out Examples
1. If f = {(3, –2), (5, 0), (7, 2), (9, 2)} and g = {(a, 3), (b, 5), (c, 7), (d, 9)}, find fog. Also show in
arrow diagram.
Solution:
f = {(3, – 2), (5, 0), (7, 2), (9, 2)}
g = {(a, 3), (b, 5), (c, 7), (d, 9)}
Arrow diagram for composite fog:
g f

A B C
a 3 –2
b 5 0
c 7 2
d 9

fog

From the arrow diagram, we get

fog = {(a, – 2), (b, 0), (c, 2), (d, 2)}

2. If f(x) = 3x + 4 and g(x) = 2x – 3, find fog(x) and gof(2).

Solution:
f(x) = 3x + 4
g(x) = 2x – 3
Then,
fog(x) = f [ g (x)]
= f(2x – 3)
Alternative method for gof (2).
= 3 (2x – 3) + 4
gof(x) = g [ f (x) ] )
= 6x – 9 + 4
= g (3x + 4 )
= 6x – 5
= 2 (3x + 4 ) – 3
gof(2) = g [ f (2) ]
= 6x + 5
= g [3 × 2 + 4]
Then,
= g (10)
gof(2) =6x2+5
= 2 × 10 – 3
= 17.
= 17

3x + 2
3. If f (x) = x–1 , x ! 1, prove that fof -I(x) is an identity function.
Solution:
3x + 2
f (x) = x–1
For f-1(x),
Let, y = f (x)
3x + 2
or, y = x – 1

16 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Interchanging the role of ‘x' and ‘y' we get,
3y + 2
or, x = y – 1
or, 3y + 2 = xy – x
or, x + 2 = xy – 3y
or, x + 2 = y (x – 3)
x+2
or, y = x – 3
+
` f-1(x) = xx – 32 .

Again, Composite fof –I(x).

fof –I (x) = f [f –I(x)]
= fa x –3 k
x+2

3a x – 3 k + 2
x +2
= x +2
x –3 –1
3x + 6 + 2x – 6
= x +2– x +3
5x
= 5
=x
\ fof –I(x) = x which is the identity function.

2x–3
4. If f(x) = 2 , g(x) = 3x + 5 and fog(x) = f –I(x), find the value of ‘x'.
Solution:
2x – 3 Note : (Please try to)
f(x) = 2
g(x) = 3x + 5 • Use the concept of inverse function if
Then, for f (x),
–I necessary.
Let, y = f(x) • Use the concept of composite function.
• Convert the relations to algebraic equation.
2x – 3
or, y = 2 • Solve for x to find the unknowns as linear
Interchanging the role of x and y. and quadratic form.
2y – 3
or, x = 2
or, 2y – 3 = 2x
Again, by the question, we have,
2y + 3 fog(x) = f –I(x)
or, x = 2
+ 2x + 3
` f –I(x) = 2x2 3 or, f[g(x)] = 2
2x + 3
or, f(3x + 5) = 2
2 (3x + 5) – 3 2x + 3
or, 2 = 2
or, 6x + 7 = 2x + 3
or, 4x = –4
\ x = –1

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 17

 Exercise 1.1 'C'
1. Answer the following questions.
i) What is composite function?
ii) If f(1) = 2 and g(2) = 3, What will be gof(1)?
iii) If f(a) = q and g(p) = a, what will be fog(p)?
iv) If f(x) = 2x, find fof.
v) What will be the result of fof-1(x) for any function f(x)? What type of function is it.

2. Find the following with arrow diagram.

i) Find gof where f = {(1, 4), (4, 7), (6, 9), (7, 10)} and g = {(4, 8), (7, 10), (9, 13),
(10, 14)}.
ii) Find fog where f = {(3, –1), (5, 1), (6, 2)}, and g = {(1, 3), (2, 3), (3, 5), (4, 6)}.
iii) Find hog where g = {(–2, 0), (4, 0), (6, 8), (9, 11)} and h = {(0, 3), (8, 11), (11, 11),
(13, 16)}.
iv) Find the function ‘g' where f = {(a, x), (b, y), (c, y), (d, z)} and gof = {(a, 1), (b, 2),
(c, 2), (d, 3)}.
v) Find the function ‘h' where g ={(a, 2), (b, 4), (c, 6), (d, 6)} and goh = {(1, 2), (2, 4),
(3, 6), (4, 6)}.

3. If f(x) = 2x – 1 and g(x) = 3x + 2, find the following composite functions.

i) fog(x) ii) gof(x) iii) fof(x)
iv) fog(2) v) gog( – 1)

2x – 3 1
4. i) If f : x → 2 and g : x → x + 1, find fog ( 2 ).
ii) If f(x) = 2x + 1 and g(x) = 3x – 2, find fog–I(x).
2x – 5
iii) If f(x) = 2 , g(x) = x + 2, find f –Iog(x)
3x + 1
iv) If f(x) = 2 , find fof-1(x).
2x + 3
v) If g(x) = x – 2 , x ≠ 2 prove that g –Iog(x) is an identity function.

5. i) If f(x) = x – 3, g(x) = 3x + 5 and gof(x) = 2, find the value of ‘x'.

2x – 3 13
ii) If f(x) = 2 , g(x) = 3x – 1 and fog(x) = 2 , find the value of ‘x'.
iii) If f(x) = 2x + 7, g(x) = kx – 3 and gof( – 3 ) = 1, find the value of k.
3x + 2
iv) If f(x) = 3 , g(x) = 2x – 3 and gof –I (x) = f(x), find the value of ‘x'.
2x + 5
v) If f(x) = 2 , g(x) = 3x – 7 and , f –I og(x) = f(x), find the value of ‘x'.

6. PRIME more creative questions:

a. i) If f(x) = 3x – 2, g(x) = 2x + 1 and fog(x) = g –I(x)– 4, find the value of ‘x'.
ii) If f(x) = x2 + 2x, g(x) = x + 2 and fog(x) = 0, find the value of ‘x'.
iii) If f(x) = 2x + 1, g(x) = x2 – 3x and gof(x) = 2, find the value of ‘x'.
iv) If f(x + 2) = 3x + 5 and f[g(x) + 2] = x + 3, find f –I(5).

18 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 1 2x + 1
v) If f(x) = ax + 1 and fof(x) = 2x + 3 , prove that f –I(1) = 0.

b. i) If f(x) = 3x + 5 and fog(x) = 6x + 7, find the value of g –I (2).

ii) If g(x) = x + 2 and fog(x) = 2x – 7, find the value of f –I (1).
iii) If f(x) = 2x – 3, gof(x) = 3x + 2 and fog(x) = 4, find the value of x.
iv) If f(x) = 3x + b, fog(x) = 2x – 7, and gof –I(2) = – 5, find the value of ‘b'.
v) If g(x) = 5x – 2, gof(x) = 10x + 3, If f(x) = f –I(x), find the value of ‘x'.

7. Project work
Draw the curve of the function y = Sinx where domain = {–360° ≤ x ≤ 360°}. Also find
3
the domain of it by taking the range = {0, 0.5, 2 , 1} and show in arrow diagram of its
inverse function.

Answer
1. Show to your teacher.
2. i) gof = {(1, 8), (4, 10), (6, 13), (7, 14)} ii) fog = {(1, –1), (2, –1), (3, 1), (4, 2)}
f g
f g
A B C A B C
1 4 8 1 3 –1
4 7 10 2 5 1
6 9 13 3 6 2
7 10 14 4

gof gof

iii) hog = {(–2, 3), (4, 3), (6, 11), (9, 11)} iv) g = {(x, 1), (y, 2), (z, 3)}
g h f g

A B C
–2 0 3 a x 1
4 8 11 b y 2
6 11 16 c z 3
d
9 13
gof

v) h = {(1, a), (2, b), (3, c), (4, d)}

h g

A B C
1 a 2
2 b 4
3 c 6
4 d

goh

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 19

 Answer
3. i) 6x + 3 ii) 6x – 1 iii) 4x – 3 iv) 15 v) –1
2x + 7 2x + 9
4. i) 0 ii) 3 iii) 2 iv) x
5. i) 2 ii) 3 iii) 4 iv) 5 v) 6
3
6.a. i) –1 ii) – 2 or – 4 iii) –1& 2 iv) 13
2 28
b. i) ii) 6 iii) –2 iv) v) –1
3 5

Function
Unit Test
Time : 30 minutes
[1 × 1 + 3 × 2 + 2 × 4 + 1 × 5 = 20]

Attempt all the questions:

1. If f = {(1, 2), (3, 4), (5, 6), (7, 8)}, find the inverse of f.

2. a) Define inverse function and write down its suitable example.

b) If f(x) = 2x – 1, find f-1 (x).
c) If fof(x) = 4x – 9, find f(x), where f(x) is a linear function.

2x – 3
3. a) If f(x) = 3x – 2, g(x) = 2 and fog(x) = g-1(x), find the value of ‘x'.
b) If fog(x) = 6x – 1, f(x) = 2x – 5 and gof(x) = 3, find the value of ‘x'.

4. Answer the following questions where

f = {(3, –2), (4, – 1), (5, 0), (6, 1)} and g = {(5, 3), (7, 5), (6, 4), (8, 6)}
a) Define the term composite function.
b) Find the composite function fog and show in arrow diagram.
c) Find fog in the form of linear equation.

20 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

1.2 Polynomial
Enjoy the recall:
The algebraic expression with non negative interger (whole numbers) as the exponent
(power) of the variables is consider as a polynomial.

Examples :
xyz + x4 – 3y
3x2 – 4x + 6

The algebraic expression with non-negative integer as

the power of variables is called polynomial.

Points to remember in polynomial

i. The polynomial having degree n is written as,
p(x) = a0 xn + a1xn–1 + a2xn–2 + a3xn–3 + ....................................................... + anx0
It is called the standard form of the polynomial of degree n in x.

ii. The polynomial should be written in descending order of the power of variables.
Eg: x3 + 3x2 + 2x – 3. It is the standard form of the polynomial of degree 3.

iii. Variables may be x, y, xy, xyz etc. where the polynomial is denoted by
p(x) = In terms of x.
= 2x4 + 3x3 – 5x2 + 2x – 1
p(y) = In terms of y.
= 3y3 + 2y2 – 5y + 2.
p(xy) = In terms of xy.
= x3y2 + x2y + xy2 + y3.

iv. Types of polynomial according to number of terms.

Monomial (having only one term), p(x) = 2x3
Binomial (having two terms), P(x) = 3x2 + 5x,
Trinomial (having three term), p(x) = 2x3 + 3x2 + 5x.
Polynomial (having many term), p(x) = 2x5 + 3x4 + 2x3 + x2 + 5x + 7.

v. Types of polynomial according to degree of variables.

Constant p(x) = C, C∈R
Linear : p(x) = ax + b (first degree) a ≠ 0, a, b ∈ R
Quadratic, p(x) = ax2 + bx + c (second degree) a ≠ 0, a, b, c ∈ R
Cubic p(x) = ax3 + bx2 + cx + d (Third degree) a ≠ 0, a, b, c, d ∈ R
Biquadratic, p(x) = ax4 + bx3 + cx2 + dx + e (Forth degree) a ≠ 0, a, b, c, d, e ∈ R

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 21

Multiplication of polynomials:
Let, us consider
p(x) = 2x2 – 3x + 2
q(x) = 3x – 2
Then,
p(x) q(x) = (2x2 – 3x + 2) (3x – 2)
= 3x(2x2 – 3x + 2) – 2( 2x2 – 3x + 2)
= 6x3 – 9x2 + 6x – 4x2 + 6x – 4
= 6x3 – 13x2 + 12x – 4
• For the multiplication of the polynomial the coefficient should be multiplied as
a1 × a2 = a1 a2 and power of the variables should be added as
x 3 × x 5 = x 3 + 5 = x8

Properties of multiplication of the polynomials.

i. Commutative law: f(x). g(x) = g(x).f(x).

ii. Canciliation law: f(x). g(x) = g(x).h(x).

Then, f(x) = h(x) where the common polynomial g(x) from both sides can be canceled.

iii. Closer property: Multiplication of any two polynomials results a polynomial.

i.e. p(x).q(x) = polynomial = q(x). p(x)

iv. Associative property : f(x)[g(x). h(x)] = [f(x). g(x)] h(x).

v. Distributive law over addition : f(x) [g(x) + h(x)] = f(x). g(x) + f(x). h(x).

vi. Multiplicative identity: p(x).1 = 1. p(x) = p(x)

Division of polynomials:
Let us consider p(x) = x3 – 3x2 + 2x – 5 and q (x) = x + 3,
Then for p(x) ÷ q (x)
q(x) p(x)
x + 3 x3 – 3x2 + 2x – 5 x2 – 6x + 20
x3 + 3x2
(–) (–)

– 6x2 + 2x – 5
– 6x2 – 18x
(+) (+)
20x – 5
20x + 60
(–) (–)
– 65

22 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Here,
Quotient = (x2 – 6x + 20 )
Remainder = – 65

For the division of polynomial, the coefficient of the variables should be divided and power of
the variables should be subtracted as
( 4x4 + 2x3 – 6x2 + 8x ) ÷ 2x
4x 4 2x3 6x2 8x
= ( 2x + 2x – 2x + 2x
= ( 2x3 + x2 – 3x + 4 )

Synthetic division method for division of the polynomials:

This is the way of division of polynomials by using the

coefficient of the variables only by taking the polynomial
in standard form and by taking the constant term of the
divisor with opposite sign.

i.e. For (ax3 + bx2 + cx + d) ÷ (x – k)

k a b c d
ka k2a + kb k3a + k2b + kc
a ka + b k2a + kb + c k3a + k2b + kc + d

x2 x1 x0
Here,
Divisor = x – k [Taking ‘k' for division]
Dividend = ax3 + bx2 + cx + d [Taking constant coefficients a, b, c and d for division]
Quotient = ax2 + (ka + b)x + (k2a + bk + c)
Remainder = k3a + k2b + kc + d

Example :
p(x) = x3 – 3x2 + 2x – 3
q(x) = x + 2
p(x) ÷ q(x)

Taking x = – 2
–2 1 –3 2 –3
–2 10 –24
1 –5 12 –27
Here,
x2 x1 x0 Divisible = p(x) = x3 – 3x2 + 2x – 3
Dividend = q(x) = x + 2
Quotient = Q(x) = x2 – 5x + 12
Remainder = R = – 27

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 23

 Exercise 1.2 'A'
1. Answer the following questions.
i) What is polynomial?
ii) Write down the standard form of 'n' degree polynomial.
iii) What do you mean by degree of the polynomial? Write down the types of polynomial.
iv) What do you mean by synthetic division?
v) What do you mean by zero of the polynomial?

2. Which of the followings are the polynomials ? Write down with reason.
3
i) 3x3 + 2x2 – 5x + 2 – x ii) 5x2 – 2x3 + 3x4 – 2 – x
iii) 3 x2 – 2 x + 3x3 + 5 iv) 3x4 2 + 5x5 3 – 2x3 + 5x2 + 2x
v) 5 x – 2 x2 + 3 x3 + x 4 – 7

3. Write down the polynomials in standard form. Also write their degree.
i) 2x2 + 3x3 – 5x + x4 – 1 ii) 7 – 5x2 + 2x3 – x
iii) 7x + x – 2x + 5 + 2x
3 5 4
iv) 5x – 3x2 + 2x3 – x4 + 3x2
v) 3x – 2x + 14x + 12x – x + 15x
2 3 5 4 6

4. Find p(x). q(x) from the following.

i) P(x) = 2x3 – 3x2 + x – 2 and q(x) = x2 – 2x + 1.
ii) P(x) = x3 – 5x2 + 2x – 4 and q(x) = 2x2 – 3x + 2.
iii) P(x) = f(x) + g(x), q(x) = g(x), f(x) = x2 + 3x + 2 and g(x) = 2x3 – 3x2 + 2x – 5
iv) P(x) = 2f(x) – g(x), q(x) = f(x), f(x) = x2 + 2x + 3 and g(x) = 3x2 – 2x3 + 5x – 3
v) 2p(x) = 4x3 – 6x2 + 4x – 2 & 3q(x) = 3x2 – 6x + 3

5. Divide the following polynomials:

i) (x3 – 3x2 – 2x + 2) by (x – 2)
ii) x4 + 2x3 – 4x2 + 2x + 18 by x + 3
iii) p(x) = 2x3 + 5x2 – 28x – 15, q(x) = 2x + 1; p(x) ÷ q(x)
iv) (x3 + 3x2y + 3xy2 + y3) by (x + y)
v) p(x) = x3 – y3 by q(x) = x – y; p(x) ÷ q(x)

6. Divide the followings using synthetic division method.

i) x3 + 2x2 – 3x – 2 by x – 1 ii) 2x3 + 3x2 – 5x + 1 by x + 2
iii) x + 5x – 2x – 3x – 1 by x – 2
4 3 2
iv) 4x3 – 3x + 2 by 2x – 1
v) 2x + 5x – 3x – 7 by 2x + 3
3 2

7. PRIME more creative questions.

i. Divide x3 + y3 + z3 – 3xyz by x + y + z.
ii. Divide x3 – 2x2 + 3x – 5 by x2 – 3x + 2
iii. Multiply the sum of x3 + 2x2 + 3x – 2 and x2 – x + 3 by x2 – 3x + 2
iv. Divide p(x) = x4 – 2x2 – 7 by x + 3, by using synthetic division method.
v. Divide p(x) by 2x – 1 where p(x) = 2x3 – 3x2 + 5x – 2

24 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Answer
1. Show to your teacher.

2. Show to your teacher.

3. Show to your teacher.

4. i) 2x5 – 7x4 + 9x3 – 7x2 + 5x – 2

ii) 2x5 – 13x4 + 21x3 – 24x2 + 16x – 8
iii) 4x6 – 10x5 + 20x4 – 35x3 + 29x2 – 31x + 15
iv) 2x5 + 3x4 + 3x3 + 4x2 + 15x + 27
v) 2x5 – 7x4 + 10x3 – 8x2 + 4x – 1

5. i) quotient = x2 – x – 4, remainder = – 6
ii) quotient = x3 – x2 – x + 5, remainder = 3
iii) quotient = x2 + 2x – 15, remainder = 0
iv) quotient = x2 + 2xy + y2, remainder = 0
v) quotient = x2 + xy + y2, remainder = 0

6. i) quotient = x2 + 3x, remainder = –2

ii) quotient = 2x2 – x – 3, remainder = 7
iii) quotient = x3 + 7x2 + 12x + 21 remainder = 41
iv) quotient = 2x2 + x – 1, remainder = 1
v) quotient = x2 + x – 3, remainder = 2

7. i) x2 + y2 + z2 – xy – yz – zx
ii) quotient = x + 1, remainder = 4x – 7
iii) x5 – 5x3 + x2 + x + 2
iv) quotient = x3 – 3x2 + 7x – 21, remainder = 56
v) quotient = x2 – x + 2, remainder = 0

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 25

Remainder Theorem
Let us consider an example : 7 ÷ 3
3 7 2
6
1
Here, quotient = 2
remainder = 1
Where, 7 = 3 × 2 + 1.
Similarly, (x2 + 3x + 3) ' (x + 1)
x – 1 x2 + 3x + 3 x + 4
x2 – x
(–) (+)

4x + 3
4x – 4
(–) (+)
7

Here, quotient = x + 4.
Remainder = 7
Where, (x2 + 3x + 3) = (x – 1) (x + 4) + 7.
i.e P(x) = (x – 1). Q(x) + R
Here,
Again, taking x = 1, in p(x)
P(1) = (x2 + 3x + 3) x + 2 x3 + 3x2 – 3x – 2 x2 + x – 5
= 12 + 3 × 1 + 3 x2 + 2x2
= 7. (–) (–)
\ P(x) = Remainder (R)
x2 – 3x – 2
Similarly for another example, x2 + 2x (remainder)
(x3 + 3x2 – 3x – 2) ÷ (x + 2) (–) (–)
Taking x = – 2,
P(–2) = x3 + 3x2 – 3x – 2 – 5x – 2
= (–2)3 + 3(–2)2 –3(–2) – 2 – 5x – 10
= – 8 + 12 + 6 – 2 (+) (+)
=8
8
Conclusion, p(x) = 8 = R.

Statement of remainder theorem :

If a polynomial P(x) is divided by (x – a), the remainder
‘R' is equal to P(a).
[R = value of p(x) for x = a]

26 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Proof:
When a polynomial P(x) is divided by x – a,
P(x) = dividend
x – a = divisor
Q(x) = Quotient
R = remainder.
Where,
P(x)= (x – a) Q(x) + R
Taking x = a
P(a) = (a – a).Q(a) + R x – a P(x) Q(x)
= 0.Q(a) + R
=0+R .......
=R R
\ remainder (R) = P(a)

Corollary:
i) When a polynomial is divided by x + a°
Where,
P(x) = (x + a).Q(x) + R
Taking x = – a,
P(–a) = (–a + a).Q(–a) + R
or, P(–a) = 0 + R
\ Remainder (R) = P(–a)

ii) If a polynomial P(x) is divided ax – b.

Here,
P(x) = (ax – b). Q(x) + R
b
Taking x = a .

P a a k = `a × a – b j . Q a a k + R
b b b

or, P a a k = 0. Q a a k + R
b b

or, P a a k = 0 + R
b

\ R = Pa a k
b

iii) If a polynomial P(x) is divided by ax + b

Here, P(x) = (ax + b) Q(x) + R
b
Taking x = – a

P a– a k = {a. a– a k + b}. Q a– a k + R
b b b

or, P a– a k = 0. Q a– a k + R
b b

or, P a– a k = 0 + R
b

\ R = P a– a k
b

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 27

Worked out Examples
1. If a polynomial x3 + 2x2 – 3x – 2 is divided by x + 2, find the remainder.
Solution:
P(x) = x3 + 2x2 – 3x – 2
Divisor = x + 2
Taking, x = – 2
Remainder (R) = P(x)
or, R = (–2)3 + 2(–2)2 – 3(–2) – 2
or, R = – 8 + 8 + 6 – 2
\ R=4

2. If a polynomial x3 + 2x2 – Px – 5 leaves remainder 4 on dividing with x + 3.

Find the value of ‘p'
Solution:
P(x) = x3 + 2x2 – px – 5
Divisor = x + 3
Remainder (R) = 4
Now, Taking x = – 3
R = P(x)
or, 4 = (–3)3 + 2(–3)2 – P(–3) – 5
or, 4 = –27 + 18 + 3p – 5
or, 18 = 3p
\ p=6

Factor theorem:
Let us consider an example 8 ÷ 2 = 4
Here, the remainder becomes zero where 8 can be expressed as
8 =2×4+0
=2×4
In this example, when remainder is zero.
The divisor 2 and quotient 4 become the factors of 8.

Factor theorem:
If value of a polynomial p(x) = 0 for any value of x = a then
x – a is a factor of P(x).
• If x – a is a factor of a polynomial p(x) then p(a) = 0
[i.e. remainder R = 0]

Proof: If a polynomial p(x) is divided by x – a.

P(x) = dividend
x – a = divisor
Q(x) = quotient
R = remainder

28 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Then,
P(x) = (x – a). Q(x) + R
Taking x = a then P(x) = 0
or, 0 = (a – a). Q(a) + R
or, 0 = 0 + R
\ R=0
i.e: for the remainder R = 0, the divisor x – a & quotient Q(x) are the factors of P(x).

Converse: If remainder R = O divisor (x – a) will be the factor

Proof: P(x) = (x – a). Q(x) + R
or, P(x) = (x – a) . Q(x) + 0
or, P(x) = (x – a) . Q(x)
i.e. (x – a) is a factor of P(x)

Worked out Examples

1. Prove that (x + 1) and (x – 3) are the factors of a polynomial x3 + 3x2 – 3x – 15
Solution :
P(x) =x3 + 3x2 – 13x – 15
Taking x = –1.
P(–1) =(–1)3 + 3(–1)2 - 13(–1) – 15
= –1 + 3 + 13 – 15
=0
` (x + 1) is a factor of p(x)
Again, Taking x = 3
P(3) = 33 + 3 × 32 – 13 × 3 – 15
= 27 + 27 – 39 – 15
= 54 – 54
=0
\ (x – 3) is a factor of P(x).

2. If (x + 2) is a factor of x3 + mx2 – 11x – 30, find the value of ‘m'

Solution:
P(x) = x3 + mx2 – 11x – 30
Factor = x + 2
Now,
Taking x = – 2,
P(x) = 0
or, (–2)3 + m(–2)2 – 11(–2) – 30 = 0
or, –8 + 4m + 22 – 30 = 0
or, 4m = 16
16
or, m = 4
\ m=4

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 29

3. Factories: x3 + 3x2 – 13x – 15.
Solution:
P(x) = x3 + 3x2 – 13x – 15
The possible factors of 15 are ±1, ±3, ±5, ±15.
Now, Taking x = – 1
P(–1) = (–1)3 + 3(–1)2 – 13(–1) – 15
= – 1 + 3 + 13 – 15
=0
\ (x + 1) is a factor of p(x).
Then,
P(x) = x3 + 3x2 – 13x – 15
Please try to find p(x) = 0.
= x3 + x2 + 2x2 + 2x – 15x – 15
By putting successively
= x (x + 1) + 2x(x + 1) – 15(x + 1)
2
possible factors of constant
= (x + 1) (x2 + 2x – 15)
term of the polynomial in
= (x + 1) { x2 + (5 – 3)x – 15}
p(x)
= (x + 1) (x2 + 5x – 2x – 15)
If p(x) = 0 for x = –2, the
= (x + 1) {x(x + 5) – 3(x + 5)}
factor will be x + 2.
= (x + 1) (x + 5) (x – 3)

Alternative Method:
Let, P(x) = x3 + 3x2 – 13x – 15
the possible factors of 15 are ±1, ±3, ±5, ±15.

Now,
Taking x = – 1 (using synthetic division)
–1 1 3 –13 –15
–1 –2 15
1 2 –15 0
` (x + 1) is a factor &

Q(x) = x2 + 2x – 15
= x2 + 5x – 3x –15
= x(x + 5) – 3(x + 5)
= (x + 5) (x – 3)
Then,
P(x) = (x + 1) Q(x)
= (x + 1) (x + 5) (x – 3)

4. Solve the polynomial x3 – 7x – 6 = 0

Solution: x3 – 7x – 6 = 0
Let, P(x) = x3 – 7x – 6
The possible factors of 6 are ±1, ±2, ±3, ±6.
Now taking x = – 2 (using synthetic division)

30 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 –2 1 0 –7 –6
–2 4 6
1 –2 –3 0
\ (x + 2) is a factor of P(x) and Remember :
Q(x) = x2 – 2x – 3 For a polynomial
Then, 2x3 – 3x2 – 23x + 12, the
or, (x + 2) Q(x) = 0 possible factors will be ±1,
or, (x + 2)(x2 – 2x –3) 1
±2, ±3, ±4, ±6, ±12, ± 2 ,
or, (x + 2){x2 – 3x + x – 3} = 0 3
or, (x + 2){x(x – 3) + 1(x – 3)} = 0 &± 2
or, (x + 2)(x – 3) (x + 1) = 0
Either or or
x+2=0 x–3=0 x+1=0
\ x=–2 x=3 x = –1
\ x = – 2, –1, 3

5. If (x + 2) is a factor of x3 + ax2 – bx – 24 and it leave's a remainder 6 when divided by (x + 3),

find the value of ‘a' & ‘b'.
Solution:
P(x) = x3 + ax2 – bx – 24.
Factor = x + 2
Divisor = x + 3
Remainder (R) = 6.
Now, Taking x = – 2, [for factor x + 2]
P(x) = 0
or, x3 + ax2 – bx – 24 = 0
or, (–2)3 + a(–2)2 – b(–2) – 24 = 0
or, 4a + 2b = 32
or, 2(2a + b) = 32
or, b = 16 – 2a .................................. (i)
Again, Taking x = – 3 [for divisor x + 3]
p(x) = R
or, (– 3)3 + a(– 3)2– b(–3) – 24 = 6
or, –27 + 9a + 3b = 30
or, 3(3a + b) = 57
or, b = 19 –3a ................................. (ii)
Solving equation (i) and (ii),
16 – 2a = 19 – 3a
\ a=3
Substituting the value of a in equation (i),
b = 16 – 2(3)
= 16 – 6
= 10
\ a = 3 and
b = 10

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 31

 Exercise 1.2 'B'
1. Answer the following questions.
i) Sate remainder theorem.
ii) Sate factor theorem.
iii) Prove that x-1 is a factor of the polynomial x2 + 2x – 3.
iv) Write down the relation of polynomial p(x), divisor x-a, quotient q(x) and remainder
R.
v) Prove that remainder R = p(x) for x = a. When p(x) is divided by x – a.

2. Find the remainder and quotient from the following using the remainder theorem.
i) (x3 – 3x2 – 2x + 5) ÷ (x + 1) ii) (x3 + 2x2 – 3x – 13 ) ÷ (x – 2)
iii) (2x + x + 3x – 4) ÷ (2x – 1)
3 2
iv) (2x3 – x2 + 4x – 2) ÷ (3x + 2)
v) (x + 2x – 4x – 3) ÷ (x + 3)
3 2

3. i) Prove that (x + 1) and (x – 3) are the factors of a polynomial x3 + 2x2 – 11x – 12.
ii) Prove that ( x – 1), (x + 2) and (x + 5) are the factors of the polynomial x3 + 6x2 + 3x
– 10.
iii) If x3 + 3x2 – 5x – 2 = (x + 2).Q(x) + R, find Q(x) and R.
iv) If p(x) = 2x3 – 3x2 + 2x – 7 = (x – 3). Q(x) + R, find Q(x) and R.
v) If a polynomial p(x) is divided by x + 2 which leaves remainder –4 and quotient 2x2
– 3x – 1, find p(x).

4. i) If a polynomial x3 – px2 – 2x + 5 leaves remainder 3 on dividing with x + 1, find the

value of ‘p'.
ii) If a polynomial x3 + (2k – 3 )x2 – 3x – 5 leaves remainder 1 on dividing with x – 2, find
the value of k.
iii) If a polynomial 2x3 + ax2 + a2x – 4 leaves remainder 28 on dividing with x – a, find the
value of ‘a'.
iv) If a polynomial x3 + kx2 – 2x – 3 leaves remainder 7 on dividing with x + k, find the
value of ‘k'.
v) If a polynomial x3 + ax2 + bx + 2 leaves remainder 8 and – 16 on dividing with x – 1
and x + 3 respectively, find the value of ‘a' and ‘b'.

5. i) If (x + 2) is a factor of a polynomial 6x3 + 2px2 + 3x – 10, find the value of ‘p'.

ii) If a polynomial x3 + 2x2 – 11x – 12 posses the factor x2 – 2x – 3, find the other factor.
iii) If 2R1 + R2 = 6 where R1 and R2 are the remainder obtained on dividing the
polynomials x3 + 2x2 – 5ax – 7 and x3 + ax2 – 12x + 6 by x + 1 and x – 2 respectively
find the value of ‘a'.
iv) If the polynomials x3 + bx2 – ax – 6 and x3 + x2 – 2ax + 8 have the common factor x – 2,
find the value of ‘a' and ‘b'.
v) If the polynomials x3 + 4x2 – 2x + 1 and x3 + 3x2 – x + 7 leaves equal remainder when
divided by x –a, find the value of ‘a'.

32 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

6. Factorize the followings:
i) x3 – x2 – 10x – 8 ii) x3 + 3x2 – 13x – 15
iii) x3 – 7x – 6 iv) x3 – 19x – 30
v) 2x3 – 3x2 – 23x + 12

7.a. Solve the followings:

i) x3 + 3x2 – 6x – 8 = 0 ii) x3 + 8x2 + 11x – 20 = 0
iii) x3 – 19x – 30 = 0 iv) x3 – 21x – 20 = 0
v) x3 + 3x2 – 16x + 12 = 0
b. i) 2x3 – 3x2 – 18x – 8 = 0 ii) 3x3 – 13x2 – 59x + 21 = 0
iii) 6x3 +29x2 – 7x – 10 = 0 iv) 4x3 + 16x2 – 45x + 18 = 0
v) 8x3 + 6x2 – 17x + 6 = 0

8. PRIME more creative questions:

a. i) If a polynomial x3 + px2 + qx – 15 has a factor x + 5 and leaves remainder 0 on
dividing with x + 3, find the value of p and q.
ii) If a polynomial 2x3 + 3x2 – kx + 4 leaves remainder 2k when divided by x– 2, find the
value of ‘k'.
iii) If one factor of a polynomial x3 – ax2 + (2a – 12)x + 24 is (x + 2), find the other
factors.
iv) The sum of the remainders when x3 + x2 + 5x + k is divided by x – 3 and when it is
divided by x + 2 is 17. Find the value of ‘k'.
v) Show that 1, 2 and 3 are the zeros of the polynomial of x3 – 6x2 + 11x – 6

b. Find the roots of the polynomial from the followings:

i) 2x4 – 7x3 + 4x2 +7x – 6 = 0 ii) x(x + 4){(x + 1) (x + 3) – 4} – 20 = 0
iii) 2x (x – 4) = 5x – 17x + 6
2 2 3
iv) y = x3 + 3x2 – 13x – 10 and y = 5
v) (x – 1) (x + 2) (x – 3) (x – 6) + 56 = 0

9. Project work
Prepare a report of operations on polynomial and synthetic division method in a chart
paper and present into your classroom.

Answer
1. Show to your teacher

2. i) 3; x2 – 4x + 2 ii) –3; x2 + 4x + 5 iii) –2; x2 + x + 2

iv) 1; x2 – 2x – 1 v) 0; x2 – x – 1

2. iii) 12; x2 + x – 7 iv) 26; 2x2 + 3x + 11 v) 2x3 + x2 – 7x – 6

3. i) 3 ii) 2 iii) 2 iv) 5 v) 2, 3

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 33

 Answer
4. i) 8 ii) x+4 iii) 2 iv) 5, 2 v) (3, –2)

5. i) (x + 1)(x + 2)(x – 4) ii) (x + 1)(x – 3)(x + 5) iii) (x + 1)(x + 2)(x – 3)

iv) (x + 2)(x + 3)(x – 5) v) (x + 3)(x – 4)(2x – 1)

6.a. i) –1, –4, +2 ii) 1, – 4, – 5 iii) – 2, – 3, 5

iv) – 1, – 4, 5 v) 1, 2, – 6
1 1 1 2
b. i) –2, 4, – 2 ii) –3, 7, 3 iii) –5, – 2 , 3
1 3 3 1
iv) –6, 2 , 2 v) –2, 4 , 2

7.a. i) 7, 7 ii) 8 iii) 5; (x – 3) & (x – 4)

iv) –6
3 1
b. i) 1, –1, 2, 2 ii) 1, –2, –5 iii) 1, –2, 3, 2
iv) –5, 3, –1 v) –1, 5, 2 – 2 2 , 2+ 2 2

Polynomial
Unit Test
Time : 30 minutes
[1 × 1 + 3 × 2 + 2 × 4 + 1 × 5 = 20]

Attempt all the questions:

1. State factor theorem.

2. a) State and prove remainder theorem.

b) If x – 1 is a factor of a polynomial x3 + (m + 1)x2 – 11x + 6, find the value of m.
c) If a polynomial p(x) = (x + 3). Q(x) + R(x) and P(x) = x3 + 4x2 – 11x + 6, find the value
of Q(x) and R.

3. a) Factorise : x3 + 3x2 – 16x + 12

b) Solve : x3 – 7x + 6 = 0

4. If (x + 2) is a factor of a polynomial x3 + ax2 – bx – 12 which leaves remainder 30 on

dividing with x – 3, find the value of a and b. Also find the polynomial p(x + 1).

34 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

1.3 Sequence and Series
Enjoy the recall:
Sequence :
Let us consider the examples of the set of numbers taken in order,
i. 2, 7, 12, 17, ..., ..., ..., ii. 1, 3, 9, 27, 81, ..., ..., ...,
iii. 1, 3, 6, 10, 15, ..., ..., ..., iv. 1, 4, 9, 16, 25 ..., ..., ...,
The set of numbers given in above examples are written under a certain rule which are called
sequence.

A set of numbers written in ascending or

descending order under a certain rule is
called sequence.

• The number come in Succession is written under a certain rule or formula with a common
constant.
• The successive numbers written in a sequence are called terms.
• The constant number which defines the order of the sequence is called common difference
and common ratio respectively for the arithmetic and geometric sequence.

Progression :
Out of four examples discussed above, there is a constant difference in example (i) and there
is a constant ratio in example (ii) which are called progression.

The sequence having constant difference

or constant ratio in each pair of terms is
called progression.

Series :
The above examples given in sequence can be written as follows:
i. 2 + 7 + 12 + 17 + ... + ... + ... + ii. 1 + 3 + 9 + 27 + 81 + ... + ... + ... +
iii. 1 – 3 – 6 – 10 – 15 – ... + ... + ... + iv. 1 – 4 – 9 – 10 – 16 – ... + ... + ... +
This way of writing the terms of the sequence by using sum or difference sign are called
series.

Arithmetic Sequence (Progression) :

A sequence is called an arithmetic sequence if difference of any two consecutive terms remain
same.

The sequence in which the terms are written under

the rule of addition with a constant number is called
arithmetic sequence where the constant number is
involved in the sequence is called common difference.
i.e. d = t2 – t1

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 35

Examples:
i. 2, 6, 10, 14, ..., ..., ..., ... each successive terms are increased by 4 in this sequence.
ii. 40, 32, 24, 16, ..., ..., ..., ... each successive terms are decreased by 8 in it.
iii. a, a + d, a + 2d, a + 3d ..., ..., ..., ... each successive terms are increased by ‘d' in this sequence.
In the above examples the successive terms are written under the rule of addition by (+4)
in (i), (–8) in (ii) and (+d) in (iii) respectively where all of them are the arithmetic sequence.

nth term of the arithmetic sequence

Let us consider ‘a' is taken as the first term and ‘d' as the common difference and a, a + d, a +
2d, a + 3d, ..., ..., ..., are the successive terms of an arithmetic sequence. Then the nth term can
be expressed as follows.
1st term = t1 = a = a + o.d = a + (1 – 1)d
2nd term = t2 = a + d = a + (2 – 1) d
3rd term = t3 = a + 2d = a + (3 – 1)d
4th term = t4 = a + 3d = a + (4 – 1)d
5th term = t5 = a + 4d = a + (5 – 1)d

In this way, nth term of the sequence can be expressed as

tn = a + (n – 1) d.

where, common difference (d) = t2 – t1 = t3 – t2 = ........................

Arithmetic means

All the intermediate terms between first

and last terms of an AP are called the
arithmetic means.

Let us consider AM is the middle term between the two terms of an arithmetic sequence a
and b then the sequence becomes,
a, AM & b
Here,
Common difference = t2 – t1 = t3 – t2
Common difference = AM – a = b – AM
or, AM – a = b – AM
or, 2AM = a + b
a+b
or, AM = 2
Here,
a+b
AM = 2 is the only one arithmetic mean between any two terms of an AP.

• Let m1, m2, m3, ..., ..., ..., mn be n number of AMs between the two terms 'a' and 'b'. The
sequence so formed is a, m1, m2, m3, ..., ..., ..., mn, b.

36 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Here,
First term = a
Common difference = d
Last term = b
No. of terms = n + 2 = n'
We have,
tn = a + (n' – 1)d
or, tn+2 = a + (n + 2 – 1)d
or, b = a + (n + 1)d
b–a
or, d = n + 1
Then,
The arithmetic means will be
b–a
m1 = t2 = a + d = a + n + 1
b–a
m2 = t3 = a + 2d = a + 2. n + 1
b–a
m3 = t4 = a + 3d = a + 3. n + 1
and so on nth mean can be written as
b–a
mn = a + nd = a + n. n + 1

Worked out Examples

1. Is 12, 18, 24, 30, ..., ..., ..., an arithmetic sequence?
Solution:
The given sequence is : 12, 18, 24, 30 ..., ..., ..., ...
Here,
t2 – t1 = 18 – 12 = 6
t3 – t2 = 24 – 18 = 6
t4 – t3 = 30 – 24 = 6
The difference between any two consecutive terms is same,
Hence, it is an arithmetic sequence.

2. Is 71 a term of the sequence 11, 16, 21, 26, 31, ..., ..., ..., ?
Solution:
The given sequence is : 11, 16, 21, 26, 31, ..., ..., ..., ...
Here,
t2 – t1 = 16 – 11 = 5
t3 – t2 = 21 – 16 = 5

Hence, it is an arithmetic sequence.

Then,
First term (a) = 11
Common difference (d) = t2 – t1 = 16 – 11 = 5.
nth term (tn) = 71.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 37

 We have,
tn = a + (n – 1)d
or, 71 = 11 + (n – 1) 5
or, 12 = n – 1
\ n = 13.
Hence, 71 is the 13th term of the given sequence.

3. If 5th term and 11th term of an arithmetic sequence are 23 and 47 respectively. Find the 15th
term of the sequence
Solution:
Fifth term (t5) = 23
Eleventh term (t11) = 47
We have,
tn = a + (n – 1)d
or, t5 = a + (5 – 1)d
or, 23 = a + 4d
or, a = 23 – 4d ........................ (i)
Again,
t11 = a + (11 – 1)d
or, 47 = 23 – 4d + 10d [ a from equation (i)]
or, 24 = 6d
\ d=4
Putting the value of ‘d' in equation (1)
a = 23 – 4 × 4 = 7
Again,
t15 = a + (15 – 1)d
= 7 + (14) (4)
= 7 + 56
= 63
\ 15th term is 63

4. If x – 3, 2x + 1 and 29 are in AP, find the value of ‘x' and find the common difference.
Solution:
(x – 3), (2x + 1) and 29 are in AP
Where,
t2 – t1 = t3 – t2 = common difference
or, (2x + 1) – (x – 3) = 29 – (2x + 1)
or, 2x + 1 – x + 3 = 29 – 2x – 1
or, 3x = 24
\ x=8

Then,
Common difference (d) = t2 – t1
= (2x + 1) – (x – 3)
= (17 – 5)
= 12
Common difference = 12

38 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

5. If nth term of a series 2 + 10 + 18 + ..., ..., ..., and nth term of the another series 8 + 14 + 20 + ...,
..., ..., are equal, find the value of ‘n'
Solution:
1st series 2nd series
2 + 10 + 26 + ... + ... + ... 8 + 14 + 20 + 26 + ... + ... + ...
Here, a=2 a=8
d = 10 – 2 = 8 d = 14 – 8 =6
tn = a + (n – 1) 8 tn = a + (n – 1) 6
= 8n – 6 = 8 + (n – 1) 6
= 6n + 2
By the question, nth term of them are equal,
8n – 6 = 6n + 2
or, 2n = 8
\ n=4

6. Find the arithmetic mean between the terms 12 and 20.

Solution:
First term (a) = 12
Second term (b) = 20
then,
a+b
AM = 2
12 + 20
= 2
32
= 2
= 16.

7. Insert 4 AMs is between 8 and 38.

Solution:
First term (a) = 8
Last term (tn) = 38
no. of AMS = 4
\ No. of terms (n) = 4 + 2 = 6

We have,
tn = a + (n – 1)d
or, 38 = 8 + (6 – 1)d
or, 30 = 5d
\ d=6

Then, the 4 AMS are

m1 = a + d = 8 + 6 = 14
m2 = a + 2d = 8 + 12 = 20
m3 = a + 3d = 8 + 18 = 26
m4 = a + 4d = 8 + 24 = 32

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 39

8. How many AMs are there between 104 and 36 where the ratio of Last mean and first mean
is 2 : 5?
Solution:
Let, No. of AMs be ‘x'
a = 104
tn = 36
n=x+2
m x : m1 = 2 : 5

We have,
tn = a + (n – 1)d
or, 36 = 104 + (x + 2 – 1)d
68
or, d = – x + 1 ................................................ (i)

Again,
mx 2
m1 = 5
a + xd 2
or, a+d = 5
or, (104 + xd) 5 = 2(104 + d)
or, 520 + 5xd = 208 +2d
or, d(5x – 2) = – 312
68 312
or, – x + 1 = – 5x – 2 [ a from equation (i)]
or, 340x – 136 = 312x + 312
or, 28x = 448
448
or, x = 28
\ x = 16
\ There are 16 means.

40 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Exercise 1.3 'A'
1. Answer the following questions.
i) What is Sequence? Write down with an example.
ii) What is series? Write down with an example.
iii) What is progression? What is its different from sequence?
a+b
iv) What do you mean by arithmetic sequence? Prove that AM =
2
v) Prove that tn = a + (n –1)d

2. Examine, which of the followings are the arithmetic sequence or series.

i) 2, 10, 18, 26, 34, 42, 50 ii) 112, 100, 88, 76, 64, 52, 40
iii) 80 + 40 + 20 + 10 + 5 iv) 3, 6, 12, 24, 48, 96
v) a + 3d, a + 5d, a + 7d, a + 9d, a + 11d

3. i) If first term = 20 & common difference = 4, find the 12th term of the sequence.
ii) If nth term = 72, first term = 12 and common difference = 6, find the number of terms
of the sequence.
iii) If a = 80, d = – 8 and tn = – 16, find the number of terms of the progression.
iv) If tn = 24, d = – 4 and n = 20, find the first term of the series.
v) If a = 8, tn = 148 and n = 15, find the value of common difference of the sequence.

4. i) Is 62 a term of the series 2 + 6 + 10 + 14 + ... + ... + ... +

ii) Which term of the sequence 20 + 26 + 32 + 38 + ... + ... + ... + is 104?
iii) How many terms are there in the sequence 124, 112, 100, 88, ..., ..., ..., 4?
iv) Find the 20th term of the given series 13 + 20 + 27 + 34 + ... + ... + ... +
v) If d = 8 and t11 = 79. Find the arithmetic sequence.

5. i) If first term of an arithmetic sequence is 80 and common difference is – 6, find the

13th term of the sequence.
ii) If 25th term of an AP having common difference 4 is 100, find the 15th term of the
sequence.
iii) If 12th term of an arithmetic series whose first term 20 is 53, find the 20th term of the
series
iv) If 3rd term of an AP is 16 and 7th term is 40, find the 10th term of the sequence.
v) If 5th term and 12th term of an arithmetic sequence are respectively 39 and 95, find
the 15th term of the sequence.

6. i) If 7th term and 20th term of an AP are 47 and 138 respectively, find the progression (sequence).
ii) If 12th term and 5th term of an arithmetic series are 68 and 152 respectively find the series.
iii) If nth term of a sequence 2, 6, 10, 14, 18, ..., ..., ..., and nth term of another sequence
122, 116, 110, 104, ..., ..., ..., are equal, find the number of terms.
iv) Monthly salary of Pranisha in a Private office is Rs. 12,000. If her salary is increased
every year by Rs 4,000, what will be her salary after 10 years?
v) Monthly fees of a private school of grade IX is Rs. 5,000 where fees increased every
year by 10%. After how many years the fees will be Rs. 8000?

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 41

7. Find the arithmetic mean from the followings.
i) 20 and 28 ii) 104 and 156
iii) (a + d) and (a – d) iv) 3a – 4d and 5a + 4d
v) a + 12 and 38 – a.
8. i) Insert 4 AMS between 12 and 42.
ii) Insert 5 AMS between 104 and 20.
iii) Insert 3 AMS between a – 2d and a + 2d.
iv) If 12 x, y, z, 44 are in arithmetic sequence, find x, y, &, z.
v) If 200, p, q, r, s, 100 are in AP, find the value of p, q, r, & s.

9. i) If 24, a, b, c, 48, d, e are in AP, find the value of a, b, c, d, & e.

ii) If a, b, 36, c, d, e and 68 are in AP, find the value of a, b, c, d &, e.
iii) How many AMs are there between 20 and 84 where the third mean is 44?
iv) How many AMs are there between 14 and 86 where the first mean and last mean
are in the ratio 1:4?
v) Find the number of AMs between 220 and 172 where ratio of last mean and 2nd
mean is 15 : 17? Also find the number of terms.

10. PRIME more creative questions:

i. Find the sum of the first 5 terms of an AP whose third term is 4. Write this problem.
ii. Find the second term of an AP where the sum of the first 3 terms is 30.
iii. 9th term of an AP is 5 times the second term and 6th term is 46. Find the 20th term of
the sequence.
iv. If k-1, 2k and 4k – 4 are in AP, find the value of ‘K'. Also find the common difference.
v. Pranav saved Rs 500 in the month of Baishakh Rs. 800 in the second month and Rs.
1,100 in the next month likewise he is going to Shave. In which month he saves Rs
3,800 of the same year?

Answer
1. Show to your teacher.
2. Show to your teacher.
3. i) 64 ii) 11 iii) 13 iv) 100 v) 10
4. i) 16th term ii) 15th term iii) 11 iv) 146 v) –1, 7, 15
5. i) 8 ii) 60 iii) 77 iv) 58 v) 119
6. i) 5, 12, 19, .... ii) 200 + 188 + 176 + ......... iii) 13
iv) 48,000 v) 7 yrs
7. i) 24 ii) 130 iii) a iv) 4a v) 25
8. i) 18, 24, 30, 36 ii) 90, 76, 62, 48, 34
iii) a – d, a, a + d, iv) 20, 28, 36 v) 180, 160, 140, 120
9. i) 30, 36, 42, 54, 60 ii) 20, 28, 44, 52, 60
iii) 12 iv) 11 v)
10. i) 20 ii) 10 iii) 167 iv) 5, 6 v) chaitra

42 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

Sum of the first ‘n' terms of arithmetic sequence
Let us consider an arithmetic series is, 2 + 5 + 8 + 11 + 14.
Here, First term (a) = 2
Common difference (d) = t2 – t 1
=5–2
=3
Then, nth term of the series is,
tn = a + (n – 1)d
= 2 + (n – 1)3
= 2 + 3n – 3
= 3n – 1

The sum of the terms of the series can be written in sigma-notation as,
5 5

Sn = /t n = / (3n–1)
n=1 n=1

But it is the generalization of the sum of the ‘n' terms of the sequence from which terms
can be written in expanded form and sum of the terms can be calculated by adding the
terms for the finite number of terms only, where,
5

Sn = / (3n–1)
n=1

= (3 × 1 – 1) + (3 × 2 – 1) + (3 × 3 – 1) + (3 × 4 – 1) + (3 × 5 – 1)
= 2 + 5 + 8 + 11 + 14
= 40

Derivation of formula :
For the ‘n' terms of the arithmetic sequence, sum of the terms can be calculated by derivation
of formula, where as below
Let Sn = t1 + t2 + t3 + t4 + ... + ... + ... + tn ...................................... (i)
\ Sn = tn + tn – 1 + tn – 2 + tn – 3 + ... + ... + ... + t1 .......................... (ii)

By adding (i) and (ii), we have

or, 2Sn = (t1 + tn) + (t2 + tn – 1) + (t3 + tn – 2) + ... + ... + ... + (tn + t1)
or, 2Sn = (t1 + tn) + (t1 + d + tn – d) + (t1 + 2d + tn – 2d) + ... + ... + ... + (t1 + tn)
or, 2Sn = (t1 + tn) + (t1 + tn) + (t1 + tn) + ... + ... + ... + (t1 + tn)
or, 2Sn = n(t1 + tn)
n
or, Sn = 2 (t1 + tn)
n
or, Sn = 2 (a + tn)
n
or, Sn = 2 [a + a + (n – 1)d]
n
or, Sn = 2 [2a + (n – 1)d]
n
Also, Sn = 2 [a + tn], where tn it the last term

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 43

Worked out Examples
5
1. Write down in expanded form and find the sum of / (–1) n + 1 (2n-5).
n=1
Solution :
5
/ (–1) n + 1 (2n-5) = (–1)1 + 1 (2 × 1 – 5) + (1)2 + 1 (2 × 2 – 5) + (–1)3 + 1 (2 × 3 – 5) + (–1)4 + 1
n=1
(2 × 4 – 5) + (–1)5 + 1 (2 × 5 – 5)
= (–3) + (1) – (–1) – (3) + (5)
= –3+1+1–3+5
= 1

2. Find the sum of the terms of series 3 + 7 + 11 + 15 + ... + ... + ... + upto 15 terms.
Solution :
3 + 7 + 11 + 15 + ... + ... + ... upto 15 terms
Here,
The given series is in AP,
First term (a) = 3
Common difference (d) = t2 – t1
=7–3
=4
No. of term (n) = 15
Then,
n
Sn = 2 [2a + (n – 1)d]
15
or, S15 = 2 [2 × 3 + (15 – 1)4]
15
or, = 2 × 62
= 465
\ S15 = 465

3. Find the sum of the terms of the series, 50 + 44 + 38 + 32 + ... + ... + ... + 2.
Solution :
The given AS is
50 + 40 + 38 + 32 + ... + ... + ... + 2.
Here,
First term (a) = 50
Common difference (d) = t2 – t1
= 40 – 50
=–6
Last term (tn) = 2
Then,
tn = a + (n – 1)d
or, 2 = 50 + (n – 1)d
–48
or, –6 = n – 1
or, 8 = n – 1
\ n=9

44 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Again, sum of the 9 terms is,
n
Sn = 2 [a + tn]
9
\ S9 = 2 [50 + 2]
9
= 2 × 52 26
= 234

4. If sum of the terms of an AS having first term 12 and common difference 7 is 517, find the
number of terms.
Solution :
In an AS,
First term (a) = 12
Common difference (d) = 7
Sum of the terms (Sn) = 517
We have,
n
Sn = 2 [2a + (n – 1)d]
n
or, 517 = 2 [2 × 12 + (n – 1)7]
n
or, 517 = 2 [24 + 7n – 7]
or, 17 n + 7n2 = 1034
or, 7n2 + 17n – 1034 = 0
or, 7n2 + (94 – 77)n – 1034 = 0
or, 7n2 + 94n – 77n – 1034 = 0
or, n(7n + 94) – 11(7n + 94) = 0
or, (n – 11) (7n + 94) = 0

Either or
n – 11 = 0 7n + 94 = 0
94
\ n = 11 n = – 7 (It is neglected)
\ No. of terms are 11.

5. If sum of the terms of an AP having first term 84 and last term 14 is 735, find the common
difference.
Solution :
In an AP,
First term (a) = 84
Last term (tn) = 14
Sum of the terms (Sn) = 735
We have,
n
Sn = 2 [a + tn]
or, 735 × 2 = n[84 + 14]
or, 1470 = 98n
1470 15
or, 98 =n
\ n = 15

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 45

 Again,
tn = a + (n – 1)d
or, 14 = 84 + (15 – 1)d
or, –70 = 14d
\ d = –5
\ common difference is –5.

6. If 12th term and 20th term of an AP are 46 and 78 respectively, find the sum of the first 25
terms.
Solution :
In an AP,
12th term (t12) = 46
20th term (t20) = 78

We have,
tn = a + (n – 1)d
or, t12 = a + (12 – 1)d
or, 46 = a + 11d
or, a = 46 – 11d ........................................... (i)

Again,
t20 = a + (20 – 1)d
or, 78 = 46 – 11d + 19d [From eqn. (i)]
or, 32 = 8d
\ d=4

Substituting the value of ‘d' in eqn. (i)

a = 46 – 11 × 4
= 46 × 44
=2

Again, sum of the 25 terms is,

n
Sn = 2 [2a + (n – 1)d]
25
or, S25 = 2 [2 × 2 + (25 – 1)4]
25
or, S25 = 2 × 100
\ S25 = 1250

46 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

7. If sum of the first 5th terms and first 15 terms of an AP are 110 and –30 respectively find the
sum of the first 20 terms.
Solution :
In an AP,
S5 = 110
S15 = –30
S20 = ?
We have,
n
Sn = 2 [2a + (n – 1)d]
5
or, S5 = 2 [2a + (5 – 1)d]
or, 110 × 2 = 10a + 22d
or, a = 22 – 2d ................. (i)

Again,
15
S15 = 2 [2a + (15 – 1)d]
or, 30 = 15(a + 7d)
or, 2 = 22 – 2d + 7d
or, –20 = 5d
\ d=–4

Substituting the value of 'd' in equation (i)

a = 22 – 2 × (–4)
\ a = 30

Again,
n
S20 = 2 [2a + (n – 1)d]
20
= 2 [2 × 30 + 19(–4)]
= 10 × (–16)
= – 160
\ S20 = – 160

8. The 9th term of an AP is 5 times the second term and sum of the first 12 terms is 600. Find
the sum of the first 20 terms.
Solution :
t9 = 5t2
S12 = 600
We have,
tn = a + (n – 1)d
Taking, t9 = 5t2
or, a + (9 – 1)d = 5[a + (2 – 1)d]
or, a + 8d = 5a + 5d
or, 3d = 4a
4a
\ d = 3 .............. (i)

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 47

 Again,
n
Sn = 2 [2a + (n – 1)d]
12 4a
or, S12 = 2 [2a + (12 – 1)( 3 )]
600 44a
or, 6 = 2a + 3
50a
or, 100 =
3
\ a=6

Substituting the value of ‘a' in equation. (i)

4×6
d= 3 =8

Again,
Sum of 1st 20 terms is,
20
S20 = 2 [2a + (20 – 1)d]
= 10[2 × 6 + 18 × 8]
= 10 × 164
= 1640

9. The sum of the three terms in AP is 15 and their product is 80. Find the terms.
Solution :
Let, the three terms in AP be a – d, a and a + d.
1st condition;
sum of the terms = 15
or, a – d + a + a + d = 15
or, 3a = 15
\ a=5

2nd Condition;
product of them = 80
or, (a – d) a(a + d) = 80
or, 5(5 – d)(5 + d) = 80
or, 25 – d2 = 16
or, d2 = 9
\ d = ±3

Then,
a – d = 5 – (±3) = 2 or 8
a=5
a + d = 5 + (±3) = 8 or 2
\ The required three terms are 2, 5, 8 or 8, 5, 2.

48 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

10. The sum of the first 4 terms of a AP is 38 whose last term is 44 and the sum of the last 4
terms is 158. Find the number of terms of the sequence.
Solution :
In and AP,
Sum of first 4 terms (s) = 38
Sum of last 4 terms= 158
Last term (tn) = 44
We have,
Sum of last four terms = 158
or, (tn) + (tn – d) + (tn – 2d) + (tn – 3d) = 158
or, 4 × 44 – 6d = 158
or 176 – 158 = 6d
or, d = 3

Again,
n
Sn = 2 [2a + (n – 1)d]
4
or, S4 = 2 [2a + (4 – 1)3]
or, 38 = 2[2a + 9]
or, a = 5

Again,
tn = a + (n – 1)d
or, 44 = 5 + (n – 1)3
or, 13 = n – 1
\ n = 14 terms
\ There are 14 terms in the sequence.

Remember :
• The three terms in AP : a – d, a and a + d.
• The four terms in AP : a – 3d, a – d, a + d and a + 3d.
• The five terms in AP : a – 2d, a – d, a, a + d and a + 2d.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 49

 Exercise 1.3 'B'
1. Answer the following questions.
i) Write down the formula of sum of first n terms of the arithmetic series.
ii) Are the terms a – d, a and a + d in AP?
iii) Write down the formula of sum of first 'n' terms of the arithmetic series having last
term 'l'.
iv) Write down the sequence having first term 3 and common difference 4.
v) Are the term of 4, 7, 10, 13, ..., ..., ... in AP?

2. Write down the following in expanded form and find the sum of the terms.
4 5 6

i) / (3n–2) ii) / (–1) n

(2n + 3) iii) / (5n–3)
n=1 n=1 n=1
5

iv) v) / (n –3n)
2

n=1

3. Find the sum of the following terms of the series.

i) 2 + 8 + 14 + 20 + ... + ... + ... + 15 terms.
ii) 100 + 96 + 92 + ... + ... + ... + 20 terms.
iii) 3 – 7 – 17 – 27 – ... – ... – ... – 12 terms.
iv) 7 + 13 + 19 + ... + ...+ ... + 79.
v) 80 + 72 + 64 + ... + ...+ ... + 8

4. i) If first term is 15 and common difference of the series is 6, find the sum of the first
12 terms.
ii) If first term of an AP having sum of the first 15 terms 525 is 7, what will be its
common difference?
iii) If d = 10, Sn = 1170 of the first 15 terms, find the first term of the sequence.
iv) How many terms are there in the series 13 + 20 + 27 + 34 + ... + ...+ ... , where sum of
terms is 1590 ?
v) The sum of the first ‘n' terms of the series 124 + 112 + 100 + 88 + ... + ...+ ... is 600,
find the value of ‘n'.

5. i) The 7th and 13th terms of an AP are 150 and 60 respectively. Find the sum of the first
18 terms.
ii) The 12th and 21st terms of an AP are 54 and 0 respectively. Find the sum of the first
35 terms.
iii) If 11th term of an AP is 4 times the third term and sum of the first 17 terms is 884.
Find the last term.
iv) The 15th term of an AP is 101 and sum of the first 6 terms is 123. Find the sequence.
v) The 11th term of an arithmetic series is 20 and sum of the first 16 terms is 480. Find
the series.

6. i) The sum of the first 6 terms and first 17 terms of an AP are 150 and 1173 respectively.
Find the 20th term of the series.

50 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 ii) The sum of the first 11 terms and first 19 terms of an AP are 660 and 1748
respectively. Find the sum of the first 30 terms.
iii) The sum of the first 12 terms of an AP is 480 and sum of the next 12 terms is 1344.
Find the 25th term of the sequence.
iv) Monthly fees of a private school of grade X is decided Rs. 5,000 where fees increased
every month by Rs. 500. Find the amount paid by a person altogether when his child
will be at the end of grade X.
v) Monthly salary of Pranav in a private company is Rs. 20,000 where his salary
increases every month by 10%. If the amount received by him after some months
altogether at all is Rs. 3,30,000, find the number of months for the amount.

7. i) Find the three terms in AP whose sum is 18 where the greatest is 5 times the least.
ii) Find the three terms in AS whose sum is 21. Where sum of their squares is 179.
iii) Find th three terms in AP whose sum is 24 and product of their extremes is 39.
iv) The first and last term of an AP are 2 and 29 respectively and sum of the terms is
155. Find the number of terms and common difference. If 5 more terms are added
to the series, what will be the last term and sum of the terms?
v) A man have to be paid a loan taking for agricultural purpose including principal and
interest is Rs. 29,000 in monthly installment and complete the loan in 20 months
where Rs. 100 more have to paid in each installment. Find the amount have to be
paid in first installment.

8. PRIME more creative questions:

i. The sum of first 6 terms of an AP is 480 and sum of next 6 terms is 768. For how
many terms the sum will be 1740?
ii. If pth term of an AP is ‘q' and qth term is p, prove that the nth term is p + q – n.
iii. Divide 60 into 4 parts which are in AP where greatest is 4 times the least.
Done iv. Find the sum of the terms between 100 to 200 which are, divisible by 6.
v. Sum of the first 5 terms of an AP is 70, sum of last 5 terms is 310 and the last term
is 70. Find the number of terms of the sequence.

Answer
1. Show to your teacher.
2. i) 22 ii) – 9 iii) 87 iv) 9 v) 10
3. i) 660 ii) 1240 iii) – 624 iv) 559 v) 440
4. i) 576 ii) 4 iii) 8 iv) 20 v) 15
5. i) 2025 ii) 630 iii)
iv) 3, 10, 17, 24, ..., ..., ... v) 60 + 56 + 52 + 48 + ... + ...+ ...
6. i) 157 ii) 4080 iii) 151 iv) 93,000 v) 11
7. i) 2, 6, 10 ii) 3, 7, 11 or 11, 7, 3
iii) 3, 8, 13 or 13, 8, 3 iv) 10, 3, 44, 345 v) 500
8. i) 15 iii) 6, 12, 18, 24 iv) 2550 v) 17

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 51

Geometric Sequence (Progression)
A sequence is called an geometric sequence if ratio of any two consecutive terms remain same.

The sequence in which the terms are written under the rule of
multiplication with a constant number is called geometric sequence.
The constant number so used in the sequence is called common ratio.
t
i.e. r = t2
1

Examples :
i. 2, 6, 18, 54, ..., ..., ... each successive terms are increased by the rule of multiplication of 3.
ii. 80, 40, 20, 10, ..., ..., ... each successive terms are decreased by the rule of multiplication of 2.
iii. a, ar, ar2, ar3, ..., ..., ... each successive terms are multiplied by a constant ‘r'.
In the examples explained above, the successive terms of the sequence are written under the
rule of multiplication by (... × 3), (... × 2) and (... × r) respectively and so all of them are the
geometric sequence.

If the terms are added (+) as below, they are called series.
2 + 6 + 18 + 54 + ... + ...+ ...
80 + 40 + 20 + 10 + ... + ...+ ...
a + ar + ar2 + ar3 + ... + ...+ ...

nth term of geometric sequence :

Let us consider ‘a' is taken as the first term and ‘r' is taken as the common ratio of a geometric
sequence. The successive terms can be written as below,
1st term = t1 = a = a × 1 = ar0 = ar 1 – 1
2nd term = t2 = ar = ar 2 – 1
3rd term = t3 = ar2 = ar 3 – 1
4th term = t4 = ar3 = ar 4 – 1
5th term = t5 = ar4 = ar 5 – 1
In this way, nth term of the sequence can be written as,
tn = arn – 1
t
Where, common ration (r) = t12

Geometric Mean
Let us consider GM is the middle term of the two terms ‘a' and ‘b' of a geometric sequence.
i.e. a, GM and b are in GP.
Here,
t t
Common ration = t12 = t32
GM b
or, a = GM
or, GM2 = ab
or, GM = ab
\ GM = ab (It is the geometric mean between any two terms a and b of a GP)

52 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

• For more than one geometric mean m1, m2, m3, ..., ..., ... mn within any two terms ‘a' and ‘b'.
The sequence so formed becomes a, m1, m2, m3, ..., ..., ... mn, b.
Here,
First term = a
Common ratio = r
Last term = b
Number of terms = n + 2 = n'
We have,
tn = ar n' – 1
or, b = ar n + 2 – 1
b
or, a =r 1
n+1

r= aak
b n+1
or,

Then, the geometric means will be,

m1 = t2 = ar = a. a a k
1
b n+1

m2 = t3 = ar2 = a. a a k
2
b n+1

m3 = t4 = ar3 = a. a a k
3
b n+1

Similarly as above, we get

mn = tn + 1 = arn = a. a a k
n
b n+1

Difference between arithmetic and geometric sequence

Arithmetic sequence Geometric sequence
1. It is the sequence where the terms are in 1. It is the sequence where the terms are in
increasing or in decreasing order with a increasing or in decreasing order with a
constant number additionally. constant number multiplicatively.
(d = t2 – t1) t
(r = t2 )
1

2. It's nth term is, 2. It's nth term is,

tn = a + (n – 1)d tn = a.rn–1
3. AM between any two numbers is, 3. GM between any two numbers is,
a+b GM = a.b
AM = 2

4. Sum of the first n terms is, 4. Sum of the first n terms is,
n a (rn – 1)
Sn = 2 [2a + (n – 1)d] Sn = r – 1
5. Number of terms written in AP, 5. Number of terms written in GP,
3 terms = a – d, a & a + d a
3 terms = r , a & ar
4 terms = a – 3d, a – d, a + d & a + 3d
a a
5 terms = a – 2d, a – d, a, a + d & a + 2d 4 terms = 3 , r , ar & ar3
r
a a
5 terms = 2 , r , a, ar & ar2
r

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 53

Worked out Examples
1. Identify the type of given sequence 3, 12, 48, ..., ..., ...,
Solution :
The given sequence is, 3, 12, 48, ..., ..., ...
t t
Here, Common ration (r) = t12 = t32
12 48
or, 3 = 12
or, 4 = 4
\ It is the geometric sequence.

Note : In (A), ab is the geometric mean between 'a' and 'b' if both 'a' and 'b' are +ve and
– ab is the geometric mean between 'a' and 'b' if both 'a' and 'b' are -ve.

2. Is 4374 a term of the sequence 2, 6, 18, 54, ..., ..., ..., ?

Solution :
The given sequence is, 2, 6, 18, 54, ..., ..., ...
Here,
t t
Common ration (r) = t2 = t3 1 2

6 18
= 2= 6
= 3 = 3 (It is in GP)
nth term (tn) = 4374
First term (a) = 2
Then,
tn = arn-1
or, 4374 = 2 × 3n – 1
or, 2187 = 3n – 1
or, 37 = 3n – 1
or, n – 1 = 7
\ n=8
Hence, 4374 is the 8th term

3. If 7th term and common ratio of a GP are 640 and 2 respectively. Find the first term of the
sequence.
Solution :
Common ration (r) = 2
7th term (t7) = 640
First term (a) = ?
We have,
tn = arn – 1
or, t7 = a(2)7 – 1
or, 640 = a × 64
\ a = 10

54 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

4. If 3rd term and 8th term of a GP are 512 and 16 respectively. Find the 12th term.
Solution :
3rd term (t3) = 512
8th term (t8) = 16
We have,
tn = arn – 1
or, t3 = ar3 – 1
or, 215 = ar2 ............. (i)

Again,
t8 = ar8 – 1
or, 16 = ar7 ........... (ii)

Dividing equation (i) by (ii)

512 = ar2
16 ar7
1
or, 32 = 5
r
or, r5 = a 2 k
1 5

1
\ r= 2

Substituting the value of ‘r' in equation (i)

512 = a a 2 k
1 2
or, a = 512 × 4
\ a = 2048

Again,
12th term is,
t12 = ar12 – 1
= 2048 × a 2 k
1 11

1
= 2048 × 2048
=1

1
5. Find the geometric mean between the terms 4 and 64.
Solution :
1
First term (a) = 4
Last term (b) = 64
Then, Geometric mean,
GM = ab
1
= 4 × 64 16
= 16
=4

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 55

 1
6. Insert 4 geometric means between 16 and 64.
Solution :
1
First term (a) = 16
Last term (b) = 64
No. of term (n) = 4 + 2 = 6
Then,
We have,
Common ration (r) = a a k
1
b n–1
1

=e 1 o
64 6–1
16
= ^210h5
1

=4
Then, the four geometric means are, Alternative method
1 1
m1 = ar = 16 × 4 = 4 tn = arn – 1
1
1 or, 64 = 16 × r6 – 1
m2 = ar2 = 16 × 42 = 1
or, 64 × 16 = r5
1
m3 = ar3 = 16 × 43 = 4 or 210 = r5
1 \ r=4
m4 = ar4 = 16 × 44 = 16
1
\ The four GMs are 4 , 1, 4 and 16.

7. How many GMs are there between 6 and 1536 where the ratio of first mean and last mean
is 1:64?
Solution :
Let, number of GMs be ‘x'.
First term (a) = 6
Last term (tn) = 1536
No of terms (n) = x + 2
Ratio of 1st mean and last mean
i.e. m1 : mx = 1 : 64

We have, Dividing equation (ii) by (i)

m1 = 1 4
m x 64 r x + 1 256
or, x–1 = 64
ar 1 r
or, ar x = 64 or, r2 = 22
or, rx – 1 = 64 .............. (i) \ r=2
Again,
tn = arn – 1 Again, Putting the value of ‘r' in equation (i)
or, 1536 = a × rx + 2 – 1 2x – 1 = 26
1536 or, x – 1 = 6
or, 6 =r
x+1
\ x=7
or, rx + 1 = 256 ........... (ii) \ There are 7 GMs.

56 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Exercise 1.3 'C'
1. Answer the following questions.
i) What is geometric sequence? Write down with an example.
ii) Prove that GM between 'a' and 'b' is ab .
iii) Write down the calculating formula of common ratio while first term 'a' and last
term 'b' are given.
iv) Prove that tn = arn–1 in a GP.
v) Are 3, 6, 12, 24, ..., ..., ... in GP?

2. Which of the followings are the geometric sequence? Write down with reasons.
1 1
i) 2, 6, 18, 54 ii) 1, 4, 9, 16 iii) 4, –1, 4 , – 16
5
iv) 80, 20, 5, 4 v) a, ar2, ar4, ar6

1 1
3. i) Find the next 3 terms of the sequence – 16 , – 4 , – 1, – 4,
ii) If first term and common ratio of a GP are 6 and 2 respectively, what will be its 8th term?
5
iii) If first term and fifth term of a GP are 160 and 8 respectively. Find the common
ratio of the sequence.
1
iv) If nth term of a GP having 10 terms and common ratio 2 is 4 find the first term.
1 1
v) If tn = 64 , r = – 4 and a = 4, find the numbers of terms of GP.

4. i) How many terms are there in the sequence 3, 6, 12, ..., ..., ... 1536?
1 1
ii) Find the number of terms of the sequence 9 , 3 , 1 ..., ..., ... 243.
1 1
iii) Find the 9th term of the series 4 – 1 + 4 – 16 ... + ... – ... + .
iv) Is 3072 a term of the sequence 12 , 24, 48 ..., ..., ...
1 1 1
v) Which term of the sequence 8 , – 4 , 2 , – 1, ..., ..., ... is 128?

5. i) Second term and 6th term of a GP are 10 and 160 respectively. Find the 9th term of the sequence.
1 4 64
ii) If 3rd term and 7th term of a GP are 12 and 3 respectively, which term will be 3 ?
1
iii) The 4th term and 8th term of a GP are 9 and 9 respectively. Find the sequence.
iv) The 3rd term and 8th term of a GP are 640 and 20 respectively. Find the series.
v) If fifth term of a GP is 48 and its 11th term is 3072, find the 15th term of the sequence.

6. Find the geometric mean between the following pairs of terms.

i) 4 and 100 ii) –12 and – 108 iii) ar2 and ar6
1
iv) (x + y) and (x – y)
2 2
v) 20 and 500.
7. i) If geometric mean between x and 100 is 20, find the value of ‘x'.
1
ii) Insert 4 GMS between 4 and 8.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 57

 81 1
iii) Insert 5 GMS between 2 and 18 .
iv) If 320 p, q, r, s, t, 5 are in GP, find the value of p, q, r, s and t.
1
v) If – 64 , x, y, z and –4 are in GP, find the value of x, y and z.

5
8. i) If 4 , a, b, c, d, 40 and e are in GP, find the value of a, b, c, d and e.
1
ii) If p, q, 27, r, s, t, and 3 are in GP, find the value of p, q, r, s and it.
iii) How many geometric means are there between 5 and 1280 where the third mean is 40?
1
iv) How many GM's are there between 9 and 729 where the ratio of third mean and
last mean is 1: 81?
v) Find the number of GM's between the terms 3 and 192 where the ratio of the first
mean and last mean is 1:16?

9. i) The 6th term of a GP is 32 times the first term and 9th term is 1280. Find the sequence.
ii) If x + 1, 12 and 5x – 1 are in GP, find the value of ‘x'. Also find the common ratio.
iii) If product of first 3 terms of a GP is 216, find the Second term.
iv) If third term of a GP is 4, find the product of the first 5 terms.
v) There are 8 baskets having full of eggs in GP in each baskets respectively. If 4th and
6th baskets have 54 and 486 eggs respectively find the eggs in first and last baskets.
10. PRIME more creative questions:
i) If (m + n)th term and (m – n)th terms of a GP are p and q respectively, find the mth
term of the sequence.
ii) If pth, qth and rth term of a GP are x, y and z respectively prove that xa – r. yr – p . zp - q = 1.
iii) If 4th, 7th and 10th terms of a GP are x, y and z respectively, prove that y2 = zx.
iv) The first three terms of a GP are x + 6, x and x – 3. Find the fifth term of GP.
16 243
v) There are ‘n' geometric means between 27 and 16 where (n – 1)th mean and 4th
mean are in the ratio 9:4, find the value of ‘n'.

Answer
1. Show to your teacher. 2. Show to your teacher.
1
3. i) –16, –64, –256 ii) 768 iii) iv) 2048 v) 5
4
1
4. i) 10 ii) 8 iii) iv) 9th term v) 11
16384
1 1 1 1 1
5. i) 1280 ii) 11 iii) 243 , 81 , , 9 , 3 , 1, ..., ..., ...
27
iv) 2560 + 1280 + 640 + 320 + ... + ... + ... v) 49152
6. i) 20 ii) 36 iii) ar 4
iv) x2 – y2 v) 5
1 27 9 3 1 1
7. i) 4 ii) 2 , 1, 2, 4 iii) 2 , 2, 2, 2, 6
1 1
iv) 160, 80, 40, 20, 10 v) – 16 , – 4 , –1
5
8. i) 2 , 5, 10, 20, 80 ii) 243, 81, 9, 3, 1 iii) 7 iv) 7 v) 5
9. i) 5, 10, 20, ..., ..., ... ii) 5, 2 iii) 6 iv) 1024 v) 2,4374
3
10. i) pq iv) 4 v) 7

58 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

Sum of the terms of GP
Let us consider the sequence 2, 6, 18, 54, ..., ..., ... is in GP where,
First term (a) = 2
t 6
Common ratio (r) = t12 = 2 = 3.
Then, nth term is,
tn = ar n – 1
= 2 × (3) n – 1

Here,
The sum of the terms of GP is, 2 + 6 + 18 + ... + ... + ... which can be written in sigma
k k
notation as (Sn) = / tn = 2 / 3n – 1
n =1 n =1

If there are only four terms in the sequence the sum can be calculated by expressing in
expanded form
k
i.e. Sn = 2 / 3n – 1
n =1
= 2 × 31 – 1 + 2 × 32 – 1 + 2 × 33 – 1 + 2 × 34 – 1
= 2 + 6 + 18 + 54
= 80

Derivation of formula of Sn
Let us consider the terms of a GP as,
Sn = a + ar + ar3 + ar4 + ... + ... + ... + arn – 1 .................................................... (i)
Multiply by ‘r', we get,
rsn = ar + ar2 + ar3 + ar4 + ... + ... + ... arn ................................................ (ii)
Subtracting eq (i) and (ii), we get.
sn = a + ar + ar2 + ar3 ... + ... + ... + ar n – 1
rsn = ar + ar2 + ar3 + ... + ... + ... + ar n – 1 + arn
(–) (–) (–) (–) (–) (–)
Sn (1 – r) = a – arn
a – arn
or, Sn = 1 – r
a (r n – 1)
or, Sn = r – 1 Where r ! 1 .

The calculating formula of sum of the terms in GP is,

a (r n – 1)
Sn = r – 1 , r ! 1
Also,
a (r n – 1)
Sn = r – 1
ar n – 1 r – a
or, Sn = r –1
tn . r – a
or, Sn = r – 1
rt – a
= rn– 1 Where tn is the last term.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 59

Worked out Examples
1. Find the sum of the first 9 terms of the sequence 2, 4, 8, + ... + ... + ... + ... .
Solution:
First term (a) = 2
t 4
Common ratio (r) = t12 = 2 = 2
Sum of first 9 terms (s9) = ?
We have,
a (r n – 1)
Sn = r – 1
2 (29 – 1)
or, S9 = 2 – 1
2 × 511
or, S9 = 1
\ S9 = 1022

1 1
2. Find the sum of the terms of the series 9 + 3 + 1 + ... + ... + ... + ... + 27.
Solution:
1 Alternative method:
First term (a) = 9 tn = ar n – 1
1 1
t2 3 or, 27 = 9 × 3n – 1
Common ratio (r) t1 = = 3.
1 or, 35 = 3n – 1
last term (tn) = 27. 9 \ n=6
We have,
tn . r – a
Sn = r – 1 Again,
1 a ^r n – 1h
27 × 3 – 9 Sn = r –1
= 3–1 1^ 6 h
729 – 1 3 –1
= 2×9 \ S6 = 9 3 –1
364
= 9 1 728
= 9 × 2
4
= 40 9 . 364
= 9
4
= 40 9 .

3. If sum of first 2 terms of a GP is 9 and sum of first 4 terms is 45, find the first term and
common ratio. Also find the 6th term.
Solution:
S2 = 9
S4 = 45
We have,
a (r2 – 1)
Sn = r – 1
a (r2 – 1)
or, S2 = r – 1

60 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 a (r2 – 1)
or, 9 = r – 1 ....................................... (i)
Again,
a (r 4 – 1)
S4 = r –1
a (r2 + 1) (r2 –1)
or, 45 = r –1 ....................................... (ii)

Dividing equation (ii) by (i),

45
or, 9 =

or, 5 = r2 + 1
or, r2 = 4
\ r=2

Substituting the value of 'r' in equation (i),

a (22 – 1)
9 = 2–1
or, 9 = 3a
\ a=3

Again,
tn = arn – 1
t6 = 3 × 26 – 1
= 3 × 25
= 3 × 32
= 96
\ First term (a) = 3
Common ratio (r) = 2
6th term (t6) = 96

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 61

 Exercise 1.3 'D'
1. Answer the following questions.
i) Write down the formula to find sum of first 'n' terms of a geometric sequence.
ii) Write down the formula to find sum of first 'n' terms of a GP having last term.
iii) Are the terms a , a and ar in GP?
r
iv) Are the terms a3 , a , ar, ar3 in GP?
r r
v) What will be the 'nth' term of the sequence a, ar, ar2, ..., ...,... ?

2. Write down the followings in expanded form and find the sum of the terms.
4 5 5

i) 3 / 2n – 1 ii) 2 / 4n – 1 iii) 5 / (–2) n + 1

n =1 n=2 n =1

iv) Find the n term of the series 5 + 10 + 20 + 40 + 80. Also write down in sigma
th

notation.
v) Write down the given series in sigma notation by calculating the nth term of 2 – 6 +
18 – 54 + 162.

3. Find the sum of the following:

i) 1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + ... + ... + ... + 9 terms.
ii) 81 + 54 + 36 + ... + ... + ... + 8 terms.
1
iii) 2 + 1 + 2 + ... + ... + ... +10 terms.
iv) 3 + 6 + 12 + ... + ... + ... + 1536.
1 2
v) 9 + 3 + 4 + ... + ... + ... + 144.
4. i) The 3rd term and 7th term of a GP are 16 and 256 respectively. Find the sum of the
first 10 terms.
ii) The 4th term and 7th term of a GP are 80 and 10 respectively. Find the sum of the
first 8 terms.
iii) If 5th term of a GP is 8 times the second term and 6th term is 96, find the sum of the
first 10 terms.
iv) The sum of the first 2 terms and first 4 terms of a GP having positive common ratio
are 6 and 30 respectively. Find the sum of the first 8 terms.
v) The sum of the first 3 terms and first 6 terms of a GP are 1 and 28 respectively. Find
the sum of the first 10 terms of the sequence.

5. i) The sum of the first two terms of a GP is 18 and sum of the next two terms is 162.
Find the first term and positive common ratio.
ii) The sum of the first 6 terms of a GP is 9 times the sum of the first three terms. Find
the common ratio.
iii) If 3rd term and 6th term of a GP are in the ratio 1 : 8 where the 8th term is 384. Find
the sum of the first 8 terms.
iv) If k + 9, k – 6 and 4 are in GP find the sum of the first 5 terms.
v) The sum of the first 4 terms and last 4 terms of a GP having 8 terms are 45 and 720

62 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 respectively. Find the first term and common ratio.

6. i) If nth term of a GP 5, 10, 20, ..., ..., ..., and nth term of another GP 1280, 640, 320 ..., ...,
..., are equal. Find the number of terms.
ii) Find the three terms in GP whose sum is 21 and the product of their extremes is 36.
iii) Find the three terms in GP whose product is 1000 and sum of their squares is 525.
iv) The first term of a GP is 2. If sum of 3rd term and 5th term is 40, find the common
ratio.
v) If sum of the terms of series. 2 – 2 2 + 4 – 4 2 + ... + ... + ... + tn is 2(15 – 7 2 ), find
the value of tn.

7. PRIME more creative questions.

i) Pranav borrows Rs. 4368 where he promises to pay in 6 equal installments, each
installment being triable of the preceding installment. Find the first and last
installment.
ii) Pranisha Rs. 400 in one month, Rs. 800 in second month and Rs. 1600 in 3rd month
in a bank. Find here saving amount int he bank after 8 months.
iii) Find the sum of the first 5 terms of a GP in which the third term is greater than the
first by 9 and the second term is greater than the fourth by 18.
iv) Find the product of the five consecutive even terms of GP where the 6th term of GP
is 4.
v) The sum of the first 4 terms of a GP is 30 and sum of last 4 terms is 960 having first
term 2 and last term 512. Find the number of terms .

Answer
1. Show to your teacher.
2. i) 45 ii) 680 iii) 220
5 5

iv) 5/2 n–1

v) 2 / (–3) n+1

n =1 n =1

6305 1023 1555

3. i) 511 ii) 27 iii) 256 iv) 3069 v) 9

29524
4. i) 4092 ii) 1275 iii) 3069 iv) 510 v) 13

9 1031
5. i) 2 , 3 ii) 2 iii) 765 iv) 25 v) 3, 2

6. i) 5 ii) 3, 6, 12 or 12, 6, 3
iii) 5, 10, 20 or 20, 10, 5 iv) 2 v) 16

7. i) Rs. 12, Rs. 2916 ii) Rs. 1,02,000 iii) 93

iv) 1024 v) 9

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 63

Sum of natural numbers and relationship between AM and GM.
1. Sum of first ‘n' natural numbers:
The first ‘n' natural numbers are taken as 1, 2, 3, 4, ..., ..., ..., upto n terms.
Here,
First term (a) = 1
Common difference (d) = t2 – t1 = 2 – 1 = 1.
We have,
Sum of the terms,
n
Sn = 2 [2a + (n – 1)d]
n
= 2 [2 × 1 + (n – 1)1]
n
= 2 [n + 1]
n (n + 1)
\ Sn = 2

2. Sum of the first ‘n' odd number:

The first ‘n' odd number are 1, 3, 5, 7, ..., ..., ..., n terms
Here,
First term (a) = 1
Common difference (d) = t2 – t1 = 3 – 2 = 2
We have,
The sum of the terms is
n
Sn = 2 [2a + (n – 1) d]
n
= 2 [2 × 1 + (n – 1) 2]
n
\ Sn = 2 [2 + 2n – 2]
n
= 2 × 2n
\ Sn = n2

3. Sum of the first ‘n' even numbers.

The first ‘n' even numbers are taken as 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, ..., ..., ..., upto n terms, written in
series.
Here,
First term (a) = 2
Common difference (d) = t2 – t1 = 4 – 2 = 2.
Then, sum of the terms is ,
n
Sn = 2 [2a + (n – 1) d]
n
= 2 [2 × 2 + (n – 1) 2]
n
= 2 [4 + 2n – 2]
\ Sn = n(n + 1)

64 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

4. Sum of the square of first ‘n' natural numbers.
Let us consider the sum of the square of first ‘n' natural numbers are,
Sn = 12 + 22 + 32 + ... + ... + ... + n2
We know n3 – (n – 1)3 = n3 – n3 + 3n2 – 3n + 1 = 3n2 – 3n + 1
Putting n = 1, 2, 3 ..........................n,
We have
13 – (1 – 1)3 = 3 × 12 – 3 × 1 + 1
23 – (2 – 1)3 = 3 × 22 – 3 × 2 + 1
33 – (3 – 1)3 = 3 × 33 – 3 × 3 + 1
(n – 1)3 – (n – 2)3 = 3 × (n – 1)2 – 3 × (n – 1) + 1
n3 – (n – 1)3 = 3n2 – 3n + 1

Adding all of the above, we have

n3 – 03 = 3(12 + 22 + 33 + ... + ... + ... + n2) – 3(1 + 2 + 3 + ... + ... + ... +n) + (1 + 1 + 1 + ...+ ... + ... + 1)
3n (n + 1) n terms
n3 = 3.Sn – 2 +n
3n (n + 1)
or, n3 + 2 – n = 3Sn
3n (n + 1)
or, (n3 – n) + 2 = 3Sn
3n (n + 1)
or, n(n + 1) (n – 1) + 2 = 3Sn
3
or, n(n + 1) [n – 1 + 2 ] = 3Sn

or, = 3Sn

\ Sn =

Relation between AM and GM

Let AM and GM be the arithmetic and geometric mean between any two positive numbers
‘a' and ‘b'.
a+b
Here, AM = 2
GM = ab
Now,
a+b
AM – GM = 2 – ab
a + b – 2 ab
or, AM – GM = 2
1 ^ h2 ^ h2 2 a
or, AM – GM = 2 [ a + b – . b]

or, AM – GM = 2 ^ a – b h
1 2

or, AM – GM > 0 (i.e. always positive as square of numbers)

\ AM > GM

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 65

Worked out Examples
1. Find the sum of the first 20 even numbers.
Solution:
No. of terms (n) = 20
For even numbers,
Sn = n(n + 1)
\ S20 = 20(20 + 1)
= 20 × 21
= 420

2. Find the sum of the square of first 15 natural numbers.

Solutions:
No of terms (n) = 15
Sum of the square of first ‘n' natural numbers,
Sn =

=
15 5 × 16 8 × 31
= 62
= 1240.

3. Find the 3 terms in AP whose sum is 15. If 1, 4, and 19 are added to them, the terms will be
in GP.
Solution:
Let, the 3 terms in AP be, a – d, a and a + d.
1st condition,
a – d + a + a + d = 15
or, 3a = 15
` a=5
2nd Condition:
The terms a – d + 1, a + 4 and a + d + 19 are in GP
or, 6 – d, 9 and 24 + d are in GP,
t2 t3
t1 = t 2
9 24 + d
or, 6 – d = 9
or, 81 = 144 + 6d – 24d – d2
or, d2 + 18d – 63 = 0
or, d2 + (21 – 3)d – 63 = 0
or, d2 + 21d – 3d – 63 = 0
or, d(d + 21) – 3(d + 21) = 0
or, (d + 21) (d – 3) = 0
Either OR
d + 21 = 0 d–3=0
\ d = – 21 \ d=3

66 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Then,
a – d = 5 – 3 or 5 –(– 21) = 2 or 26
a=5
a + d = 5 + 3 or 5 + (–21) = 8 or – 16
\ The required terms are 2, 5, 8 or 26, 5, – 16.

4. Find any two numbers whose AM and GM are 25 and 24 respectively.

Solution:
Let, ‘a' and ‘b' be any two numbers
AM = 25
GM = 24
Now, taking,
a+b
AM = 2
a+b
or, 25 = 2
or, a + b = 50
` a = 50 – b ........................................ (i)

Again,
GM = ab
or, (24)2 = ^ ab h
2

or, 576 = (50 – b) b

or, b2 – 50b + 576 = 0
or, b2 – (32 + 18) + 576 = 0
or, b2 – 32b – 18b + 576 = 0
or, b(b – 32) – 18(b – 32) = 0
or, (b – 32) (b – 18) = 0

Either OR
b – 32 = 0 b – 18 = 0
\ b = 32 b = 18

Substituting the value of ‘b' in equation (i)

a = 50 – 32 = 18
a = 50 – 18 = 32
\ The required terms are 32 and 18 or 18 and 32.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 67

 Exercise 1.3 'E'
1. Find the sum of the followings:
i) Sum of first ‘n' natural numbers.
ii) Sum of first ‘n' odd numbers.
iii) Sum of first ‘n' even numbers.
iv) Sum of first 50 natural numbers.
v) Sum of first 20 odd numbers.

2. Find the sum of following:

i) Sum of first 40 even numbers.
ii) Sum of the square of first ‘n' natural numbers.
iii) Sum of the square of first 20 natural numbers.
iv) Find the sum of the terms of 12 + 22 + 32 + 42 + ... + ... + ... + 102
v) Sum of the terms of square from 1 to 100.

3. i) Find any three terms in AP whose sum is 12. If 1, 2 and 6 are added to them
respectively the terms will be in GP.
ii) Find any three terms in AP whose sum is 15. If 2, 5 and 13 are added to them
respectively, the terms will be in GP.
iii) Find the three terms in GP whose product is 64. If 1, 4 and 5 are added to them, the
terms will be in AP.
iv) If 2nd, 4th and 9th terms of an AP are in GP, find the common ratio of the geometric sequence.
v) Three numbers are in the ratio 1 : 4 : 12 : If one is added to the first number, the
resulting numbers will be in GP, find the numbers.

4. i) Find any two terms whose AM is 50 and GM is 40.

ii) Find any two terms whose AM is 34 and GM is 30.
iii) The Sum and difference of AM and GM of any two numbers are 80 and 20 respectively.
Find the numbers.
iv) If a, b, and c are in AP where x is GM between a & b, y is GM between b & c. Prove that
b2 is the AM between x2 & y2.
v) If ratio of AM and GM between any two numbers is 5 : 3, find the ratio of such
numbers.

5. PRIME more creative questions:

a. i) The sum of any three terms of an AP is 15 where geometric mean of first and third
term is 4. Find the terms.

68 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 ii) If a, b and c are in AP and p, q & r are in GP, prove that pb – c qc – a ra – b = 1.
iii) The sum of the first four terms of a GP is 15 and arithmetic mean of first and last
term is 4.5, find the common ratio of the GP.
iv) If product of any two numbers is 160 when arithmetic mean of them is 14, find the
numbers.
v) The first term of an arithmetic and a geometric sequence are equal to 1 and their
second terms are also equal. If 14th term of the AP is 3 times the 3rd term of GP, find
the common difference of the AP.

b. i) Add two more patterns and find the nth term of the sequence so formed of the
number of dots. Also write down in sigma notation from the given patterns.

ii) Add two more patterns and find the nth term of the sequence so formed of the
number of dots. Also find the sum of the dots of first 6 diagrams.

iii) Add two more patterns and find the nth term of the sequence so formed of the
number of dots. Also find the sum of the dots of first 10 diagrams.

iv) The 2nd, 6th and 12th terms of an AP are respectively taken in GP. Find the common
ratio of the geometric progression.
v) Find the 13th term of a GP where product of 10th, 12th, 14th and 16th terms is 1296.

6. Project work
The height of a plant is increased everyday by 2 cm where the height on Sunday is 16cm.
What will be the height of the plant on Friday of the same week? After how many days its
height will be 60 cm?

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 69

 Answer
n (n + 1)
1. i) 2 ii) n2 iii) n(n + 1)
iv) 1275 v) 400
2. i) 1640 ii) iii) 2870
iv) 385 v) 338350
3. i) 2, 4, 6 or 11, 4, –3 ii) 3, 5, 7 or 18, 5, –8 iii) 2, 4, 8 or 8, 4, 2
5
iv) 2 v) 3, 12, 36
4. i) 20, 80, or 80, 20 ii) 18, 50 or 50, 18 iii) 10, 90 or 90, 10
iv) v) 1:9 or 9:1
5.a. i) 2, 5, 8 or 8, 5, 2 iv) 8, 20 or 20, 8 v) 11
n (n + 1) 5 n (n + 1) 5
b. i) tn = 2 ,/ 2 ii) tn = 5n, / (5n)
n =1 n =1
5
iii) tn = (3n + 2), / (3n + 2) , 185
n =1
iv) 3 v) 6

Sequence and series

Unit Test
Time : 30 minutes
[1 × 1 + 3 × 2 + 2 × 4 + 1 × 5 = 20]

Attempt all the questions:

a+b
1. Prove that AM between any two terms is
2 .
2. a) Is 192 a term of the sequence 3, 6, 12, 24, ..., ..., ..., ?
b) If 12, x, y, z and 28 are in AP, find th value of ‘x', ‘y' and ‘z'.
1 1
c) Find the sum of the terms of the series :
9 + 3 + 1 + ... + ... + ... + 81.
3. a) Find the three terms in AP whose sum is 18. If 1, 3 and 17 are added to them
respectively, the terms will be in GP.
b) How many GMs are there between 1280 and 5 where the first mean and last mean
are in the ratio 64:1?

4. The 5th term of an AP is 52 and sum of first 8 terms is 444, find the series. Also find which
term of the series is 10?

70 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

1.4 Introduction of linear programming
Enjoy the recall
Inequalities:
Taking any two numbers p and q.
Where,
p–q=0 ( for p & q are equal )
p–q≠0 (for p & q are unequal)
p–q>0 ( +ve) (for p > q)
p – q <0 (–ve) ( for p < q)
p≥q [ for p = q or p > q]
p≤q [ for p = q or p < q]
Here, the signs >, <, ≥ and ≤ are used for inequalities or inequations.

Linear inequality in two variables.

The inequality x > 3 in number line is,

......... -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 .........

The inequality x ≤ 1 in number line is,

......... -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 .........

• In both cases value of the variable x is not fixed, the number line shows the direction
where there are the values of ‘x'.
• The inequality of two variables x and y like ax + by + c < 0, ax + by + c > 0, ax + by
+ c ≤ 0 and ax + by + c ≥ 0 shows the system of linear inequalities of two variables
x and y. Here, we discuss the solution of such in equations.

NOTE:
• For the symbols of inequality ≥ or ≤ (greater or equal or less or equal)
The straight line which represents the boundary line of given
inequality is shown by bold(solid) line like
• For the symbols of inequality > or < (greater or less only)
The straight line which represents the boundary line of given
inequality is shown by liquid (broken or dotted) line like

Note :
i) For any inequality ax + by + c ≥ 0 (or ≤ or < or >), ax + by + C = 0 is the boundary line.
ii) ax + by + c = 0 divides the plane in two equal halves.
iii) Any point satisfying the inequality indicates the plane for solution set.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 71

Ways of obtaining solution set of the inequality Y
i. Solution set of the inequality x ≥ 0.
Here,
x = 0 ( y - axis ) represents the straight line as boundary TP(1, 2)
line. X' X
O
Taking any of the point like (1, 2) as the testing point, the
(x=0)
inequality x > 0 shows 1 > 0 (which is true)
So,
the solution set lies towards the point (1, 2).
Y'

ii. x ≤ 2 shows the solution set as: Y (x=2)

Here,
x = 2 (parallel to y - axis ) represents a straight line as TP(3, 2)
its boundary line. X' X
Taking any of the point (3, 2) as the testing point the O
inequality x > 2 gives 3 > 2 (which is false)
So,
the solution set lies in the opposite side of the testing Y'
point(3, 2).

Y
iii. y ≥ 0 shows he solution set as:
Here,
y = 0 (x - axis) represents a straight line as its
X' X
boundary line. (y=0) O
Taking (–2, –3) as the testing point, the inequality
becomes –3 > 0 (which is false).
So, TP(–2, –3)
the solution set lies opposite to the point. Y'

iv. Solution set shown by the in equality y ≤ – 3. Y

Here, TP(-1, 1)
y = – 3 is the straight line parallel to x - axis presents X' X
the boundary line. O
Taking a point (–1 , 1) as the testing point for y < – 3.
The inequality becomes 1 < – 3. (y=–3)
(It is false)
So, Y'
it's solution set is opposite from the testing point.

Note : Always, we choose a testing point through which the boundary line doesn't pass.

72 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

v. Solution set shown by the inequality 2x + y ≤ 0. Y
Here,
2x + y = 0 is the straight line represented by the given TP (2, 3)
inequality as its boundary line. (-1, 2)
Where y = – 2x
X' X
x 1 –1 0 O
(0, 0)
y –2 2 0
(1, -2)
(y= 0)
Taking the point (2, 3) as the testing point, the

(y=
inequality becomes 7 < 0 which is false. Y'

–2x
)
So, the solution set is opposite from the testing point.

vi. Solution set shown by 2x + 3y ≥ 12.

Here, The equation 2x + 3y = 12 shows
the straight line which represents the
boundary line given inequality.
y=
12 – 2x Y
3
x 0 3 6 (0, 4)
y 4 2 0 (3, 2)

Taking (1, 1) point as the testing point TP(1, 1) (6, 0)

where the inequation becomes, 5 < 12 X' X
O 2x
(which is false). + 3y
=1
So, the solution set is opposite of the 2
Y'
testing point.

vii. Solution set shown by 2x + 3y ≤ 12.

Here
The equation 2x + 3y = 12 shows the
straight line which represents the Y
boundary line given inequality where
(0, 4)
12 – 2x
y= 3
(3, 2)
x 0 6 3
y 4 0 2 TP(1, 1) (6, 0)
X' X
O 2x
Taking point (1, 1) as the testing point + 3y
where the inequality becomes 5 < 12 (It =1
2
is true). Y'
So, the solution set lies towards the
testing point.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 73

Solution set shown by two or more linear inequalities of two variables.
Here, we discuss the solution set of a system of linear inequalities in two variables which is the
intersecting region on a plane represented by the given system.

i. Solution set of the inequalities x + y = ≤ 6 and x – 2y ≥ 0.

Here, x + y = 6 and x – 2y = 0 are the equation of straight lines represented by the given
inequalities as their boundary lines.
The points for the boundary lines are
x
y=6–x y= 2
x 0 6 2 x 0 2 4
y 6 0 4 y 0 1 2

Taking (1, 1) as the testing point for both where the inequalities for (1, 1) becomes 2 < 6
(It is true) for first inequation –1 > 0 (It is false) for second equation x –2y > 0.
x+

Y
y=
6

(0, 6)

(2, 4)

TP(1, 1) (4, 2)
(2, 1) (6, 0)
X' X
O (0, 0)

0
2y=
x–

Y'

The solution set lies towards the testing point for first and opposite of testing point for
the second. The intersected solution set is shown in diagram.

ii. The solution set represented by x – y ≥ – 6, 2x + y ≥ 0 and x ≤ 2.

Solution :
Here, the system of inequalities is given by
x – y ≥ – 6 ........................... (i)
2x + y ≥ 0 ........................... (ii)
x ≤ 2 ........................... (iii)
The boundary lines for x – y = – 6 is x – y = – 6 and the points on it are
x 0 –6 1
y 6 0 7

74 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Testing at (1, 1)

6
Y

x+
1 – 1 ≥ –6

=
y
i.e. 0 ≥ – 6 (which is true) (1, 7) B
\ The half plane of (i) contains (1, 1) (0, 6)

x=2
Again, the boundary lien of 2x + y ≥ 0 is 2x + y = 0 C
and the points on it are
x 0 1 2 TP(1, 1)
y 0 –2 –4 X'
(–6, 0) O
X
(0, 0)
Taking at (1, 1)
(1, –2)
2×1+1≥0
i.e. 3 ≥ 0 (true) A (2, –4)
\ The half plane of (ii) contains (1, 1)

y=
The boundary line of x 2 is x = 2 and the points on

–2
Y'
it are

x
x 2 2 2
y 0 1 2
Testing at (1, 1), 1 ≤ 2 (true)
\ The half plane of (ii) contains (1, 1)

The solution set is towards the testing point for all the inequations.

So, the solution set is the intersected region as shown in the diagram from which vertices
of the intersected region are A, B and C.

iii. Solution set represented by the inequations x + y ≤ 6, 3x – 2y ≤ 6, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0.

Here, the equations x + y = 6, 3x – 2y = 6, x =
0 and y = 0 represents the boundary line for Y
the given inequalities.
y
=

Where,
6
–

y=6–x
x

3x – 6 (0, 6) C
y= 2

x 0 6 4
y 6 0 2 B (4, 2)
TP(1, 1)
x 0 2 4 (6, 0)
X' X
y –3 0 3 O A
(0, 0)
x=0 (It is y - axis)
y=0 (It is x - axis)

Taking (1, 1) as the testing point for all

Y'

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 75

 We have
2 < 6 (It is true)
1<6 (It is true)
1>0 (It is true)
1>0 (It is true)

So, the solution set lies towards the testing point for all the inequalities where the
vertices of intersected set becomes O, A, B & C.

1.4.1 Linear programming

The maximum and minimum values of the function F = ax + by + c is found out by taking
the vertices of the intersected solution set of the given inequalities which is also called
optimization of the function. This can be done in different fields using optimization in the
topic of linear programming.
It can be used to find out the optimum (maximum & minimum) value in different fields like
to find the maximum cost and minimum cost of the goods in different market after sampling
the data, to find the maximum and minimum salary of the civil servants in different private
companies, maximum and minimum size of shoes produced by factories according to the
collection of data among the consumers, etc for maximum profit.

The process of finding out the maximum and minimum (optimum)

values of a function F = ax + by + c by using the vertices of the
solution set given by the inequalities is called linear programming.

Terms used in linear programming

i. Objective Function:
The function which is used to find out the maximum or minimum values like p = ax + by
where x and y represents the unit cost of different units as an example is called objective
function.

ii. Constraints:
The inequalities which indicate the different units taken in an observation to find the
values of the variables of a function are called constraints.

iii. Feasible region:

The area bounded by the straight lines represented by the given inequalities is called
feasible region. The variables x and y are taken from the vertices of feasible region to find
the value of the objective function.

76 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

Example
Maximize the function F = 3x + 2y + 3 under the constraints x + y ≤ 6, 2x – y ≤ 6, x ≥ 0 and
y ≥ 0.
Solution:
The corresponding straight lines for the given constants are
x + y = 6 ......................................... (i)
2x – y = 6 ....................................... (ii)
x = 0 ................................................. (iii)
y = 0 ................................................. (iv)

From equation (i) From equation (ii)

y=6–x y = 2x – 6
x 0 6 1 x 0 3 1
y 6 0 5 y –6 0 –4
From equations (iii) and (iv)
x=0 ( It is y - axis ) y=0 ( It is x - axis )

Let, (1, 1) be a point taken as the testing point for all inequalities.
Inequalities Value at (1, 1) Result Remarks
x+y<6 2<6 True Towards TP
2x – y < 6 1<6 True Towards TP
x>0 1>0 True Towards TP
y>0 1>0 True Towards TP

Y
=6

C(0, 6) (1, 5)
–y
2x
x=0

B(4, 2)
TP(1, 1)
(0, 0) (6, 0)
X' X
O y=0 A(3, 0)
x+
y
=
6

(1,-4)

Y'

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 77

 From graph, we get,
The vertices of the intersected solution Set (feasible region) are 0(0, 0), A(3, 0), B(4, 2)
and C(0, 6).
Then, Taking the function,
F = 3x + 2y + 3
At
Vertex Objective function F = 3x + 2y + 3 Remarks
O(0, 0), F=3x0+2x0+3=3 minimum
A(3, 0), F = 3 x 3 + 2 x 0 + 3 = 12
B(4, 2), F = 3 x 4 + 2 x 2 + 3 = 19 maximum
C(0, 6), F = 3 x 0 + 2 x 6 + 3 = 15
Here, The maximum value of the function ‘F' at point (4, 2) is 19.

Worked out Examples

1. Minimize the function P = 5x + 2y under the constraints 3x + 4y ≤ 24, x ≥ – 2 and x – 2y ≤ 0.
Solution:
The equation of straight lines corresponding to the given inequalities are:
3x + 4y = 24 .................................(i)
x – 2y = 0 ......................................(ii)
x = – 2 ............................................(iii)

From equation (i) From (ii)

24 – 3x x
y= 4 y= 2
x 0 8 4 x 0 2 –2
y 6 0 3 y 0 1 –1
From equation (iii)
x = – 2 (It is parallel to y-axis )

Let, the point (0, 2) is taken as the testing point for all the inequalities.
Inequations Value at (0, 2) Result Remarks
3x + 4y < 24 8 < 24 True Towards TP
x – 2y < 0 –4<0 True Towards TP
x>–2 0>–2 True Towards TP
From graph, we get,
The vertices of feasible region of the inequalities are A(– 2, – 1), B(4, 4.8) by solving
equation i and ii and C(– 2, 7.5) by solving equation ii and iii.

78 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 3x
+4 Y
y=
24
C(–2, 7.5)
(0, 6)

x=–2
(4, 3)
B(4, 4.8)
TP(1, 1)
(2, 1)
X' X
(–2,–1) O (0, 0)
(8, 0)
0A
2 y=
x–
Y'
Taking the function p = 5x + 2y,
At A(– 2, – 1), p = 5(– 2) + 2( –1) = – 12 (minimum)
B(4, 2), p=5x4+2x2 = 24
C(– 2, 7.5) p = 5 x (– 2) + 2 x 7. 5 = 5
\ – 12 is the minimum value of the function at point (– 2, – 1)

Note : If graphs donot intersect at the point where abscissa and ordinate are both integer, better
to solve the equations to get vertices.

2. Optimize the function Z = 2x + 4y under the constraints x – y ≥ – 6, x + y ≥ – 2, x ≤ 0, y ≤ 0.

Solution:
The equation of straight lines corresponding to the inequations are:
x – y = – 6 .....................................(i)
x + y = – 2 .....................................(ii)
x = 0 ...............................................(iii)
y = 0 ................................................(iv)

From equation (i) From equation (ii)

y=x+6 y=–x–2
x 0 –6 –2 x 0 2 –2
y 6 0 4 y –2 –4 0
From equation (iii) and (iv)
x = 0 (It is y - axis)
y = 0 (It is x - axis )

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 79

 Let, (1, 1) be a testing point for all the inequalities where,
Inequalities Value at (1, 1) Result Remarks
x–y>6 0>–6 True Towards TP
x + y > –2 2> –2 True Towards TP
x<0 1<0 False Opposite to TP
x<0 1<0 False Opposite to TP

6
–
=
Y y
x–
C
(0, 6)

(–2, 4)

x=0
B(–4, 2)
TP(1, 1)
(0, 6)
X' X
A O (0, 0) y=0
(0, –2)
(2, –4)
x+
y

Y'
=
–
2

From graph, we get,

The vertices of feasible region are O(0, 0), A(– 2, 0), B(–4, 2) and C(0, 6).

Then, For the function Z = 2x + 4y

At point O(0, 0), Z=2x0+4x0 =0
A(–2, 0), Z = 2(–2) + 4 x 0 = –4 (Minimum)
B(–4, 2), Z = 2(–4) + 4 x 2 = 0
C(0, 6), Z = 2 x 0 + 4 x 6 = 24 (Maximum)
\ –4 is minimum value at point A(–2, 0) and 24 is maximum at point C(0, 6).

80 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

3. From the given feasible region find the inequalities where one of the inequality is x + y ≤ 6
and two vertices are B(–2, –1) and C(–2, 8). Also maximize the function P = 2x + 3y – 1.
Y

C(–2, 8)

A(4, 2)

X' X
O
B(–2, 1)

Y'
Solution:
Here, the feasible region is bounded by the sides AB, AC and BC where the given inequality
is, x + y ≤ 6 .

It represents the straight line AC which cuts x-axis at (6, 0) and y-axis at (0, 6). Two
vertices are B(–2, 8) and C(–2, –1).

Using two points formula,

y 2 – y1
y – y1 = x2 – x1 (x – x1)

Equation of OB Equation of BC is,

–1 –0 8+1
y – 0 = –2 –0 (x – 0) y + 1 = –2 + 2
or, 2y = x or, x+2=0
or, x – 2y = 0 or, x = –2

Solving equation of OB : x = 2y and AB : x + y = 6

x = 4 and y = 2
\ Co - ordinate vertex A is (4, 2).
Let, (0, 2) be a testing point to find the inequalities.
Equations Value at (0, 2) Inequalities
x+y=6 2<6 x+y≤6
x – 2y = 0 –4< 0 x – 2y ≤ 0
x = –2 0>–2 x≥–2

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 81

 Again, For the function P = 2x + 3y –1,
At A(4, 2), P=2x4+3x2–1 = 13
B(–2, –1), P = 2(–2) + 3 (–1) – 1 = –8
C(–2, 8), P = 2(–2) + 3 x 8 – 1 = 19 (maximum)
\ 19 is maximum value at point C(–2, 8).

4. Find the inequalities of the given feasible region where the vertices are A(2, 0), B(4, 3) and
C(0, 5). Also minimize the function P = 4x + 3y.
Y

C(0, 5)

B(4, 3)

X' X
O A(2, 0)

Y'
Solution:
The given feasible region is bounded by the sides AB, BC, OA and OC where the given
vertices are A(2, 0), B(4, 3) and C(0, 5).

Using two points formula,

y 2 – y1
y – y1 = x2 – x1 (x – x1)

For line AB, For line BC,

3–0 3–5
y – 0 = 4 – 2 (x – 2) y – 5 = 4 – 0 (x – 0)
or, 2y = 3x – 6 or, 2(y – 5) = – x
or, 3x – 2y = 6 or, x + 2y = 10

For line OA, (It is x - axis) For line OC, (It is y-axis)
y=0 x=0

Let, (1, 1) be a testing point to find inequations.

Equations Value at (1, 1) Inequations
3x – 2y = 6 1<6 3x – ≤ 6
x + 2y = 10 3 < 10 x + 2y ≤ 10
y=0 1>0 y≥0
x=0 1>0 x≥0

82 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Again, For the objective function p = 4x + 3y.
At point O(0, 0), P = 4 x 0 + 3 x 0 = 0 (minimum)
A(2, 0), P = 4 x 2 + 3 x 0 = 8
B(4, 3), P = 4 x 2 + 3 x 3 = 17
C(0, 5), P = 4 x 0 + 3 x 5 = 15
Here,
O is the minimum value at point O(0, 0).

Exercise 1.4
1. Answer the following questions.
i) Write down the inequality represented by the line x + 2y = 12 for the point (1, 2).
ii) What do you mean by feasible region?
iii) What do you mean by objective function?
iv) Find the equation of straight line joining the points (1, 2) and (3, 8).
v) Is the point (1, 1) satisfied the inequality 2x + 3y = 6?

2. Manimize the given objective functions under the given constraints.

i) P = 5x + 3y, x + y ≤ 6, x – y ≤ 4, x ≥ 0 and y ≥ 0.
ii) P = 4x + 2y, 2x + 3y ≥ 6, 2x – 3y ≤ 6 and y ≤ 2.
iii) F = 3x + 5y, x + y ≥ 10, 2x + 3y ≤ 24, x ≥ 0 and y ≥ 0.
iv) Z = 4x + 3y, 2x – y ≥ 0, x + 2y ≥ 5 and x ≤ 5.
v) C = 3x + 4y, x + 2y ≤ 6, 3x + 2y ≤ 12, x ≥ 0 and y ≥ 0.

3. Maximize the given objective functions under the given constraints.

i) Z = 3x – 2y, x + y ≤ 3, x ≤ 2, y ≤ 1, x ≥ 0 and y ≥ 0.
ii) P = 5x – y, x + y ≤ 0, x – y ≤ 0, x ≥ –3 and y ≤ 0.
iii) F = 3x + 2y + 5, 3x – y ≥ 3, x + y ≤ 5, x ≥ 0 and y ≥ 0.
iv) P = 7x + 3y, x + y ≤ 7, x + 2y ≥ 10, x ≥ 0 and y ≥ 0.
v) C = 9x + 5y, x – 2y ≤ 7, x + 2y ≥ –1, and y ≤ 0.

4. Optimize the given objective functions under the given constraints.

i) P = 2x + 3y, 3x + 2y ≥ 12, 7x + 2y ≤ 28 and x ≥ 0.
ii) F = 2x + 5y, x – 2y ≤ 1, x + y ≤ 4 and x ≥ – 3
iii) P = 7x + 6y, x + y ≤ 6, x – 5y ≤ 0 and 5x – y ≥ 0.
iv) Z = 3x + 2y, x + y ≤ 8, x + y ≥ 6, x – y ≤ 0 and x ≥ 0.
v) F = 3x + 5y – 2, 6x – 5y ≤18, 3x + 2y ≥ –18, x ≤ 0, y ≤ 0.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 83

5. PRIME more creative questions:
i) Find the inequalities which represents the given feasible region where A(3, 2) and
B(0, 5) are the any two vertices of the feasible region. Also maximize function c = 3x
+ 2y.
Y

B(0, 5)

B(3, 2)
X' X
O

Y'
ii) Find the inequalities of the given feasible region where A(3, 0), B(4, 2) and C(0, 6)
are the vertices of the feasible region. Also maximize the function Z = 5x + 3y – 2.
Y
C
B

X' O X
A

Y'
iii) Find the inequations from the given feasible region where one of the inequality is
x + y ≤ 6 and two of the vertices are B( – 3, 8) and C(–3, – 2). Also minimize the
function F = 7x + 2y – 3.
Y

B(–3, 8)

A
X' X
O
C(–3, –2)

Y'

iv) Find the inequations from the given feasible region where the vertices of feasible
region are A( – 6, 0), B(– 4, 3) and C(0, 5).
Y

C
B

X' X
A O

Y'

84 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 v) Find the inequalities which represents the given feasible region where the vertices
of feasible region are A(3, 3), B(4, 4), C(0, 8) and D(0, 6).
Y

D B

A
X' X
O

Y'

Answer
1. Show to your teacher.

2. i) 28 at (5, 1) ii) 28 at (6, 2) iii) 40 at (0, 8)

3
iv) 50 at (5, 10) v) 15 at (3, 2 )

3. i) –2 at (0, 1) ii) –15 at (–3, 0) iii) 5 at (0, 0)

iv) 0 at (0, 0) v) –9 at (–1, 0)

4. i) 8 at (4, 0) and 42 at ii) –16 at (–3, –2) and 29 at (–3, 7)

iii) 9 at (0, 0) and 41 at (5, 1) iv) 12 at (0, 6) and 20 at (4, 4)
v) –38 at (–2, –6) and – 2 at (0, 0)

5. Discuss with your teacher.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 85

1.5 Solve of Quadratic Equation

The second degree, polynomial equation (or function) in

the form of ax2 + bx + c= 0 is called the quadratic equation
in the variable ‘x' where a, b & c are any constants and a≠0.

Enjoy the recall:

• The standard form of the quadratic equation is ax2 + bx + c = 0
• It is the second degree polynomial equation (Algebraic function).
• There are two values of the variable ‘x' are obtained after solving which are called
–b ! b2 – 4ac
the roots of the variable i.e., x = 2a
• It can be solved by using different methods which are already discussed in grade IX
in compulsory mathematics like factorization method, square completing method
and using formula method.
• The solve of quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 to establish the formula is as
follows: ax2 + bx + c = 0
or, ax2 + bx = – c
bx c
or, x2 + a = – a [ \ Dividing both sides by a ]

2a + a 2a k = a 2a k – a
b b 2 b 2 C
or, x2 + 2.x.

a x + 2ba k = b – 42 ac
2 2
or,
4a
a x + 2a k = !
b b2 – 4ac
or, 2a
2
b b – 4ac
or, x = – 2a ± 2a
–b ! b2 – 4ac
\ x= 2a

Alternative Method
a+unfb]zsf] 9fsf (750 AD) df hGdg' ePsf ul0ft1 >L >Lw/ cfrfo{n] ju{ ;lds/0f (Quadratic
Equation) sf] xn lgDg z]nf]s dfkm{t lbg' ePsf] 5 .
rt'/fxtju{;d}M ?k}M kIfåo+ u'0fo]t\ .
cWoQmju{ ?k}o'Qmf} kIff} ttf] d"nd\ ..
ax2 + bx + c = 0
or, 4a(ax2 + bx + c) = 4a × 0
or, 4a2x2 + 4abx = – 4ac
or, (2ax)2 + 2.2ax.b + b2 = b2 – 4ac
or, (2ax + b)2 = b2 – 4ac
or, 2ax + b = ! b2 – 4ac
or, 2ax = – b ! b2 – 4ac
– b ! b2 – 4ac
\ x=
2a

86 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

The meaning of the shloka is as below.
Stanza I : Multiply the equation by four times of the co-efficient of square of unknown
(variable) i.e. by 4a multiply the equation.
Stanza II : Add both sides of the equation by the square of co-efficient of unknown (variable)
and take square roots of both sides.
i.e. add both sides b2 and take possible roots to solve as linear equation.

Here, in Grade ‘X' we are going to discuss the solution of equation using graphical method
only.

The graph of quadratic equation y = ax2 + bx + c, a ≠ 0 is curve which is closed at one side and
open at the another end in vertical position in the parabolic shape.

The parabola which is open at upward direction is called positive and down is called negative
parabola.
• The turning point at the closed side is called the vertex of the parabola.
• The parabola cuts the x-axis at two points at A and
B .

Y
• At the vertex point, b2 – 4ac = 0 as A and B
y = ax2 + bx + c
coincide each other.

2a
b
b
Hence x = – 2a at the vertex.

x= –
Where,
y = ax2 + bx + c X' X
B O
= a a– 2a k + b a– 2a k + c
b 2 b A

a– 2ba , 4ac4a– b k
2
b2 – 2b2 + 4ac
= 4a
4ac – b2 Y' vertex of parabola
\ y = 4a (Turning point)
\ Coordinate of vertex is a– 2a , 4a k
b 4ac – b2

• The straight line passes through the vertex of parabola parallel to y-axis is called the
axis of the parabola.
b
• Equation of axis of parabola is x = – 2a which divides the curve of parabola in two
equal halves.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 87

Different form of the graph of quadratic functions.
1. In the form of y = ax2 where a is any constant and a ≠ 0.
In the form y = ax2
or, y = ax2 + 0.x + 0

For the vertex of parabola,

b 0
x = – 2a = – 2a = 0 &
y = ax2 = a(0)2 = 0
Y
y = ax2

X' X
O

Y'

i) When ‘a' is positive the curve of y = ax2 is,

Y
y = ax2

X' X
B O A

Y'
ii) When ‘a' is negative, the curve of y = – ax2 is,
Y

X' X
B O A

y = –ax2
Y'
iii) As the value of constant ‘a' becomes more than 1, the width of the curve goes on
decreasing as ‘s' increasing.
Y
y = 2x2
width = less

X' X
B O A

Y'

88 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

iv) As the value of constant ‘a' becomes less than ‘1', the width of the curve goes on increasing
as its value decreasing.
Y 1 2
y=
2x
width = more

X' X
B O A

Y'

2. In the form of y = ax2 + bx + c.

For the function y = ax2 + bx + c
Vertex = a– 2a , 4a k
b 4ac – b2
So, the nature of the curve of parabola are as follows.
Y Y

A B
X' X X' A BO X
O
P P
Y' Y'

Y Y

P
A B
O X' X
X' X
A B O
P
Y' Y'
The curve of parabola given in above diagrams conclude that the parabola of quadratic
function is intersected by x-axis at the points A and B where the value of x co-ordinate
of the points A and B are called the roots of parabola (quadratic equation) and P is the
vertex of the parabola.

The coordinate of the points A and B are given below.

–b + b2 – 4ac –b – b2 – 4ac
A is ( 2a , 0) and B is ( 2a , 0)

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 89

3. In the form of algebraic function y = ax3
Where,
i) y = x3 ii) y = – x3
Y Y
y = x3

X' X X' X

y = – x3
Y' Y'

1 3
iii) y = 2x3 iv) y=
2x
Y
y = 2x3
less Y 1 3
y=
2x
X' X more
X' X

Y'
[As the constant ‘a' Y'
increases, the width of [As the constant ‘a' decreases, the width
the curve with y-axis of the curve with y-axis becomes more]
becomes less]

Worked out Examples

1. Draw the graph of function y = x2
Solution:
The given function is,
y = x2
or, y = 1.x2 + 0.x + 0

Here, vertex of the parabola of it

= a– 2a , 4a k
b 4ac – b2
Vertex
= (0, 0)
Then, y = x2
The points satisfying the equation are
x –3 –2 – 1 0 1 2 3
y 9 4 1 0 1 4 9

90 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

2. Draw the graph of y = –2x2
Solution:
The given function is,
y = – 2x2
or, y = – 2x2 + 0.x + 0

Here,
= a– 2a , 4a k
b 4ac – b2
Vertex
= (0, 0)
Then,
y = – 2x2

The points satisfying the equation are

x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
y – 18 –8 –2 0 –2 –8 – 18

3. Draw the graph of y = x3.

Solution:
The given function is,
y = x3
x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
y – 27 –8 –1 0 1 8 27

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 91

 1
4. Draw the graph of the function y = – 2 x 3 .
Solution:
The given function is,
1
y = – 2 x3 .
x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
y 13.5 4 0.5 0 – 0.5 –4 – 13.5

5. Draw the graph of function y = 2x2 + 5x – 3.

Solution:
The given equation (quadratic) is,
y = 2x2 + 5x – 3
or, y = 2.x2 + 5x – 3

Here,
= a– 2a , 4a k
b 4ac – b2
Vertex

= (– 1.25, – 6.125 )
Then, y = 2x2 + 5x – 3
x –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2
y 9 0 –5 –6 –3 4 15

92 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

6. Solve the quadratic equation x2 – 5x + 4 = 0 graphically.
Solution:
The given quadratic equation is,
y = x2 – 5x + 4
or, y = 1.x2 – 5.x + 4
Here,
= a– 2a , 4a k
b 4ac – b2
Vertex

=
= (2.5, – 2.25)
Then,
y = x2 – 5x + 4
x –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
y 10 4 0 –2 –2 0 4 10

Here, we get from graph,

The curve of parabola cuts x - axis at point
A(4, 0) and B(1, 0).
\ x = 1 and 4

Alternative method:
The given quadratic equation is,
y = x2 – 5x + 4
Let, y = x2 ........................(i)
& y – 5x – 4 = 0
or, y = 5x – 4 .....................(ii)
For equation (i), y = x2,
y = 1.x2 + 0.x + 0
vertex = a– 2a , 4a k = (0, 0)
b 4ac – b2
\

x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4
y 9 4 1 0 1 4 9 16

For equation (ii), y = 5x – 4

x 0 1 2
y –4 1 6

Here,
From graph, we get, the straight line cuts the parabola
at points A(1, 1) &
B(4, 16).
\ x=1&4

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 93

 Exercise 1.5 'A'
1. Answer the following questions.
i) What is quadratic equation? Write down the standard form of the quadratic
equation.
ii) Write down the co-ordinate of vertex of parabola.
iii) Write down the equation of axis of parabola.
iv) What do you mean by axis of parabola.
v) Write down the co-ordinate of the points on the curve of parabola at which x-axis
intersects.

2. Draw the graph of the following functions:

a) i) y = x2 ii) y = – x2 iii) y = 2x2
1
iv) y = – 3x2 v) y = 2 x2

1
b) i) Y = x3 ii) y = – x3 iii) y = 2 x3
iv) y = – 2x3 v) y = 2x3

c) i) y = x2 + x – 2 ii) y = x2 + 6x + 8 iii) y = x2 – 6x + 5
iv) y = x2 – 4 v) y = – x2 – x + 6

3. Solve the following quadratic equations graphically.

a) i) x2 + 2x – 3 = 0 ii) x2 + 5x + 4 = 0 iii) x2 – 6x +8 = 0
iv) x2 – x – 6 = 0 v) x2 – x – 12 = 0

b) i) – x2 – x + 6 = 0 ii) – x2 – 6x – 5 = 0 iii) 2x2 + 5x – 3 = 0

iv) 2x2 – 7x – 4 = 0 v) – 2x2 + 7x – 3 = 0

4. Solve the given functions graphically.

i) y = x2 and y = 4x + 5 ii) y = x2 and y = 4x – 3 iii) y = –x2 and y = – 3x – 4
v) y = 2x2 and y = 2 – 3x v) y = x2 and y = 5x – 4

5. PRIME more creative questions.

i) A quadratic equation passer through the points (1, 1) and (2, 4) has the turning
point of (0, 0), find the equation of the quadratic function.
ii) A quadratic function passes through the points (0, 2), (1, –2) and (2, 0), find the
equation of the function.

94 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 iii) Find the equation of parabola having vertex (1, –4) which passer through the points
(2, –3) and (–1, 0).
iv) Find the equation of parabola from the given diagram.

(–2, 4)

(1, 1)

v) Find the equation of parabola from the given diagram.

(0, 3)

(1, 0)

(2, –1)

Answer
1. Show to your teacher.

2. Discuss with your teacher.

3.a. i) 1, – 3 ii) –1, –4 iii) –2, 4

iv) –2, 3 v) –3, 4
1
b. i) 2, –3 ii) –1, –5 iii) –3, 2
1 1
iv) 4, – 2 v) 3, 2

4. i) –1, 5 ii) 1, 3 iii) –1, 4

iv) –1, 4 v) 1, 4

5. i) y = x2 ii) y = 3x2 – 7x + 2 iii) y = x2 – 2x – 3

iv) y = x2 v) y = x2 – 4x + 3

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 95

Solution of quadratic equation and straight Line
The quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 and a straight line with equation ax + by + c = 0 can
be solved by using substitution method as well as graphical method. Here we discuss both
substitution method as well as graphical method.

1. Substitution method:
The value of the variable ‘x' have to be found out from the equation of straight
line ax + by + c = 0 as
–by – c
x= a ...............................(i)

It has to be substituted in the quadratic equation ax2 + bc + c = 0 as,

aa a k + b a a k+ c = 0
–by – c 2 –by – c

By solving the above form of equation two values of ‘y' can be obtained and then value of
‘x' can be obtained from equation (i)

2. Graphical method:
The parabolic curve given by ax2 + bx + c = 0 and the straight line given by ax + by + c
= 0 intersect at two points A(x1, y1) and B(x2, y2). The solution is given by x = x1 and x2,
y = y1 and y2.

Worked out Examples

1. Solve the quadratic equation = x2 – 2x – 3 and y = – 3 by substitution method.
Solution:
The given equation are,
y = x2 – 2x – 3 and
y=–3
Here, y = x2 – 2x – 3 ...........................(i)
y = – 3 .........................(ii)

Substituting the value of ‘y' in equation (i).

y = x2 – 2x – 3
or, – 3 = x2 – 3
or, x2 – 2x = 0
or, x(x – 2) = 0

Either, x=0
or, x–2=0⇒x=2
\ The intersecting points of given equations are A(0, –3) & B(2, – 3).

96 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

2. Solve the quadratic equation y = x2 – 5x + 4 and 4x + y – 6 = 0 by substitution method.
Solution:
The given equations are:
y = x2 – 5x + 4 ...........................(i) and
4x + y – 6 = 0 ⇒ y = 6 – 4x ...........................(ii)
Substituting the ‘y' in equation (i)
or, 6 – 4x = x2 – 5x + 4
or, x2 – x –2 = 0
or, x2 – (2 – 1) x – 2 = 0
or, x2 – 2x + x – 2 = 0
or, x(x – 2) + (x – 2) = 0
or, (x – 2) (x + 1) = 0
Either OR
x –2 = 0 x+1=0
\ x=2 x = –1

Again,
Substituting the value of ‘x' in equation (ii),
y = 6 – 4x y = 6 – 4x
or, y=6–4×2 y = 6 – 4(– 1)
\ y=–2 y = 10
\ The intersecting point of the given equations are (2, – 2) and (– 1, 10).

3. Solve the quadratic equations = x2 – 2x – 3 and straight line y = – 3 graphically.

Solution:
The given equations are:
y = x2 – 2x – 3 ..............................(i)
y = – 3 ...............................(ii)
From equation (i),
y = x2 – 2x – 3.
vertex of the parabola = a– 2a , 4a k
b 4ac – b2
y = x2 – 2x – 3

= (1, –4)
x 0 1 –1 2 –2 3 –3 4 5
y –3 –4 0 –3 5 0 12 5 12

From equation (ii),

y = – 3(It is parallel to x - axis)
From graph we get,
The straight line cuts the parabola at points A(2, – 3)
and B(0, – 3).
B A y = –3
\ x=2&0
y=–3

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 97

4. Solve the quadratic equation y = x2 – 5x + 4 and a straight line 4x + y – 6 = 0 graphically.
Solution:
The given equations are:
y = x2 – 5x + 4 ......................................................(i)
4x + y – 6 = 0 ⇒ y = 6 – 4x ............................ (ii)
From equation (i)
y = x2 – 5x + 4
vertex of the parabola = a– 2a , 4a k
b 4ac – b2

=
= (2.5, – 2.25)

Points satisfying (i) are

x 0 1 –1 2 –2 3 4 5 6 7
y 4 0 10 – 2 18 – 2 0 4 10 18

From equation (ii),

y = 6 – 4x
x 0 1 3
y 6 2 –6

From graph, we get

The straight line cuts the parabola at points A (2, – 2)
and B(– 1, 10).
\ x=2&–1
y = – 2 , 10

Exercise 1.5 'B'

1. Solve the following quadratic equation and straight line by substitution method.
i) y = x2 – 2x – 3 and y = 5 ii) y = x2 and y = x + 2
iii) y = x and y = 3 – 2x
2
iv) y = x2 – 6x + 5 and y = –3
v) y = x – x – 6 and y = 6
2

2. Solve the following quadratic equation and equation of straight line by substitution
method.
i) y = x2 + 4x – 5 and 5x – y – 3 = 0 ii) y = x2 – 2x – 8 and 3x + y + 2 = 0
iii) y = x2 + 4x + 3 and 3x – y + 5 = 0 iv) y = x2 – 5x + 4 and x + y – 1 = 0
v) y = x2 – x + 10 and x – y + 13 = 0

98 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

3. Solve the following quadratic equation and equation of straight line graphically.
i) y = x2 and y = – 2x + 3 ii) y = x2 and y = x + 2
iii) y = x – 6x + 5 and y = – 3
2
iv) y = x2 – x – 6 and y = 6
v) y = x – 2x – 3 and y = 5
2

4. Solve the given equations graphically.

i) y = x2 – 5x + 4 and x + y – 1 = 0
ii) y = x2 – 3x + 10 and x – y + 13 = 0
iii) y = x2 – 2x – 8 and 3x + y + 2 = 0
iv) y = x2 + 4x – 5 and 5x – y – 3 = 0
v) y = x2 + 4x + 3 and 3x – y + 5 = 0

5. PRIME more creative questions:

i) Prove that the straight line x – y – 3 = 0 touches the parabola having equation x2 – x
– 2 = 0 at a single point.
ii) Prove that the straight line 2x – y – 12 = 0 is tangent to the parabola of equation x2
– 2x – 8 = 0.
iii) From the quadratic equation x2 – 2x – 15 = 0, find the vertex, points where x - axis
cuts the parabola, equation of axis of parabola and graph of parabola.
iv) Find vertex, equation of axis of parabola, roots of the variable and draw the graph of
x2 – 4x + 3 = 0.
v. At what points the straight line x + y + 6 = 0 cuts the parabola y = 6 – x2 ? Find by
using graphical method.

6. Project work
Prepare a report of solving quadratic equation and linear programming in a chart paper
and present the report into your classroom.

Answer
1. i) (–2, 5), (4, 5) ii) (–1, 1), (2, 4) iii) (1, 1), (–3, 9)
iv) (2, –3), (4, – 3) v) (–3, 6)

2. i) (–1, –8), (2, 7) ii) (2, –8), (–3, 7) iii) (1, 8), (–2, –1)
iv) (1, 0), (3, –2) v) (–1, 12), (3, 16)

3. i) (1, 1), (–3, 9) ii) (–1, 1), (2, 4) iii) (2, –3), (4, –3)
iv) (–3, 6), (4, 6) v) (–2, 5), (4, 5)

4. i) (1, 0), (3, –2) ii) (–1, 12), (3, 16) iii) (2, –8), (–3, 7)
iv) (–1, –8), (2, 7) v) (1, 8), (–2, –1)

5. iii) (1, –16), (–3, 0), (5, 0), x – 1 = 0, graph.

iv) (1, –9), x – 2 = 0, (1, 3), graph
v) (–3, 6) and (4, 6)

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 99

Quadratic equation and liner programming

Unit Test
Time : 30 minutes
[1 × 1 + 3 × 2 + 2 × 4 + 1 × 5 = 20]

Attempt all the questions:

1. Write down the formula to find the vertex of the parabola.

2. a) Solve the equations x – y + 6 = 0 and y = x2.

b) Find the vertex of the parabola having equation x2 – 4x – 12 = 0.
c) Draw the graph of the function y = x3.

3. a) Solve graphically that x2 – 2x – 8 = 0.

b) Maximize the function F = 3x + 4y under the constraints x + y # 8, 2x – 3y # 6, x $
0 and y $ 0.

4. Find the inequalities which represents the given feasible region and maximize the
function z = 2x + 5y.
Y
C(0, 6)

B(4, 3)

X' X
O A(2, 0)

Y'

100 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

Unit
2 Limit and Continuity

Specification Grid Table

K(1) U(2) A(4) HA(5) TQ TM Periods
No. of Questions 1 – 1 –
2 5 10
Weight 1 – 4 –
K = Knowledge, U = Understanding, A = Application, HA = Higher ability, TQ = Total
Questions, TM = Total Marks

Objectives : At the end of the lesson

• Students are able to know the number system and their relation.
• Students are able to know the limit value of a function.
• Students are able to simplify the algebraic function using limit.
• Students can find the situation of continuity and discontinuity.
• Students can find the conditions of continuity and discontinuity.

Materials
• Chart of number of system.
• Chart of showing concept of limit.
• Application chart of limit.
• Chart of different form of limit.
• Geo-board.
• Graph paper and Graph board.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 101

Enjoy the recall
i. Natural numbers is the set of counting number.
N = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, ....................}.
ii. Whole number is the set of counting number including zero.
W = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, ....................}
p
iii. Rational number is the set of numbers in the form of q where q ≠ 0.
7 5 1 1 1 3
Z = {.................... , – 2 , –3, – 2 , –2, – 2 , – 4 , 0, 8 , 1, 4 , 2, ............. }
iv. Integers is the set of negative as well as positive numbers including zero.
I = {............., –4, –3, –2, –1, 0 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, ...................}
p
v. Irrational numbers is the set of numbers which can not be expressed in q form and they
are taken in root is called irrational numbers.
Q = {– 3, – 2, ................., 5, 7, 8................ }
vi. Real numbers is the set of rational as well as irrational numbers 'R'.
vii. Real number is denoted by a real line in number line system.

-4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
viii. 0.9, 0.99, 0.999, 0.9999, ....................... can be taken a sequence whose limit value will be '1'
but not exactly equal to one.

A function f(x) is said to be a limit ‘l' when x → a if the numerical

difference between the value of f(x) and ‘l' can be made vary small
as we please by making x sufficiently close to 'a'. We write
lim
f (x) = l.
x"a

Properties of limit
lim
i. f(x) = finite number (limit exists)
x"a
lim
ii. x " a k = k (where k is any constant)
lim lim lim
iii. x " a [f(x) + g(x)] = x " a f(x) + x " a g(x)
lim lim lim
iv. x " a [f(x) – g(x)] = x " a f(x) – x " a g(x)
lim lim lim
v. x " a [f(x) . g(x)] = x " a f(x) . x " a g(x)

102 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 lim
vi.
lim f (x)
= x " a f (x) Provided lim g(x) ≠ 0.
x " a g (x) lim x"a
x " a g (x)
0 3
vii. Indeterminate form like : , 3 , 3 + 3 , 3 – 3 cannot be defined for the limit.
0
viii. Left hand limit = value of the variable approaches to the value from left side
Eg. x → 2– means value of x approaches to 2 from the left side.
ix. Right hand limit = value of the variable approaches to the value from right side
Eg. x → 2+ means value of x approaches to 2 from right side.

Continuity :
Continuity in the set of number system
i. Set of natural numbers :
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, ...................
Here,
The numbers between any two natural numbers are not defined natural due to which the
set of natural numbers does not show continuity.
1, ..... 2, ..... 3, ..... 4, ..... 5, ..... 6, ..... 7, ..... 8,

ii. Set of integers:

–4, –3, –2, –1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, .......................
Here,
The numbers between any two integers are not defined integers due to which the set of
integers does not show continuity.
–4, ..... –3, ..... –2, ..... –1, ..... 0, ..... 1, ..... 2, ..... 3, ..... 4

iii. Rational numbers :

3 1 1 3
–3, –2, – 2 , –1, – 2 , 0, 2 , 1, 2 , 2, ..................
Here,
The numbers between any two rational numbers are also rational due to which the set of
rational numbers shows continuity.
3 1 1 3
–3, –2, – 2 , –1, – 2 , 0, 2 , 1, 2 , 2

In mathematics, a continuous function is a function for which sufficiently small changes in the
input result in arbitrarily small changes in output. Otherwise it is said to be is discontinuous.

For an example, consider the function h(t) which describes the height of a growing plant at
time 't'. This is continuous. But another function M(t) denotes the amount of the money in a
bank account at the 't', then the function jumps at each point in time by deposited and with
drawn, so the function M(t) is discontinuous.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 103

Let us consider the following curves.
Y Y

f f

X' X X' X
O O
g g
h h

Y' Y'
Here, The curves f, g & h are unbroken Here, The curves f, g, h are broken at a
and they are continuous point and they are discontinuous.

Note : Any function is not continuous and discontinuous generally in any interval but it is
continuous or discontinuous at a point or an interval.

Discontinuity:
Concept of interval

i. -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Here,
1 and 5 are not included in the given set of rational numbers to 5 which is written as
(1, 5). It is called open interval.

ii. -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Here,
1 is not included but 5 is included in the given set of rational numbers 1 to 5 which is
written as (1, 5].

iii. -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Here,
Both number 1 and 5 are also included between the set of rational numbers 1 to 5 which
is written as [1, 5]. It is called closed interval.
Here, In the above example in the interval (1, 5) both are not included and in the interval
[1, 5), 1 is included but not 5 and so on.

104 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 The curve of a function y = f(x) is broken at any points between the
interval [a, b] as the given diagram, the function y = f(x) is called the
discontinuous.

a
X' X
O b

Y'

Discontinuity of the function can be observed by discussing the following activities.

Activity : 1
Let us consider a function f(x) = (
1 x <0
2 x >0
Here,
Left hand limit is for x < 0
Where value of x approaches to '1' from left side
i.e.
Y

1
X' X
O

Y'
Right hand limit is for x > 0,
Y
Where value of x approaches to '2' from right hand side.
i.e.
2

X' X
O

Y'

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 105

 Let observe the graph of function at x = 0 and its near by area.
Y

2
1
X' X
O

Y'
Here,
The two curves are not meet at a point and we can say the curve is broken and is not
continuous at x = 0 which is called discontinuous function at x = 0.

Activity : 2
Let us consider a function f(x) = (
1 x <0
1 x >0
Here,
Left hand limit is for x < 0
Where value of f(x) approaches to 1 from left side
i.e.
Y

1
X' X
O

Y'
Right hand limit is for x > 0,
Where value of f(x) approaches to 1 from right hand side.
i.e.
Y

1
X' X
O Y

Y' 1
X' X
Let observes the graph of the function at x = 0 and O
nearer region.

Y'

106 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 As x approaches to O, f(x) approaches to 1 from both sides, but at x = 0, f(x). doesn't exist
as function is not defined for x = 0. So, the curve is discontinuous at x = 0, so the function
is discontinuous at x = 0.

Hence, left hand limit = right hand limit but not equal to functional value 1.
So, It is discontinuous.

Activity : 3
Let us consider a function f(x) = )
–x 2 x <0
x2 + 1 x >0
Here,
lim lim
Left hand limit = – f(x) (–x2)= – 02 = 0
x"0 x"0
lim lim
Right hand limit = f(x) (x2 + 1)= 02 + 1 = 1
x " 0+ x"0
Let observe the graph of the function :
Y

(2, 5)

(1, 2)
(0, 1)
X' X
O
(–1, –1)

(–2, –5)

Y'
The curves are not meeting any point. Hence it is discontinuous function.

Conditions of discontinuity:
i. The curve of the function is broken at any point.
lim
ii. If f(x) does not exist.
x"a
lim lim
i.e. – f(x) ≠ f(x).
x"a x " a+
lim
iii. If f(x) ! f(a).
x"a
It is removable discontinuity.
lim
iv. If f(x) " + 3 or –3 .
x"a
It is infinite discontinuity.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 107

 Exercise 2.1
1. Answer the following questions.
i) What do you mean by continuity of a function?
ii) What do you mean by discontinuity of a function?
iii) Write down open interval from 1 to 7 in symbol. Is 1 included in the function?
iv) Write down closed interval of –2 to 3. Is 3 included in the function?
v) Write down any 5 rational numbers between 0 and 1 with equal interval.

2. Write down the following in number line with features.

i) 1 to 8 natural numbers where 1 and 8 are not included.
ii) –5 to 6 integers where –5 is included but not 6.
iii) –3 to 5 rational numbers where both of them are included.
iv) An open interval of (2, 7).
v) A closed interval of [–4, 5]

3. Answer the following questions.

i) Discuss the continuity or discontinuity between the integers and rational numbers
by using number line.
ii) Write down the difference between the following interval shown in number line of
rational numbers.

-4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5

-4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
iii) Discuss the running of a tortoise and a here from a point A to B deeding upon the
concept of continuity and discontinuity.
iv) Discuss the increasing height of a plant and deposited amount in a bank on
depending upon the concept of continuity and discontinuity.
v) There are 20 students in a class of a school on Sunday during new admission time
and 4 students will be added continuously every day in that week. How many
students will be there on Friday? Show in a sequence.

4. Which of the following curves of the function show the continuity at the given point? Give
reason also.
i) Y ii) Y

O a x=2 b X O a x=a b X

108 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 iii) Y iv) Y

X X
O x=3 O a x=4 b

v) Y vi) Y

X' X X' X
x = –3 O x=4 x = –2 O x=1 x=3

Y' Y'

x2 – 1
5. a. If f(x) = x – 1 is a function. Draw the graph of it from the following and discuss LHL and
RHL.
x 0.5 0.9 0.99 0.999 0.9999 0.99999
x2 – 1 ................ ................ ................ ................ ................ ................
f(x) = x – 1

x 1.5 1.1 1.01 1.001 1.0001 1.00001

x –1 2 ................ ................ ................ ................ ................ ................
f(x) = x – 1

b. Collects the mark obtained by students of your class in optional mathematics in first
terminal examination and tabulate in frequency distribution table by taking an class
interval 10. Also draw the frequency ogive curve of both nature (is less then and is more
than) and discuss continuity and discontinuity by taking a point in such curves.

Answer
Show to your teacher.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 109

Continuity and its symbolic representation
Let us consider a curve of a function which is drawing without Y
lifting a pencil in a sheet of paper in between the given interval
[a, b] as,
It is called the continuous function. Here, the function f(x) is defined
at x → x0 which exists f(x) = f(x0).
Hence, it is the continuous function at x' → x0 X
O a x0 b
lim
i.e. f(x) = f(x0).
x " x0
lim
or, f(x) = f(a).
x"a
For continuity of a function at x = a,
lim lim lim
i. f(x) = f(x) = f(x) (i.e. limit exists at x = a)
x " a+ x " a– x"a
lim
ii. f(x) = f(a)
x"a

lim
A function f(x) is said to be continuous at x = a, if f(x) = f(a) and
x"a
is said to be continuous on the interval [a, b] if it is continuous at each
point of the interval.
lim lim lim
i.e. f(x) = f(x) = f(x) = f(a)
x " a– x " a+ x"a

Continuity of function can be observed by discussing the following activities.

Activity : 4
Let us consider a function f(x) = (
1 x#0
1 x$0
Here,
Left hand limit is as x ≤ 0
Where value of f(x) approaches to 1 from left side Y
and 1 is also included.
i.e.
1
X' X
O

Y'

110 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Right hand limit is as x ≥ 0,
Where value of f(x) approaches to '1' from right hand side and also equal to 1.
i.e.
Y

1
X' X
O

Y'
If we observes the graph of both limits,
Y

1
X' X
O

Y'
Here, as x approaches to 'O' from left, f(x) approaches to '1'. Similarly as x approaches to
'O' from right, f(x) approaches to '1' and at x = 0, f(x) = 1. So, the graph is continuous near
by area of x = 0.
So, It is Continuous function.

Activity : 5
Let us consider a function f(x) = ) 2
–x2 x <0
Y
2x x$0
Here, (2, 8)
lim lim
Left hand limit = f(x) = – 02 = 0
x " 0– x"0
lim lim
Right hand limit = f(x) = 2 × 02 = 0
x " 0+ x"0
Functional value of f(x) = f(0) = 2 × 02 = 0
(1, 2)

X' X
O
(–1, –1)

(–2, –4)

Y'

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 111

 Let us taking graph of the function :
The portions of graph meet at a point O at x = 0 from both left hand as well as right hand
limit.
i.e.
lim lim
f(x) = f(x) = f(0) = 0
x " 0– x " 0+
Hence it is continuous function.

Worked out Examples

1. Examine the function f(x) = 2x2 – 3x + 10 at x = 1 for continuity.
Solution:
f(x) = 2x2 – 3x + 10
Taking left hand limit at x = 1–,
f(x) = 2 × 12 – 3 × 1 + 10 = 9
Right hand limit at x = 1+,
f(x) = 2 × 12 – 3 × 1 + 10 = 9
Also, functional value of f(x) at x = 1,
f(x) = 2 × 12 – 3 × 10 = 9
lim lim lim
\ f(x) = + f(x) = f(x) = 9
x " 1– 1 x "1

Here
f(x) = 2x2 – 3x + 10

lim
Now f(x)
x "1
lim
(2x2 – 3x + 10)
x "1
= 2 × 12 – 3 × 1 + 10
= 2 – 3 + 10
=9

Again f(1) = 2 × 12 – 3 × 1 + 10
=9
lim
Since f(x) = f(1) = 9
x "1
So it is continuous at x = 1.

1
2. Determine wheather the function f(x) = x – 1 at x = 1 is continuous or not.
Solution:
1
Here, f(x) = x – 1
Now, f(x) is not defined at x – 1 = 0
So, at x = 1, it is discontinuous.

112 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

3. A function f(x) is defined as,
3x + 2 for x < 1
f(x) = 4 for x = 1
7x – 2 for x > 1
Is the function f(x) continuous at x = 1? If not, how do you make it continuous?
Solution:
left hand limit at x = 1
lim lim
f(x) = (3x + 2) =3×1+2=5
x " 1– x " 1–
Again,
Right hand limit at x = 1
lim lim
f(x) = (7x – 2) =7×1–2=5
x " 1+ x " 1+
Again, f(1) = 4
lim
\ f(x) = 5
x "1
So,
lim
Since f(x) ≠ f(1)
x "1
So, it is not continuous function.
It can be made continuous by redefining the function as the following.
f(x) = 3x + 2 for x < 1
5 for x = 1
7x – 2 for x > 1

4. A function f(x) is continuous at x = 2 which is defined as.

3x2 – 2 for x < 2
f(x) =
kx for x ≥ 2
Find the value of ‘k'.
Solution:
Taking left hand limit and right hand limit.
lim lim
– f(x) = (3x2 – 2) = 3 × 22 – 2 = 10
x"2 x"2
Again,
lim lim
f(x) = (kx) =k×2 = 2k.
x " 2+ x"2
Then, for the function to be continuous
lim lim
f(x) = f(x) = f(2) = 2k
x " 2– x"2
by the question, the function f(x) is continuous,
lim lim
so, f(x) = f(x)
x " 2+ x"2

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 113

 or, 2k = 10
10
or, k= 2
\ k = 5.

Exercise 2.2
1. If f(x) = x + 1; f : R → R is a function. Answer the following questions.
i) Find f(x) where domain = {2.1, 2.01, 2.001, 2.0001, 2.00001}
ii) Find f(x) where domain = {1.9, 1.99, 1.999, 1.9999, 1.99999}
iii) Find the functional value f(2).
iv) Find left hand and right hand limit f(2).
v) Discuss continuity of f(x) for x = 2.

2. Which of the following functions are continuous?

i) f(x) = x2 at x = 3 ii) f(x) = 2 – 3x2 at x = 0
1
iii) f(x) = 3x2 – 2x + 4 at x = 1 iv) f(x) = 2x at x = 0
1
v) f(x) = 1 – x at x = 1

3. Discuss the continuity of functions for the followings:

2x + 1 for x < 1
i) f(x) = 2 for x = 1 at x = 1.
x+2 for x > 1
2–x 2
for x ≤ 2
ii) f(x) = at x = 2.
x–4 for x > 2
3x – 1 for x ≤ 2
iii) f(x) = at x = 2.
2x + 1 for x > 2
x2 + 3 for x ≤ 3
iv) f(x) = at x = 3.
4x for x > 3
x2 + 4 for x < 4
v) f(x) = 20 for x = 4 at x = 4
3x + 8 for x > 4

4. Is the following function continuous? Also redefine the function to make continuous.
2x –1 for x < 2 3x + 1 for x < 1
i) f(x) = 4 for x = 2 ii) f(x) = 8 for x = 1
x+1 for x > 2 4x for x > 1
x –1
2
for x < 3 2x – 7 for x < 4
2

iii) f(x) = 5 for x = 3 iv) f(x) = 25 for x = 4

2x + 2 for x > 3 6x + 1 for x > 4

3x2 – 2 for x < 2

v) f(x) = 10 for x = 2
5x for x > 2

114 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

5. PRIME more creative questions:
Find the value of ‘k' from the following continuity function at the given point.
kx + 3 for x < 3 kx2 – 1 for x < 2
i) f(x) = ii) f(x) =
12 for x ≥ 3 7 for x ≥ 2
3x + 2 for x < 4
5x – 1 for x < 1
iii) f(x) = iv) f(x) = 2k for x = 4
kx for x ≥ 1
2x + 6 for x > 4
x2 + 5 for x < 5
v) f(x) = kx for x = 5
7x – 5 for x > 5

6. Project work
Draw the curve of the functions f(x) = Sinx, f(x) = Cosx and f(x) = Tanx on graph paper. Discuss
the continuity and discontinuity of the functions by taking the domain = {–360 ≤ x ≤ 360°}

Answer
1. Show to your subject teacher.
2. i) Continuous ii) Continuous iii) Continuous
iv) Discontinuous v) Discontinuous
3. i) Discontinuous ii) Continuous iii) Continuous
iv) Continuous v) Continuous
2x – 1 for x < 2
4. i) Discontinuous; f(x) = 3 for x = 2
x+1 for x > 2

3x + 1 for x < 1
ii) Discontinuous; f(x) = 4 for x = 1
4x – 1 for x > 1

x2 – 1 for x < 3
iii) Discontinuous; f(x) = 8 for x = 3
2x + 2 for x > 2
iv) Continuous v) Continuous
5. i) 3 ii) 2 iii) 4
iv) 7 v) 6

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 115

Limit and Continuity
Unit Test
Time : 30 minutes
[1 × 1 + 3 × 2 + 2 × 4 + 1 × 5 = 20]

Attempt all the questions:

1. Is the given curve continuous at x = k for the given interval [a, b]?
Y

X
O a x=k b

2. a. Is a function f(x) = 2x2 at x = 2 continuous?

b. Is a set of natural numbers continuous? Give reason for your answer.
c. Discuss continuity for the given number line where f : R → R.

-4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5

3. a. Draw the graph of function f(x) = Sinx for the interval –2p ≤ x ≤ 2p. Discuss continuity
or not in it with reason.

b. If the function f(x) is continuous, find ‘k'.

kx + 5 at x < 3
f(x) =
14 at x = 3
c. Is the function f(x) continuous? If not how can you make continuous?
4x – 3 at x < 2
f(x) = 4 at x = 2 at x = 2
2x + 1 at x > 2

116 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

Unit
3 Matrices

Specification Grid Table

K(1) U(2) A(4) HA(5) TQ TM Periods
No. of Questions 1 2 1 –
4 9 15
Weight 1 4 4 –
K = Knowledge, U = Understanding, A = Application, HA = Higher ability, TQ = Total
Questions, TM = Total Marks

Objectives : At the end of the lesson

• Students will be able to find the determinant and inverse of a square
matrix.
• Students can understand the Cramer's rule.
• Students can solve the two linear equations using inverse matrix and
Cramer's rule.
• Students can prove the properties of inverse of matrices.

Materials
• Price list of goods of a market.
• Chart of finding inverse matrix.
• Chart of informations of Cramer's rule.
• Chart of informations of equation solving by matrix method.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 117

3.1 Matrices
Enjoy the recall:
The rectangular array of the numbers in rows and columns enclosed by a square [ ] or round
( ) bracket is called matrix.
• The matrix is denoted by capital letters like A, B, P & Q.
• Elements are denoted by small letters like a, b, c, d, e, ... , etc. (members)
• No. of rows ‘m' and columns ‘n' are written as m x n which is called
order of the matrix.
A= < F
a b c
d e f 2×3
i) Null matrix (Zero matrix) :
The matrix having all the elements zero is called null matrix.
0 0
O=
0 0
ii) Identity Matrix (Unit matrix) :
The square matrix having each element in main diagonal is 1 (one) and remaining all non
diagonal elements zero is called identity matrix.
I= < F
1 0
0 1
• Main diagonal is the diagonal from left top to right bottom.

iii) Equal matrices :

Any two matrices having same order and equal corresponding elements are called equal
matrices.
SRS 6 W
V
SS 4–2 2 WWW
A= < F , B = SS
2 3
W are the equal matrices.
1 –1 SS0 + 1 – 4 WWW
4
T X
iv) Transpose of matrix :
A new matrix which obtains by interchanging the rows and columns of the given matrix
is called the transpose of the matrix. We denote it by A' or AT.
If A = < F , then transpose of A is,
a b
c d
AT = < F
a c
b d
Properties of tranpose
i. (AT)T = A
ii. (A + B)T = AT + BT
iii. (AB)T = BTAT.

v) Addition of matrices:
A new matrix made by adding the corresponding elements of two or more matrices
having same order is called the matrix after addition. We denote the addition of the
matrices A and B by A + B.

118 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 If A = < F, B = < F
a b p q
c d r s

Then A + B = = G
a+p b+q
c+r d+s
vi) Multiplication of the matrices:
The matrix AB of order m × n is obtained after the multiplication of any two matrices A
and B of order m × p and p × n respectively is called the matrix multiplication.
If any two matrices A and B of order m × p and p × n respectively, then AB is defined as,
A B AB
order: m × p p × n m × n

Conditions for matrix multiplication :

• No. of columns of first matrix and no. of rows of second matrix should be equal.
• Elements of rows of first matrix should be multiplied to the corresponding elements of
columns of second matrix should and to be added to each other.
Like [a b] × < F = [a × c + b × d] = [ac + bd]
c
d
Example:
A= < F and B = < F
2 3 3 –2
–2 1 4 1
Then,
=< F < F
2 3 3 –2
AB
–2 1 4 1

=< F
18 –1
–2 5

3.1.1 Determinant of the matrix:

Let, A = [5] is a square matrix of order 1 × 1 where 5 is a number associated with A.
Let, B = < F is a square matrix of order 2 × 2 where 2 × 4 – 3 × 1 = 5 is a number associated
2 1
3 4
with the matrix B. In both examples a single real number 5 is associated with the given square
matrices. Hence, 5 is called the determinant of the matrices A and B.

A single real number which is associated to a square

matrix is called the determinant.
Here, |A| is the determinant of A.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 119

 • Determinant of A is denoted by |A| or D or det(A).
If A = < F , then determinant of A is,
a b
•
c d
a b
|A| =
c d
=a×d–c×b
= ad – bc.

3.1.2 Singular matrix and non-singular matrix:

Let, A = < F the value of its determinant is,
2 3
–2 –3
2 3
|A| = = 2 × (–3) – (–2) × 3
–2 –3
= –6 + 6
=0
Here,
Matrix A is singular matrix

The square matrix which has the value of determinant

zero is called singular matrix. It has no inverse.
Here, A is singular, if |A| = 0.

Let, A = < F , the value of its determinant is,

1 3
4 2
1 3
|A| = =1×2–4×3
4 2
= 2 – 12
= – 10 ≠ 0
Here,
Matrix A is non-singular matrix .

The square matrix which has the value of determinant

non-zero is called non-singular matrix.
A is non-singular, if |A| ≠ 0.

120 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

3.1.3 Inverse of matrix:
If A = < F and B = < F are any two square matrices where,
2 5 –7 5
3 7 3 –2

AB = < F < F
2 5 –7 5
3 7 3 –2

=< F
1 0
0 1

BA = < F < F
–7 5 2 5
3 –2 3 7

=< F
1 0
0 1
Here, we get AB = BA = I.
As a result,
A is taken as inverse of B and B is taken as inverse of A.

If any two square matrices of same order A and B are in

such a way that AB = BA = I where |A| ≠ 0 and |B| ≠ 0.
A and B are called inverse matrices to each other.

Here, Inverse matrix of A is written as A– I

Then, AA– I = A– IA = I = < F
1 0
0 1
Properties of inverse matrix:
i) ^A–1h–1 = A where A is non - singular square matrix.
ii) ^ABh–1 = B–1A– I where A and B are square matrices of same order and A , B ] 0.

3.1.4 Adjoint of a matrix:

If A = < F is a square matrix.
a11 a12
a21 a22
where,
Cofactor of a11 = a22 (sign is positive according to 1 + 1 = 2 even)
Cofactor of a12 = –a21 (sign is negative according to 1 + 2 = 3 odd)
Cofactor of a21 = –a12 (sign is negative according to 2 + 1 = 3 odd)
Cofactor of a22 = a11 (sign is positive according to 2 + 2 = 4 even)

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 121

 • For 2 × 2 matrix, the sign of
Matrix of cofactors of A = < F
a22 –a21
\
= G.
–a12 a11 + –
cofactor is
Transpose of cofactors of A = < F
a22 –a12 – +
–a21 a11 • The sign of cofactor is (–1)i + j
Which is the adjoint matrix of A. Where i = row
Adjoint of A = < F
a22 –a12 j = column
\
–a21 a11

The transpose matrix of the matrix formed by taking the co - factor

elements of the elements of matrix A is called the adjoint matrix of A.
• Inter change the position of elements of main diagonals change
the sign of elements of secondary diagram in a matrix to obtain its
adjoin for 2 × 2 matrix.

If A = < F
a b
c d
adjoint of A = < F
d –b
\
–c a

3.1.5 Formula to find inverse of a matrix:

Let, A = < F is a square matrix where A = a x d – c x b = ad – bc ≠ 0
a b
c d
(say) (i.e. A– I exists)
Let, A– I = < F
k l
m n
Then, Taking the condition of inverse matrix, AA– I = I
< F < F=< F
a b k l 1 0
c d m n 0 1

=< F
1 0
0 1
Equating the corresponding elements,
ak + bm = 1 .......... (i)
ck + dm = 0 .......... (ii)
al + bn = 0 .......... (iii)
cl + dn = 1 .......... (iv)

d b b
Solving equation (i) and (ii), k = ad – bc and m = bc – ad = – ad – bc
c c a
Solving equation (iii) and (iv) l = bc – ad = ad – bc and n = ad – bc

122 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

Now,

=< F = ad – bc < F
k l 1 d –b
A– I =
m n –c a

1
\ A– I = (adjoint of A)
A
It is the calculating formula of A– I.

Worked out Examples

4 –2
1. If A = < F is a square matrix, find its determinant.
–1 3
Solution:
A= < F
4 –2
–1 3
Determinant of A is,
=< F
4 –2
|A|
–1 3
= 4 × 3 – (–1) (–2)
= 12 – 2
= 10

a + b –b
2. Evaluate:
b a–b
Solution:
a + b –b
b a–b
= (a + b) (a – b) – b(–b)
= a2 – b 2 + b 2
= a2

x 3
3. If determinate of A = < F is 13, find the value of ‘x'.
1 x

Solution: A = < F
x 3
1 x
We have,
x 3
|A| =
1 x
or, 13 = x × x – 1 × 3
or, 13 + 3 = x2
or, x = 16
\ x = +4.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 123

 3 2
4. If A = < F , find the determinant of A2 – 2A + 3I.
–1 –2

Solution: A = < F
3 2
–1 –2
Then,
=< F < F –2 < F +3 < F
3 2 3 2 3 2 1 0
A2 – 2A + 3I
–1 –2 –1 –2 –1 –2 0 1

–< F+< F
6 4 3 0
=
–2 –4 0 3

=< F
4 –2
1 9
Again,
Determinant of A2 – 2a + 3I is,
4 –2
= 4 × 9 – 1 (–2)
1 9
= 36 + 2
= 38.

3 2
5. If A = < F , find A– I.
–4 1

Solution: A < F
3 2
–4 1
Here,
|A| = 3 × 1 – (–4) × 2
=3+8
= 11 ≠ 0 (inverse exists)
Then,
1
A– I = (adjoint of A)
A
1 <1 –2 F
=
11 4 3
RS V
SS 1 –2 WWW
= SSS 4 3 WWW
11 11
SS W
11 11 W
T X

124 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 3 –2
6. If A– I = < F , find the matrix A. Also find A– IA.
6 –5
Solution: A– I = < F
3 –2
6 –5
Here,
A–1 = 3 × (–5) –6(–2)
= –15 + 12
= –3 ≠ 0 (inverse exists)
\ A = (A– I)–1
1
= (Adjoint of A– I)
A–1

= –3 <
1 –5 2F
–6 3

= >3 – 3 H
5 2
2 –1
Again,
A– IA = < F × –1 < F
3 –2 –5 2
6 –5 3 –6 3
1
= –3

= –3 <
1 –3 0 F
0 –3

=< F
1 0
0 1
=I
\ A– IA = I
3 7 5 7
7. Prove that the matrices < F and < F are inverse to each other.
2 5 –2 3
Solution:
A= < F, B = < F
3 7 5 7
2 5 –2 3
Now,
AB = < F < F
3 7 5 7
2 5 –2 3

=< F =I
1 0
0 1

BA = < F < F
5 7 3 7
–2 3 2 5

=< F =I
1 0
0 1

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 125

 Here, AB = BA = I,
Hence, they are inverse to each other.

5 7 –4 y
8. If the matrices < F and < F are inverse to each other, find the value of ‘x' and ‘y'.
x 4 3 –5
Solution
A= < F and B = < F
5 7 –4 y
x 4 3 –5
Since, A and B are inverse to each other,
AB = BA = I
or, < F < F=< F
5 7 –4 y 1 0
x 4 3 –5 0 1

=< F
1 0
or,
0 1

= < F
1 0
or,
0 1

By equating the corresponding elements,

–4x + 12 = 0 and 5y – 35 = 0
or –4x = – 12 and 5y = 35
or, x = 3 and y=7
\ x=3
y=7

2x 6
9. If A = < F is a singular matrix. Find the value of ‘x'
3 x
Solution:
2x 6
A= is a singular i.e. |A| = 0
3 x
2x 6
or, =0
3 x
or, 2x × x – 3 × 6 = 0
or, 2x2 = 18
or, x2 = 9
\ x = + 3.

2 0 1 –1 0 0
10. If A = < F, B = < F and C = < F , prove that AB – C is a singular matrix.
1 –2 0 2 –4 0
Solution:
A= < F
2 0
1 –2

B= < F
1 –1
0 2

C= < F
0 0
–4 0

126 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Then,
=< F < F–< F
2 0 1 –1 0 0
AB – C
1 –2 0 2 –4 0

–< F
0 0
=
–4 0

=< F–< F
2 –2 0 0
1 –5 –4 0

=< F
2 –2
5 –5
Here, Determinant,
AB – C = 2 × (–5) –5(–2)
= – 10 + 10
= 0 Hence, it is singular matrix.

Exercise 3.1
1. Answer the following questions.
i) What do you mean by inverse matrix?
ii) What do you mean by singular matrix?
iii) Is A = < F a singular?
–2 3
–4 6
iv) What do you mean by adjoint of a matrix.
v) Write down the adjoint matrix of A = < F.
3 –2
–1 4
2. Find the determinant of the following matrices.
i) A = < F ii) B = < F
3 4 –3 –2
7 9 5 7
iii) A = 2 × 2 matrix having element aij = 3i – 2j.
iv) P = 2 × 2 matrix having element aij = i + 2j.
v) Determinant of 2A where A = < F
1 –2
3 2
vi) A2 – 2A + 3I where A = < F
– 2 3
–4 5
3. Evaluate the followings:
–7 6 a + b b –a
i) ii)
5 –9 a b
m 2 –n 2 m + n
iii) iv)
m–n 1
and B = < F
2 –1 3 2
v) AB where A =
3 –1 1 –1

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 127

 If determinant of A = < F is 7, find the value of x.
2 x
4. i)
–3 –4

ii) If M = < F and M = –4, find the value of m.

2m –5
4 –3

iii) If B = < F and B = 3, find the value of ‘a'.

7 5
a 4

iv) If A < F, B = < F and AB = 6, find the value of ‘P'

1 2 4 1
3 4 P 3

v) If A = < F, B = < F and AB = 0, find the value of ‘m'.

2 3 3 5
m 6 1 7

Prove that A = < F is a singular matrix.

6 3
5. i)
4 2

Prove that AB is a singular matrix where A = < F and B = < F.

2 3 3 5
ii)
4 6 1 7

iii) If P = < F and Q = < F , prove that PQ has no inverse.

1 2 2 –1
3 6 0 3

iv) Show that A = < F has inverse.

3 4
–2 –5

v) If A = < F and B = < F , show that A B = AB

1 0 –1 2
–5 2 –3 4
6. Find the inverse of the following matrices.
i) A = < F ii) B = < F
–3 –2 8 –5
7 5 3 –2
iii) A = 2 × 2 matrix having elements aij = 3i – j.

iv) Inverse of 3A where A = < F.

2 –1
1 –2

Inverse of (A + B) where A = < F and B = < F.

4 –1 3 4
v)
2 1 3 1

If A = < F , find AA– I.

3 2
7. i)
1 –2

ii) Prove that P = < F and Q = < F are inverse to each other.
–3 2 –5 2
–7 5 –7 3

iii) If A– I = < F , find the matrix ‘A'.

–7 –5
4 3

iv) If P–1 = < F , find P–1P.

3 2
25 17

v) If determinant of A = < F is 6, find A– I.

m –1
2 1

128 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 If a matrix < F , is the inverse of matrix < F find the value of ‘m' and ‘n'.
n –5 8 –5
8. i)
3 –8 m –2

If A = < F and B = > 1 2 H are inverse to each other, find ‘a' & ‘b'.
a 3 –3
ii)
2 2 –1 b

iii) If the matrices < F and < F are inverse to each other, find the value of p and
p –7 3 –7
2 –3 q –5
q.

iv) If matrices < F has its inverse < F , find the value of ‘m' and ‘n'.
–1 2 n 2
2m –7 4 1

v) If >–1 – 2 H is the inverse of matrix < F , find the value of ‘a' and ‘b'.
5 –6 a
–1 –3 b –2

9. PRIME more creative questions:

If A = < F , find the determinant of A2 – 3A + 2I.
–1 2
i)
–2 3

If A = < F, B = < F and AB does not have inverse, find the value of x.
3 2 2 –1
ii)
x 4 3 2

iii) If A = < F and B = < F , find (AB)–1 Also find (B–1A– I) & write down the
3 2 –6 5
7 5 –2 2
conclusion.

iv) If P = < F and Q = < F , prove that (PQ)–l = Q–lP–l .

3 5 5 4
4 7 3 2

v. If A– I = < F and B–l = < F , prove that (AB)T = BTAT.

5 7 2 5
3 4 3 7

Answer
1. Show to your teacher.
2. i) –1 ii) –11 iii) 6 iv) –2 v) 32
3. i) 33, ii) a2 + b2 iii) 0 iv) 1 v) –5
4. i) 5 ii) 4 iii) 5 iv) 15 v) 4
RS V RS V
SS 4 –1 WW SS2 –1 WWW
i) < F ii) < F v) < F
–5 –2 2 –5 3 WW –2 3
iii) SS–5 iv) SS1 –2 WW
3 9 9
6. WW
7 3 3 –8 SS 2 SS W 5 –7
S 3 3 WW S 9 9 WW
T X TR VX
SS 1 1 WW
i) < F iii) < F < F
1 0 –3 –5 1 0 S 6 6W
7. iv) v) SS–1 2 WW
0 1 4 7 0 1 SS W
S 3 3 WW
T X
8. i) 3, 2 ii) 4, 2 iii) 5, 2 iv) 2, 7 v) 5, 2

iii) > 2H
–45 19
9. i) 0 ii) 6 2 iv) (AB)–l = B–lA–l
–26 11

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 129

3.2.1 Solution of simultaneous equations using matrix method
Two linear equation ax + by + c = 0 and px + qy + r = 0 are called the simultaneous equations
which can be solved by using matrix method by converting the linear equations in matrix
form as follows.
ax + by = – c
px + qy = – r
The equations in matrix form, < F< F =< F
a b x –c
p q y –r

Let, A = < F , X = < F and B = < F

a b x –c
p q y –r
The equations becomes, AX = B
Multiplying both sides by A– I,
or, A– IAx = A– IB
or, I X = A– IB ( a A– IA = I)
or, X = A B–I
( a I X = X)
It is possible only for A ! 0 to calculate A– I, and we get a unique of the system.

Example: Solve the linear equations x + 3y = 7 and 5x – y – 3 = 0 by matrix method.

Solution :
The given equation are
x + 3y = 7 ....................................(i)
5x – y = 3 ................................(ii)
The equations in matrix form:
< F< F =< F
1 3 x 7
5 –1 y 3

Let, A = < F , X = < F and B = < F

1 3 x 7
5 –1 y 3
The equations becomes,
AX =B
or, A A X
–I
= A– IB
or, I X = A– I B [ a A-1A = I]
\ X = A– IB .................................(iii) [ a IA = A]
1 3
Here, |A| =
5 –1
= 1 × (–1) – 5 × 3
= –1 – 5
= – 16 ≠ 0 (inverse exists)

Then, From equation (iii),

X = A – IB
1
= (adjoint of A). B
A

= –16 <
1 –1 –3F <7F
–5 1 3

130 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 1
= –16

= – 16 <
1 – 16F
– 32
< F =< F
x 1
y 2
\ x =1
y =2

3.2.2 Solution of simultaneous equations using Cramer's rule

Cramer's rule:
System of linear equation of two variables can be solved by using different rules like
substitution method, elimination method, cross - multiplication method, graphical method,
etc. where above methods were already discussed in previous classes in compulsory
mathematics and matrix method is discussed already in this chapter.
Here, we introduce a new method of solving the system of linear equations known as Cramer's
rule.

It is the method of solving the system of linear equation

of two variables using determinant of a square matrix of
2 × 2 order.

Here, Taking two simultaneous equations,

a1x + b1y = c1 ........................................ (i)
a2x + b2y = c2 ........................................ (ii)

Multiplying equation (i) by b2 and equation (ii) by b1 and subtracted

a1b2x + b1b2y = b2c1
a2b1x + b1b2y = b1c2
(–) (–) (–)
x(a1b2 – a2b1) = (b2c1 – b1c2)
c1 b1
b c –b c c 2 b2 D
\ x = a 2b1 – a 1 b2 = = Dx
1 2 2 1 a1 b1
a2 b2

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 131

 Similarly,
Multiplying equation (i) by a2 and equation (ii) by a1 and subtracted,
a1a2x + a2b1y = a2c1
a1a2x + a1b2y = a1c2
(–) (–) (–)
y(a2b1 – a1b2) = (a2c1 – a1c2)
a 1 c1
a c –a c a 2 c2 Dy
\ y = a 2b1 – a1 b2 = = D
2 1 1 2 a1 b 1
a2 b2
D Dy
\ X = Dx and y = D where D ≠ 0.
According to Cramer's rule.
Coefficient of x Coefficient of y Constant
a1 b1 c1
a2 b2 c2

Where,
D = Determinant of coefficients of two equations.
a1 b 1
=
a2 b2
Dx = a1 and a2 of D are replaced by constants c1 and c2.
c1 b1
= . It is also written as D1
c2 b2
Dy = b1 and b2 of D are replaced by constants c1 and c2.
a1 c1
= . It is also written as D2
a2 c2
Note :
• Two simultaneous equations should be written in order of x and y and constants should be
taken in right hand side.
a1 x + b 1 y = c 1
a2 x + b 2 y = c 2
• Finding D, Dx and Dy as above,
D Dy
• Finding x = Dx and y = D

132 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

Example: Solve 3x – 2y = 5 and 5x + y = 17 by using Cramer's rule.
Solution: The given equations are:
3x – 2y = 5 and
5x + y = 17
Coefficient of x Coefficient of y Constant
3 –2 5
5 1 17

Here,
3 –2
D = = 3 × 1 – 5(–2) = 13
5 1
5 –2
Dx = = 5 × 1 – 17(–2) = 39
17 1
3 5
Dy = = 3 × 17 – 5 × 5 = 26
5 17
Then, values of the variables of the given equations are:
D 39
x = Dx = 13 = 3
D y 26
y = D = 13 = 2
\ x=3
y=2

Worked out Examples

2 –3 x 9
1. If < F < F = < F , find ‘x' and ‘y' using inverse of the 2 x 2 matrix.
1 5 y –2

Solution: The given matrix form is, < F< F =< F Steps of solving simultaneous
2 –3 x 9
1 5 y –2 • Writing the equations in
the form of :
Let, A = < F , X = < F and B = < F
2 –3 x 9
1 5 y –2 a1x + b1y = c1
a2x + b2y = c2
We get, AX=B • Write the equations in
or, A– I A X = A– I B matrix from
or, I X = A– I B • Finding X = A– I B
or, X = A– I B ..........(i)
• Multiplying A and B for < F
x
y
Here,
2 –3
A = = 2 x 5 –(–3) = 13 ≠ 0 (inverse exists)
1 5
Then From equation (i),
X = A– I B
1
or, X = (adjoint of A) . B
A

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 133

 = 13 <
1 5 3F < 9 F
–1 2 –2
1
= 13

= 13 <
1 39 F
–13
< F=< F
x 3
y –1
\ x=3
y = –1

4
2. Solve by matrix method of 3x + y = 7 and 5xy – 8 = 8y.
Solution: The given equations are:
4
3x + y = 7 and 5xy – 8 = 8y
4
or, 3x + y = 7 and y(5x – 8) = 8
4 8
or, 3x + y = 7 and 5x – y = 8.

Now, The equations in matrix form are,

F >1 H = < F
3 4 x
<
7
5 –8 y 8

F , X = >1 H , B = < F
x
Let, A = <
3 4 7
5 –8 y 8
Then, we get,
AX=B
or, A– I A X = A– I B
or, I X = A– I B
or, X = A– I B ..........(i)

3 4
Here, |A| =
5 –8
= 3(–8) – 5(4)
= – 44 ≠ 0 (Inverse exists)

From equation (i),

X = A – IB
1
or, X = (adjoint of A) . B
A

= –44 <
1 –8 –4F <7F
–5 3 8
1
= – 44

134 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 = – 44 <
1 –88F
–11

>1 H = >1 H
x 2
or,
y 4
\ x = 2, y = 4

x 5y x
3. Solve the equation 2 + 3 = – 3 and 4 – 3y = 10 by using Cramer's rule.
Solution:
The given equations are:
x + 5y = x
2 3 – 3 and 4 – 3y = 10
or, 3x + 10y = – 18 and x – 12y = 40

The equations in tabular form are:

Coefficient of x Coefficient of y Constant
3 10 –18
1 –12 40

3 10
Here, D = = 3 × (–12) – 1 x 10 = – 46
1 –12
–18 10
Dx = = (– 18) × (–12) – 40 × 10 = 184
40 –12

Dy = < F = 3 × 40 – 1(–18) = 138

3 –18
1 40
Then, The value of the variables,
D –184
x = Dx = –46 = 4
D y 138
y = D = –46 = – 3

\ x=4
y=–3

6 12
4. Solve the equations x – y = – 1 and 8x – 9y = – xy by using cramer's rule.
Solution: The given equations are,
6 12
x – y = – 1 and 8x – 9y = – xy
6 12 8x 9y = xy
or, x – y = – 1 and xy – xy – xy
6 12 8 9
or, x – y = – 1 and y–x =–1
6 12 9 8
or, x – y = – 1 and x–y =1

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 135

 The equations in tabular form are,
Coefficient of x Coefficient of y Constant
6 –12 –1
9 –8 1
Here,
6 –12
D= = 6(–8) – (9)(–12) = 60
9 –8
–1 –12
Dx = = (–1)(–8) – 1(–12) = 20
1 –8

Dy = < F = (6) × 1 – (9)(–1) = 15

6 –1
9 1
1 D 20 1
Then, The value of the variables are: x = Dx = 60 = 3 & x = 3

1 = D y = 15 1
y D 60 = 4 & y = 4
\ x =3, y = 4
5. The cost of 4 chairs and 3 tables is Rs.7700 and cost of 5 chairs and 2 tables is Rs.7000, find
the cost of a chair and a table by using Cramer's rule.
Solution:
Let, cost of a chair be x and cost of a table be y
Then,
4x + 3y = 7700 and
5x + 2y = 7000
The equations in tabular form are:
Coefficient of x Coefficient of y Constant
4 3 7700
5 2 7000
Here,
4 3
D= =4×2–5×3=–7
5 2
7700 3
Dx = = 7700 × 2 – 7000 × 3 = – 5600
7000 2
4 7700
Dy = = 4 × 7000 – 5 × 7700 = – 10500
5 7000
Then, value of the variables,
D –5600
x = Dx = –7 = Rs. 800
D y –10500
y= D = –7 = Rs. 1500
\ Cost of a chair = Rs.800
Cost of a table = Rs.1500

136 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Exercise 3.2
1. Find the value of ‘x' and ‘y' from the followings by matrix method.
< F< F= < F < F< F= < F
3 1 x 10 7 –3 x 17
i) ii)
4 2 y 14 8 –5 y 21
RS VW
S1 W
F >x H = > 2 H
10 8 3 SS x WW
iii) < < F SS 1 WW = < F
9 –7 1 1
iv)
5 1 y 3 4 – 6 SS WW 3
y
T X
v) A < F = B where A = < F, B =< F
x 2 7 23
y 8 –1 5
2. Find the value of x and y from the following by using Cramer's rule.
i) Write down the formula of finding x and y variables according to Cramer's rule.
ii) If Dx = 20, Dy = 24 and D = 4, find x and y using Cramer's rule.
iii) Find Dx from the equations 2x – 3y = 3 and 3x + y = 21.
23 7 2 23 1 3 8 1
5 –1 8 5 1 3 –6 1 4 3
iv) x = and y = v) x = 8 and y =
2 7 2 7 3 8 3
8 –1 8 –1 4 –6 4 –6

F >x H = > 2 H
10
< F< F = < F <
7 –3 x 17 9 –7 1
vi) vii)
8 –5 y 21 5 1 y 3
3. Solve the following linear equations by using matrix method.
a. i) 5x – 2y = 9 and 7x – 3y = 13 ii) 3x + 5y = 19 and x – 4y + 5 = 0
x y 5x y
iii) 2x – 3y + 16 = 0 and 5y = 14 – 3x iv) 4 + 6 = 3 and 2 – 12 = 9
3x 5y x + 7y
v) 2 – 3 = 2 and 4 6 = 9
6+ = 12 4 12
b. i) x 5y 7 and x – 3y = 1 ii) 7x – y = 12 and y – 5x = – 4
12 + 10 4 6 3 6 1
iii) x y = 7 and y – x = 1 iv) 5x + 2y = 3 and 3x – y = – 2
12 2 5y
v) 5x – 2y 1 and x – 2 = 1
=

4. Solve the following linear equations by using Cramer's rule.

i) x – 4y = – 5 and 3x + 5y = 19 ii) 3x + 5y = 14 and 2x –3y = – 16
8 12
iii) 3x = 36 – 2y and 30x – y = 108 iv) x + 3y = 8 and x – y = 1
4 8
v) 9x – y = 19 and 3x – y = 8

5. PRIME more creative questions:

i) Solve 3x – 4y = 5x – 7y = 1, by using Cramer's rule.
2x + 5y 3x – 7y
ii) Solve 3 = 19 = 1, by using matrix method.
iii) Solve 4 – 7xy = 12x and 3xy – 4 = – 4x by using Cramer's rule.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 137

 2 2
iv) Solve 8x + 12y = 5xy and x – y = 0 by using matrix method.
v) Cost of 10 pencils and 3 pens is Rs. 160 and cost of 6 pencils and 8 pens is
Rs. 220, find the cost of a pencil and a pen by using matrix method.
vi) Cost of 2 books and 5 copies is Rs. 550 and 5 books and a copy is Rs. 800,
find the cost of a book and a copy using Cramer's rule.

6. Project work
Collect the cost of two types of vegetables of your local market on the specific day of two
different weeks. Express the cost of them of 2kg and 3kg in first week and 5 kg and 8 kg
in the second week in simultaneous equations. Find the rate of the their cost by solving
using matrix method and using Cramer's rule separately.

Answer
1. i) 3, 1 ii) 2, –1 iii) 3, –1 iv) –3, 4 v) 1, 3
2. ii) 5, 6 iv) 1, 3 v) –3, 4 vi) 2, –1 vii) 3, –1
3.a. i) 1, –2 ii) 3, 2 iii) –2, 4 iv) 4, 12 v) 8, 6
1 1
b. i) 3, 1 ii) 2, 2 iii) 6, 2 iv) 2 , 3 v) 4, – 5
4. i) 3, 2 ii) –2, 4 iii) 4, 12 iv) 4, 2 v) 2, –4
5. i) 3, 2 ii) 4, –1 iii) –2, –2 iv) 4, 4 v) 10, 20 vi) 150, 50

Matrices
Unit Test
Time : 30 minutes
[1 × 1 + 3 × 2 + 2 × 4 + 1 × 5 = 20]
Attempt all the questions:

Find the determinant of A = < F

2 –1
1.
3 2

Which matrix pre-multiplies to < F results [7 –1]?

3 0
2. a)
2 1
If A = < F , find the determinant of A2 – 2A + 3I.
2 1
b)
3 1
If A = < F and B = < F are inverse to each other, find the value of ‘x' and ‘y'.
x 5 2 –5
c)
1 2 –1 y
3. a) Solve the equations 3x – 2y – 5 = 0 and 5x + 3y – 21 = 0 using Cramer's rules.
b) Solve the equations x + 5y – 12 = 0 and 3x – y = 4 using matrix method.

If A = < F and B = < F , prove that (AB)–1 = B–1A– I.

3 2 3 –4
4.
5 4 3 –5

138 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

Unit
4 Co-ordinate Geometry

Specification Grid Table

K(1) U(2) A(4) HA(5) TQ TM Periods
No. of Questions 2 2 1 1
6 15 30
Weight 2 4 4 5
K = Knowledge, U = Understanding, A = Application, HA = Higher ability, TQ = Total
Questions, TM = Total Marks

Objectives : At the end of the lesson

• Students are able to find angle between any straight lines & Condition of
perpendicular and parallel.
• Students are able to find homogeneous equation, separate equations and
angle between the line pairs.
• Students are able to find equation of circle in different forms.
• Students are able to understand the conic section of cone and plane figure.

Materials
• Chart of formula used in co-ordinate.
• Chart of the forms of Conic section.
• Scissors, tape, chart paper etc.
• Chart of trigonometric ratios for standard angles.
• Graph paper.
• Geo-board.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 139

4.1 Co-ordinate
Enjoy the recall:
• Co-ordinate of a point is the pair of abscissa and ordinate of the point.
for the point (x, y).
x = abscissa y = ordinate

• Co-ordinate of the different points in standard positions.

Origin → 0(0, 0)
Point on x-axis → A(x, 0)
Point on y-axis → B(0, y)

• Sign of components in quadrant:

Y
+++++
+++++

2nd quadrent 1st quadrent

(–, +) (+, +)

X' –––––––– ++++++++ X

–––––––– +++++++
––––––
––––––

3rd quadrent 4th quadrent

(–, –) (+, –)

Y'
• Inclination of a straight line :
It is the angle made by a straight line with x-axis in positive sense (anticlock wise direction).

• Slope of straight line :

It is the trigonometric tangent of angle of inclination of straight line.
If q be the inclination, slope = Tanq = m.
Also, it is called the gradient of the straight line.

• Formula of slope of a straight line:

Slope (m) = Tanq (for angle with x-axis)
Coeffient of x
Slope (m) = – Coefficient y (for equation)
y2 – y1
Slope (m) = [For two points]
x2 – x1
• Equation of straight lines:
x y
In double intercepts form: a + b = 1.
In slope – intercept form: y = mx + c
In slope – point form: y – y1 = m(x – x1)
y2 – y1
In double points form: y – y1 = x2 – x1 (x – x1)
In perpendicular form: xCosa + ySina = P
First degree equation: ax + by + c = 0

140 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

• Distance formula:
d= for any two points
ax1 + by1 + c
P= for a point and a straight line.
a2 + b2
• Section formula:
Internally: (x, y) =

Externally: (x, y) =

Mid- Point: (x, y) =

Centroid of a triangle: (x, y) =

• Area of closed shape

x1 x 2 x 3 x 1
1
Triangle: A = 2
y1 y2 y3 y1
1
A = 2 × base × height

x1 x2 x3 x4 x1
1
Quadrilateral: A = 2
y1 y2 y3 y4 y1
Note:
• Above informations can be applied when necessary.
• Such formula can be taken in different necessary situations according to the form
of equations.
• But syllabus for grade X are as follows.
i. Angle between any two straight lines.
ii. Line pairs of second degree homogeneous equation.
iii. Conic Section
iv. Equation of circle.
These are discussing as the following in different topics.

4.1.2 Angle between any two straight lines

Let ‘q' be the angle between any two straight lines Y
AB and CD having equations,
Y = m1 x + C1 ---------- (i)
Y = m2 x + C2 ---------- (ii) A C(180° – q)
Where q1 and q2 are the inclinations made by
them with x-axis respectively. q
\ Slope of AB (m1) = Tan q1 q2 q1
Slope of CD (m2) = Tanq2 X' X
O D B
Y'

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 141

 Geometrically,
we have,
q1 = q + q 2
[Exterior \ = sum of two interior opposite \ s in a triangle]
or, q = q 1 – q2
or, Tanq = Tan(q1 – q2) [ a Taking Tan on both sides ]
or, Tanq =
m –m
or, Tanq = 1 +1m m2 .......................... (i)
1 2

Also,
m –m
Tan (180° – q) = – 1 +1m m2
1 2

Here, we have:
Value of Tanq is positive for acute angle ‘q' and negative for obtuse angle ‘q'.
m1 – m 2
\ Tanq = ! +
1 m1 m 2

q = Tan–1 8! 1 +1m m2 B
m –m
` 1 2

It is the required angle between the

straight lines

i) Condition of the two lines being parallel.

For the parallel straight lines,
q = 0°
or, Tanq = Tan0°
m1 – m 2 Sin 0°
or, 1 + m m = Cos0°
1 2

m1 – m 2 0
or, 1 + m1 m 2 = 1
or, m1 – m2 = 0
\ m1 = m2

ii) Condition for the two lines being perpendicular,

For the lines perpendicular,
q = 90°
or, Tanq = Tan90°
m1 – m 2 Sin90°
or, 1 + m1 m2 = Cos90°
m1 – m 2 1
or, 1 + m1 m 2 = 0
or, 1 + m1 m2 = 0
\ m 1 m2 = – 1

142 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

Angle between the straight lines having equations a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 and a2x + b2y
+ c2 = 0.
The given equation of straight lines AB and CD are respectively,
a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 ...........(i) Y
a2x + b2y + c2 = 0 ...........(ii) A D

Here,
q
Coefficient of x a2x + b2y + c2 = 0 a1x + b1y + c1 = 0
Slope of AB (m1) = – Coefficient of y
a
= – b1
1
a q2 q1
Slope of CD (m2) = – b2 X' X
2 O B
For the angle q between the st lines 'q' C
m –m
Tanq = ± 1 +1m m2
1 2
Y'

or, Tanq = ±

–a1 b2 + a2 b1
b b
or, Tanq = ± b b 1+ a2 a
1 2 1 2
b1 b 2
a 2 b1 – a 1 b 2
or, Tanq = ±
a1 a 2 + b1 b 2
q = Tan–1 :! a2 a 1 + b1 b 2 D
a b –a b
\
1 2 1 2

It is the angle between the given lines.

i) Conditions of the lines being parallel,

m1 = m2
a a
or – b1 = – b2
1 2
or, a 1 b 2 = a2 b 1
\ a1 b 2 – a 2 b 1 = 0

ii) Condition of the lines being perpendicular,

m1 m 2 = – 1
or, `– a1 j `– a2 j = – 1
b1 b2
or, a1a2 = – b1b2
\ a1a2 + b1b2 = 0

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 143

Worked out Examples
1. Find the angle between the straight lines having equations x – 3y + 2 = 0 and 3x – y + 3
=0
Solution:
The given equation of straight lines are:
x – 3y + 2 = 0 ........................................ (i)
3x – y + 3 = 0 ........................................ (ii)
Coefficient of x
Slope of line(i)(m1) = – Coefficient of y
1
=–
– 3
1
=
3
3
Slope of line (ii) (m 2) = – –1
= 3
Now,
For the angle between the lines ‘q'.
m –m
Tanq = ± 1 +1m m2
1 2

1
– 3
3
=± 1 #
1+ 3
3
1–3
3
=! 2
1
=!
3
or, q = Tan c! m
–1 1
3
= 30°, (180° – 30°)
= 30°, 150°

2. If the straight lines having equations (p + 1)x + 3y – 7 = 0 and 3x – 7y + 5 = 0 are perpendicular

to each other, find the value of ‘p'.
Solution:
The equation of straight lines are,
(p + 1)x + 3y – 7 = 0 ........................................ (i)
3x – 7y + 5 = 0 ........................................ (ii)
Coefficient of x p+1
Here, slope of line (i) (m1) = – Coefficient of y =– 3
3
Slope of line (ii) (m2) = – –7
3
= 7

144 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 By the question,
The lines are perpendicular,
So, m1m2 = –1
or, a– 3 k . 7 = –1
p+1 3

or, –3p – 3 = – 21
or, 18 = 3p
18
or, p = 3
\ p=6

3. Prove that the line 8x – 6y + 5 = 0 and line joining the points (3, –2) and (12, 10) are parallel
to each other.
Solution:
The given equation of straight line is,
8x – 6y + 5 = 0 ........................................ (i)
Line joining the points A(3, –2) and B(12, 10) is line ........................................ (ii)
Now,
Coefficient of x
Slope of line (i) (m1) = – Coefficient of y
8
= – –6
4
= 3
y2 – y1
Slope of line (ii) (m2) = x2 – x1
10 + 2
= 12 – 3
12
= 9
4
= 3
4
Here, Slope (m1) = Slope (m2) = 3 ,
i.e. m1 = m2

Hence, the given lines are parallel to each other.

A (1, 3) D
4. Find the slope of diagonal BD of a rhombus ABCD
where two opposite vertices are A(1, 3) and C(7, –1).
Solution:
The two opposite vertices of a rhombus ABCD are
A(1, 3) and C(7, –1).
y2 – y1
Slope of diagonal AC (m1) = B C(7, –1)
x2 – x1
–1 –3
= 7–1
–4
= 6
2
=–3

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 145

 Let, Slope of diagonal BD be (m2) = m
We have,
Diagonals of a rhombus are bisected to each other at right angle.
So,
m1m2 = –1
2
or, – 3 x m = –1
3
\ m= 2

5. Find the equation of straight line passing through the point (2, –3) which is parallel to the
line joining the points (3, –2) and (–3, 2). B(–3, 2)
Solution:
The given points are A(3, –2) and B(–3, 2 )
Here, A(3, –2) Q
y2 – y1
Slope of AB(m1) = x2 – x1 (2, –3)
2+2 P
= –3 –3

= 4
–6
2
=–3

Let, Slope of required line PQ be (m2) = m

By the question,
The lines are parallel,
or, m1 = m2
2
or, – 3 = m
2
\ m=–3 .

Then,
Equation of straight line PQ passes through a point (2, –3) is,
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
2
or, y + 3 = – 3 (x – 2)
or, 3y + 9 = –2x + 4
` 2x + 3y + 5 = 0 is the required equation.
6. Find the equation of straight lines passes through a
point having x-intercept 3 which makes an angle of 45°
with the line 6x + 5y – 7 = 0 45°
Solution:
45°
The given equation of straight line is ,
6x + 5y – 7 = 0 ........................................ (i) 0
Coefficient of x =
Slope of line (i) (m1) = – Coefficient of y –7
+ 5y
=–5
6 6x

146 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Let, slope of required line be (m2) = m
Steps to find the equation of straight line:
By the question,
• Slope of given line (m1) = find
Angle between the two lines is 45°,
• Slope of required line (m2) = supposed
or, q = 45°
• Finding of point through which
or, Tanq = Tan45°
m –m required line passed.
or, ± 1 +1m m2 = 1 • Using one-point formula,
1 2
6
–5 –m y – y1 = m(x – x1)
or, ± =1
1 + a– 5 k m
6

–6 – 5m
or, ± 5 – 6m = 1
or, ±(–6 –5m) = 5 –6m

Taking +ve sign Taking –ve sign

– 6 – 5m = 5 – 6m 6 + 5m = 5 – 6m
1
or, m = 11 m=–
11
Now,
Equation of straight line passes through a point (3, 0) [making x- intercept 3] is,
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
or, y – 0 = m(x – 3)
1
Taking m = 11 Taking m = –
1 11
or, y = 11(x – 3) y = – (x – 3)
11
or, 11x – y – 33 = 0 x + 11y – 3 = 0
\ They are the required equations.

7. Find the equation of straight line passes through a point of intersection of x – 2y = 7 and 3x
+ y = 7 which is perpendicular to the line 4x – 6y + 7 = 0.
Solution:
3x + y = 7
The given equation of straight line is,
4x – 6y + 7 = 0
Coefficient of x
Slope of given line (m1) = – Coefficient of y
4
= – –6 x – 2y = 7
2
= 3

Let, the slope of required line be (m2) = m

By the question, 4x – 6y + 7 = 0
The lines are perpendiculars,
or, m1m2 = –1
2
or, 3 × m = –1
3
\ m=–2

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 147

 Again, for the intersecting point of other given lines,
x – 2y = 7 " x = 2y + 7 ........................................ (i)
7–y
3x + y = 7 " x = 3 ........................................ (ii)
Solving equation (i) and (ii),
7–y
2y + 7 = 3
or, 6y + y = – 14
\ y = –2

Substituting the value of ‘y' in equation (i),

x = 2(–2) + 7 = 3
\ Intersecting point is (3, –2).

Then, Equation of straight line passes through a point (3, –2) is,
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
3
or, y + 2 = – 2 (x – 3)
or, 2y + 4 = – 3x + 9
\ 3x + 2y – 5 = 0 is the required equation.

8. Find the equation of perpendicular bisector of the line joining the points A(3, –2) and
B(–3, 6).
Solution: P
The given points are A(3, –2) and B(–3, 6).
Here,
y2 – y1
Slope of given line (m1) = x2 – x1
6+2
= –3 –3
8 A(3, –2) Q(x, y) B(3, 6)
= –6
4
=– 3
Let, slope of required line be (m2) = m
By the question,
The lines are perpendicular,
So, m1m2 = –1
4
or, – 3 x m = – 1
3
\ m= 4 .

Again, Using mid - point formula of the straight line AB

Q(x , y) =

= a 2, , 2 k
3 – 3 –2 + 6

= (0, 2)

148 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Then, the equation of straight line passes through a point (0, 2).
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
3
or, y – 2 = 4 (x – 0)
or, 3x = 4y – 8
\ 3x – 4y + 8 = 0 is the required equation.

9. Find the equation of sides AB and AD of a square A(2, 4)

ABCD having opposite vertices A(2, 4) and C(–1, –2). D
Solution:
The opposite vertices of a square are A(2, 4) and
C(–1, –2).
y2 – y1
Here, Slope of diagonal AC (m1) = x2 – x1
–2 –4
= –1 –2 B C(–1, –2)
=2
Let, slope of required lines be (m2) = m
By the question,
Angle between diagonal and sides of a square is 45°,
i.e. q = 45°
or, Tanq = Tan 45°
m –m
or, ± 1 +1m m2 = 1
1 2
2–m
or, ± 1 + 2 # m = 1
or, ±(2 – m) = 1 + 2m

Taking +ve sign Taking –ve sign

2 – m =1 + 2m –2 + m = 1 + 2m
or, 1 = 3m –m = 3
1
\ m= 3 m = –3

Now, Equation of straight line passes through a point A(2, 4) is,

y – y1 = m(x – x1)
or, y – 4 = m(x – 2)
1
Taking m = 3 Taking m = –3
1
or, y – 4 = 3 (x – 2) y – 4 = –3(x – 2)
or, x – 2 = 3y – 12 y – 4 = – 3x + 6
\ x – 3y + 10 = 0 3x + y – 10 = 0
They are the required equations of sides AB & AD.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 149

10. Find the equation of straight line passes C(1, 3)
through the centroid of a triangle which is
parallel to the side BC of the triangle having
vertices A(1, 2), B(–2, –3) and C(4, –5). G
Solution: ?
The vertices of DABC are A(1, 2), B(–2, –3)
and C(4, –5).
Here,
y2 – y1 C(4, –5)
Slope of side BC (m1) = x2 – x1 B
(–2, –3)
–5 + 3
= 4+2
2
=–
6
1
=–
3
Let, slope of required line be (m2) = m.
By the question,
The lines are parallel,
So, m 1 = m2
1
or, –
3 =m
1
\ m=– .
3
Again,
Using coordinate of centroid of a triangle,
(x, y) =

=
= (1, – 2)
Now, Equation of straight line passes through the centroid (1, – 2) is,
y – y1 = m(x – x1)
1
or, y + 2 = –3 (x – 1)
or, 3y + 6 = – x + 1
\ x + 3y + 5 = 0 is the required equation.

Remember :
• Equation of straight line parallel to the line ax + by + c = 0 can
be taken as ax + by + k = 0.
• Equation of straight line perpendicular to the line ax + by + c = 0
can be taken as bx – ay + k = 0.
• Such types of equations also can be taken to find the equation of
straight lines.

150 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Exercise 4.1
1. Answer the following questions.
i) Write down the calculating formula of angle between any two straight lies.
ii) Write down the condition of any two straight lines being perpendicular and parallel.
iii) Write down the equation of straight line perpendicular to ax + by + c = 0.
iv) Write down the equation of straight line parallel to ax + by + c = 0
v) What is the slope of straight line perpendicular to the another straight line which
2
has slope
3?
2. Prove that the following lines are parallel to each other.
i) 3x + 4y – 7 = 0 and 6x + 8y – 11 = 0
ii) 4x – 6y + 5 = 0 and 12y – 8x + 7 = 0
iii) 10x – 6y + 11 = 0 and line joining the points (–1, 2) and (2, 3)
iv) (2 – 3)x + ( 3 – 2)y + 8 = 0 and 3x – 3y + 7 = 0
1
v) y = mx + c and x = m y + 2

3. Prove that the following lines are perpendicular to each other.

i) 6x – 8y + 13 = 0 and 4x + 3y – 5 = 0
ii) 3x + y – 2 3 = 0 and x – 3y – 3 3
iii) Line joining the points A(2, –3) and B(4, 0) to the line joining the points P(–1, 1),
and Q(5, –3).
iv) y = (1 + 3)x + 3 and x = (–1 – 3)y +7
v) px + qy – r = 0 and qx = py – m

4. Find the acute angle between the following lines :

i) 3x + y – 7 = 0 and x + 2y – 5 = 0
ii) 6x + 5y + 1 = 0and x + 11y – 9 = 0
iii) x – 3y = 7 and y = 3x – 4
iv) (2 – 3)x – y –1 = 0 and (2 + 3)x = y + 3
v) 5y – 6x + 1 = 0 and 5x = 3 – 6y

5. Find the obtuse angle between the following lines :

i) 11x – y – 7 = 0 and 6x + 5y – 3 = 0
ii) 2x + 3y = 5 and 5y = x – 11
iii) y = 1 – 3x and 3x = y + 3 3
iv) 3x – y – 9 = 0 and 3y = x – 11
v) (2 – 3)x = y – 3 3 and y = (2 + 3)x – 5 .

6. Find the value of the constant letter given below.

i ) If the straight lines having equations 3x + 4y – 7 = 0 and 6x + my – 5 = 0 are parallel
to each other, find the value of ‘m'
ii) If the straight lines having equations px – 4y – 11 = 0 and 4x + 12y – 13 = 0 are
perpendicular to each other, find the value of ‘p'

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 151

 iii) If the straight line having equation 6x – 8y – 17 = 0 is parallel to the line joining the
points (2k + 1, 2) and (–1, 8), find the value of ‘k'
iv) If line joining the points (1, – 3) and (3p, 3) and the straight line having equation 4x
+ 3y – 2 = 0 are orthogonal find the value of ‘p'
v) If line joining the points (3m – 2, 7) and (1, 3) is perpendicular to the line joining the
points (6, 1) and (2, 7) find the value of ‘m'

7. Using slope of straight line.

i) Prove that the vertices A(1, 3), B(–5, 3), C(–5, – 2) and D(1, – 2) are the vertices of a
parallelogram.
ii) Prove that the triangle having vertices P(2, 5), Q(–3, 1) and R(1, – 4) is right angle at
Q.
iii) Prove that the parallelogram is the rhombus having vertices A(2, 4), B(5, – 3), C(–2,
– 6) and D(–5, 1).
iv) Prove that the quadrilateral having vertices P(–3, 3), Q(2, 4), R(3, –1) and S(–2, – 2)
is a square.
v) Prove that vertices A(2, – 2) and B(8, 4), C(5, 7) and (–1, 1) are of the vertices of
rectangle.

8. i) Find the value of ‘m' from the given right angled triangle PQR.
P(1, 4)

(3, –1)Q R(2m, 1)

ii) Find the value of ‘k' from the given square ABCD.
A(3, 3) D(K, 9)

B C(4, 11)
iii) If angle between any two straight lines Px + y – 5 = 0 and x + 2y – 4 = 0 is 45°, find
the value of ‘p'.
iv) If angle between the straight lines x – 3y – 7 = 0 and mx – y – 9 = 0 is 30°, find the
value of ‘m'.
v) Find the slope of a straight line which is parallel to the line joining the points (3, – 2)
and (–5, 4).

9. i) Find the slope of a straight line which is perpendicular to the straight line of equation
4x – 6y + 7 = 0.
ii) Find the slope of a diagonal BD of a rhombus where two opposite vertices are
A(1, – 3) and C(7, 5).

152 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 iii) Find the slope of altitude drawn from first vertex of a triangle having vertices
A(3, 2), B(–1, – 4) and C(7, –2).
iv) Find the slope of side AB of a rectangle ABCD where two of the vertices are B(3, – 2)
and C(–1, 4).
v) Find the slope of side AB from the adjoining diagram.

A (3, –1)

B C (1, 3)

10. Find the equation of straight lines under the following conditions.
i) Find the equation of straight lines passes through a point (1, – 3) which is parallel
to the line of equation 4x + 6y – 7 = 0.
ii) Find the equation of straight line passes through a point (–3, 1) which is
perpendicular to the line of equation 6x – 8y + 5 = 0
iii) Find the equation of straight line having x-intercept 2 which is parallel to the line
joining the points (1, 5) and (5, – 1)
iv) Find the equation of straight line having y-intercept –3 which is perpendicular to
the line of equation 8x + 12y + 11 = 0.
v) Find the equation of straight line passes through the mid-point of line joining the
points (3, – 2) and (1, – 4) which is parallel to the line 2x – 4y + 5 = 0.

11. i) Find the equation of straight line passes through a point (2, – 3) which makes an
angle 45° with the line of equation 6x + 5y – 7 = 0.
ii) Find the equation of straight line passes through a point (3, 1) which makes an
angle 135° with the line x + 2y – 5 = 0.
iii) Find the equation of straight line passes through a point (2, 0) which makes 30°
angle with the line x + 3y + 7 = 0.
iv) Find the equation of straight line passes through a point (0, – 3) Which makes
an angle tan–1 a 3 k with the line 3x – 2y + 13 = 0.
1
v) Find the equation of sides AB and AD of a square where two opposite vertices
are A(1, 2) and C(3, 1).

12. i) Find the equation of perpendicular bisector of the line joining the points A(1, 4) and
B(5, – 2).
ii) Find the equation of straight line passes through the mid-point of line joining the
points P(3, – 2) and Q(1, 2) which is perpendicular to PQ.
iii. Find the equation of diagonal BD of a rhombus ABCD where two opposite vertices
are A(3, 1) and C(–1, 7).
iv) Find the equation of a diagonal of a square where the ends of another diagonal are
(–4, 4) and (6, – 8).
v) Find the equation of altitude of a triangle drawn from first vertex where the vertices
of the triangle are A(2, – 1), B(– 2, 6) and C(–4, – 3).

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 153

13. PRIME more creative questions:
a. i) Find the equation of straight line passes through the intersecting point of the lines
having equations x – 2y = 5and 3x + y = 1 which is parallel to the line 4x – 3y + 7 = 0.
ii) Find the equation of straight line passes through the centroid of a triangle having
vertices A(3, –3), B(–1, 5), C(–5, 7), which is perpendicular to the side BC of DABC.
iii) Find the equation of straight line passes through a point which cuts the line
joining the points (–3, –1) and (3, 5) in the ratio 1 : 2 which is parallel to the line
6x – 4y + 5 = 0.
iv) Find the equation of sides PQ and QR of a square PQRS having a vertex Q(3, 2) and
equation of diagonal QS is 3x –2y + 11 = 0.
v) Find the equation of side BC of a rectangle ABCD where two of the vertices are
A(4, –2) and B(–2, 6).

b. i) Find the equation of sides of an equilateral triangle having vertex (–2, 2) where
equation of its base is X = 0.
ii) Find the equation of sides of right angled isosceles triangle having vertex (–3, –2)
and equation of its base is y = 0.
iii) If the lines (m2 – n2)x – (a + b)y = 0 and (a2 – b2) x + (m + n)y = 0 are orthogonal,
prove that (m – n) (a – b) = 1.
x y
iv) If a straight line a + b = 1 passes through the intersecting point of the lines 2x + y = 4
and 3x – y = 1which is parallel to the line of equation 4x + 2y – 7 = 0, find the value
of ‘a' and ‘b'.
v) If a straight line y = mx + c passes through the intersecting point of 3x – y = 8 and
x + 2y = 5 which is perpendicular to the line 3x + 6y – 11 = 0. Find the value of ‘m'
and ‘c'.

c. i) Find the equation of straight line which makes sum of the intercepts on the axes 6
and parallel to the straight line of equation 4x + 2y – 7 = 0
ii) Find the equation of straight line which makes an area between the axes 6 square
units and perpendicular to the line 3x – 4y + 13 = 0.
iii) Find the foot of the perpendicular drawn from a point (5, –3) to the straight line of
equation 3x – 4y – 2 = 0.
iv) Find the co - ordinate of the foot of the perpendicular drawn from a point (9, –4) to
the straight line of equation 8x – 6y + 4 = 0.
v) If lines mx + ny +c = 0 and mx – ny + p = 0 are orthogonal to each other, prove that
(m + n)(m – n) = 0.

154 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Answer
1. Show to your teacher.

4. i) 45° ii) 45° iii) 30° iv) 60° v) 90°

5. i) 135° ii) 135° iii) 120° iv) 150° v) 120°

6. i) 8 ii) 12 iii) –5 iv) 3 v) 3

1
8. i) 4 ii) 0, 7 iii) 3, – 3
3
iv) 3, 0 v) –4

3 3
9. i) –2 ii) –4 iii) –4
2 1
iv) 3 v) !2

10. i) 2x + 3y + 7 = 0 ii) 4x + 3y + 9 = 0 iii) 3x + 2y – 6 = 0

iv) 3x – 2y – 6 = 0 v) x – 2y – 8 = 0

11. i) 11x – y – 25 = 0 or x + 11y + 31 = 0

ii) x – 3y = 0 or 3x + y – 10 = 0
iii) 3x + y – 2 3 = 0 or y = 0
iv) 11x – 3y – 9 = 0 or 7x – 9y – 27 = 0
v) 3x – y – 1 = 0 or x + 3y – 7 = 0

12. i) 2x – 3y – 3 = 0 ii) x – 2y – 2 = 0 iii) 2x – 3y + 10 = 0

iv) 5x – 6y – 17 = 0 v) 2x + 5y + 5 = 0

13.a.i) 4x – 3y – 10 = 0 ii) 2x – y + 5 = 0 iii) 3x – 2y + 5 = 0

iv) x – 5y + 7 = 0 and 5x + y + 30 = 0 v) 3x – 4y + 30 = 0

b. i) x + 3y + 2 3 = 2 and x + 3y + 2 = 2 3
ii) x – y + 1 = 0 and x + y + 5 = 0 iv) 2 and 4
v) 2 and –5

c. i) 2x + y – 4 = 0 ii) 4x + 3y – 12 = 0 or 4x + 3y + 12 = 0
iii) (2, 1) iv) (1, 2)

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 155

4.2 Homogeneous equation
The polynomial equation having degree of the variables of each of the terms of the expression
are same is called homogeneous equation.
Examples :
i) x2 – 3xy + 4y2 = 0
Here, degree of the each terms is 2.
ii) x3 – 2x2y + 3xy2 + y3 = 0
Here, degree of the each terms is 3.
iii) ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0 is the standard form of the second degree homogeneous
equation passes through the origin.
Where,
a, h and b are the constants.

Corollary 1: Every second degree homogeneous equation represents a pair of straight lines
passes through the origin.
Solution:
Let, the second degree homogeneous equation be,
ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0 ............................. (i)
or, by2 + 2hxy + ax2 = 0
Taking b ≠ 0
Dividing both sides by bx2
by2 2hxy ax2 0
or, 2 + 2 + =
bx bx bx2 bx2
or, ` x j + b ` x j + b = 0
y 2 2h y a
'y'
It is the quadratic equation in x .

Hence, it has two roots say m1 and m2.

y
i.e. x = m1 ⇒ y = m1 x
y
x = m2 ⇒ y = m2x
Which are the equation of straight lines in slope - intercept form passes through the
origin.

Again, taking b = 0
The equation (i) becomes
ax2 + 2hxy = 0
or, x(ax + 2hy) = 0
Either Or
x=0 ax + 2hy = 0
They also represent the equation of straight lines pass through the origin.
Hence, in both cases the second degree homogenous equation represents a pair of
straight lines passes through the origin.

156 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Corollary 2 : Angle between the line pairs of homogeneous Y
equation. y = m2x
Solution:
Let, the second degree homogeneous equation be, q y = m1x
X' X
ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0 O
or, by + 2hxy + ax = 0
2 2

Dividing both sides by bx2.

or, ` x j + b ` x j + b = 0 .................................... (i)
y 2 2h y a Y'
'y'
It is the quadratic equation in x .
Hence, it has two roots say m1 and m2.
y
i.e. x = m1 ⇒ y – m1x = 0 and
y
x = m2 ⇒ y – m2x = 0.
Again, The single equation of the above straight lines is,
(y – m1x) (y – m2x) = 0
or, y2 – (m1 + m2)xy + m1m2x2 = 0
or, Dividing both sides by x2,
or, ` x j – ^m1 + m h ` x j + m1m2 = 0 ................................. (ii)
y 2 y
2

Equating the quadratic equations (i) and (ii), we get,

2h
m1 + m2 = – b
a
m1m2 = b
Here,
m1 – m2 =± [ a (a – b)2 = (a + b)2 – 4ab]

a– 2bh k – 4 ba
2
=±

4h2 – 4ab
=±
b2
2
h – ab
=± b
Again,
For the angle between the any two straight lines 'q'
m1 – m 2
Tanq = ± 1+m m
1 2
2
2 h – ab
=± b
a
1+ b

2 h2 – ab
=± a+b

= Tan –1 ; a + b E
2 h2 – ab
\ q It is the angle between the lines represented
by second degree homogeneous equation.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 157

i. Condition of the pair of straight lines being perpendicular (orthogonal). Y
i.e. q = 90°
C B
or, Tanq = Tan90°
2 h2 – ab Sin90° X' X
or, a+b = Cos90°

2 h2 – ab 1 A D
or, a+b = 0
Y'
or, a + b = 0
(i.e. Coeff. of x2 + Coeff. of y2 = 0) Y
B
ii. Condition of the pair of straight lines being coincident. D
i.e. q = 0°
or, Tanq = Tan0° X' X
2 h2 – ab 0
or, = 1 A
a+b C
or, 2 h – ab = 0
2
Y'
or, h – ab = 0
2

Squaring on both sides,

or, h2 – ab = 0
` h2 = ab

Worked out Examples

1. Find the separate equations of the following homogenous equations
i. x2 – 3xy – 18y2 = 0
Solution:
The homogeneous equation is,
x2 – 3xy – 18y2 = 0
or, x2 – (6 – 3)xy – 18y2 = 0
or, x2 – 6xy + 3xy – 18y2 = 0
or, x(x – 6y) + 3y(x – 6y) = 0
or, (x – 6y) (x + 3y) = 0

Either, or,
x – 6y = 0 x + 3y = 0
They are the required separate equations.

ii. ab(x2 – y2) – xy (a2 – b2) = 0

Solution:
The homogeneous equation is,
ab(x2 – y2) – xy(a2 – b2) = 0
or, abx2 – aby2 – a2xy + b2xy = 0
or, abx2 – a2xy + b2xy – aby2 = 0
or, ax(bx – ay) + by(bx – ay) = 0
or, (bx – ay) (ax + by) = 0

158 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Either, or,
ax + by = 0 bx – ay = 0
They are the required separate equations.

iii. x2 – 2xySeca + y2 = 0
Solution:
The homogenous equation is,
x2 – 2xySeca + y2 = 0
or, x2 – 2xySeca + y2 × 1 = 0
or, x2 – 2xySeca + y2 (Sec2a – Tan2a ) = 0
or, x2 – 2xySeca + y2 Sec2a – y2Tan2a = 0
or, (x – ySeca)2 – (yTana)2 = 0
or. (x – ySeca + yTana) (x – ySeca– yTana) = 0

Either, or,
x – y (Seca – Tana) = 0 x – y (Seca + Tana) = 0
They are the required separate equations.

iv. x2 – 4xy + 4y2 – 2x + 4y – 15 = 0

Solution:
The second degree equation is,
x2 – 4xy + 4y2 – 2x + 4y – 15 = 0
or, (x – 2y)2 – 2(x – 2y) – 15 = 0
Let, x – 2y = a
or, a2 – 2a – 15 = 0
or, a2 – (5 – 3) a – 15 = 0
or, a2 – 5a + 3a – 15 = 0
or, a(a – 5) + 3 (a – 5) = 0
or, (a – 5) (a + 3) = 0

Replacing the value of ‘a'

or, (x – 2y – 5) (x – 2y + 3) = 0
Either, or,
x – 2y – 5 = 0 x – 2y + 3 = 0
They are the required separate equations.

v. 3x2 – 5xy – 2y2 + x + 5y – 2 = 0

Solution:
The second degree equation is,
3x2 – 5xy – 2y2 + x – 3y – 2 = 0
or, 3x2 – x(5y – 1) – (2y2 – 5y + 2) = 0

Comparing it with ax2 + bx + c = 0,

a=3
b = – (5y – 1)
c = – (2y2 – 5y + 2).

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 159

 Then,
– b ! b2 – 4ac
x = 2a

Taking +ve sign,

5y – 1 + 7y – 5 Note : This way of factorisation
x= 6 (using quadratic equation) can
or, x = 2y – 1 be used for any kind of second
or, x – 2y + 1 = 0 degree equations to find the
separate equations.
Taking –ve sign,
5y – 1 – 7y + 5
x= 6
–y + 2
or, x = 3
or, 3x + y – 2 = 0
` x – 2y + 1 = 0 and 3x + y – 2 = 0 are the required separate equations.

2. Find the single equation of the following pair of straight lines.

i. x – 3y = 0 and 2x – y – 1 = 0.
Solution:
The pair of straight lines are,
x – 3y = 0 .................................................. (i)
2x – y – 1 = 0 .......................................... (ii)
The single equation of them is,
(x – 3y) (2x – y – 1) = 0
or, 2x2 – xy – x – 6xy + 3y2 + 3y = 0
or, 2x2 – 7xy + 3y2 – x + 3y = 0
This is the required single equation.

ii. x – y (Coseca + Cota) = 0 and x – y (Coseca – Cota) = 0

Solution:
The pair of straight lines are,
x – y (Coseca + Cota) = 0 ........................... (i)
x – y (Coseca – Cota) = 0 ............................. (ii)
The single equation of them is,
{ x – y (Coseca + Cota)} {x – y(Coseca – Cota)} = 0
or, x2 – xy(Coseca – Cota) – xy (Coseca + Cota) + y2 (Coseca + Cota) (Coseca – Cota) = 0
or, x2 – 2xy Coseca – Cota + Coseca + Cota ) + y2(Cosec2a – cot2a) = 0
or, x2 – 2xyCoseca + y2 = 0
This is the required single equation.

160 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

3. Find the angle between the pair of lines of the following homogeneous equation.
i. 3x2 – 4xy + 3y2 = 0
Solution,
The homogeneous equation is,
3x2 – 4xy + 3y2 = 0
Comparing it with ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0,
a= 3
b= 3
2h = – 4 $ h=–2

Then, for the angle between the line pairs ‘q‘

h2 – ab
Tanq = ! a + b

2 4–3
or, Tanq = !
2 3
1
or, Tanq = !
3
q = Tan–l c! m
1
or,
3
or, q = 30°, (180° – 30°)
` q = 30° , 150°

ii. x2 – 2xy Tan2a – y2 = 0

Solution:
The given homogeneous equation is,
x2 – 2xy Tan2q – y2 = 0
Comparing it with ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0
a=1
b=–1
2h = – 2Tan2a → h = – Tan2a.

Then, For angle between the line pairs ‘q‘

2 h2 – ab
Tanq = ! a+b

=
2Sec2a
=! 0
or, Tanq = Tan90°
` q = 90°

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 161

4. Find the value of ‘P' under the following conditions.
i. Line pairs of Px2 + 6xy – 4y2 = 0. are perpendicular to each other
Solution:
The given homogeneous equation is,
Px2 + 6xy – 4y2 = 0
Comparing it with ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0,
a=p
b=–4
2h = 6
` h=3

For the line pairs perpendicular,

a +b = 0
or, p + ( –4) = 0
` p=4

ii) Line pairs of 2x2 – 8xy + (p + 1)y2 = 0 are coincident to each other
Solution:
The homogenous equation is,
2x2 – 8xy + (p + 1)y2 = 0
Comparing it with ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0
a=2
2h = –8 → h = –4
b = (p + 1)
For the line pairs coincident,
h2 = ab
or, (–4)2 = 2(p + 1)
or, 16 = 2p + 2
or, 14 = 2p
` p=7

iii) Angle between the line pairs of 2x2 – pxy + 3y2 = 0 is 45°.
Solution:
The given homogeneous equation is,
2x2 – pxy + 3y2 = 0
Comparing it with ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0,
a=2
b=3
p
2h = –p → h=– 2

For the angle between the line pairs q = 45°

q = 45°
or, Tan q = Tan 45°
2 h2 – ab
or, ± a + b =1

162 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 2 `2 j –6
p 2
or, ± 5 =1

or, ± c
2 p2 – 4 m
2 =5

Squaring on both sides,

or, (p2 – 24) = 25
or, p2 = 49
` p = !7

5. Find the equation of pair of lines passes through the origin which are perpendicular to the
line pairs of 2x2 – xy – 6y2 = 0.
Solution:
The given homogeneous equation is,
2x2 – xy – 6y2 = 0
or, 2x2 – (4 – 3)xy – 6y2 = 0
or, 2x2 – 4xy + 3xy – 6y2 = 0
or, 2x(x – 2y) + 3y(x – 2y) = 0
or, (x – 2y) (2x + 3y) = 0
Either, x – 2y = 0 Or, 2x + 3y = 0
We have,
Equation of straight line passes through the origin and perpendicular to ax + by = 0 is
bx – ay + k = 0.
or, b × 0 – a × 0 + k = 0
\ k=0
So, equation becomes bx – ay = 0
Then, the above equation changes to,
2x + y = 0 and 3x – 2y = 0
The single equation of them is,
(2x + y) (3x – 2y) = 0
or, 6x2 –4xy – 2y2 = 0
or, 6x2 – xy – 2y2 = 0 is the required equation.

6. Find the equations of straight lines pass through a point (2, 1) and perpendicular to the
pair of lines 3x2 + 4xy – 4y2 = 0.
Solution:
The given homogeneous equation is,
3x2 + 4xy – 4y2 = 0
or, 3x2 + (6 – 2)xy – 4y2 = 0
or, 3x2 + 6xy – 2xy – 4y2 = 0
or, 3x(x + 2y) – 2y(x + 2y) = 0
or, (x + 2y) (3x – 2y) = 0
Either, Or,
x + 2y = 0 3x – 2y = 0

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 163

 Here, we have ,
Equation of straight line passes through a point and perpendicular to ax + by = 0 is
bx – ay + k = 0.
Then, the equation becomes, Note : After finding the separate
2x – y + k1 = 0 .....................................(i) equations of given homogeneous
2x + 3y + k2 = 0 ..............................(ii) equation, try to use the
conditions.
Taking the point (2, 1) for them, • ax + by + k = 0 for parallel to
2 x 2 – 1 + k1 = 0 ⇒ k1 = – 3 ax + by = 0
2 x 2 + 3 x 1 + k2 = 0 ⇒ k2 = –7 • bx – ay + k = 0 for
perpendicular to ax + by = 0
Then, the equation becomes,
(2x – y – 3 ) (2x + 3y – 7) = 0
or, 4x2 + 6xy – 14x –2xy – 3y2 + 7y – 6x – 9y + 21 = 0
or, 4x2 + 4xy – 3y2 – 22x – 2y + 21 = 0
It is the required equation.

7. If the line pairs of (2p + 1)x2 – 12xy + 4y2 = 0 are coincident to each other, find the value of
‘p'. Also find the equation of straight lines represented by them.
Solution :
The given homogeneous equation is,
(2p + 1)x2 – 12xy + 4y2 = 0
Comparing it with ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0,
a = (2p + 1)
b=4
2h = – 12 → h=–6

Now, for the line pairs coincident,

h2 = ab
or, (– 6)2 = (2p + 1 )4
or, 9 = 2p + 1
` p=4

Then, the homogeneous equation becomes,

(2 x 4 + 1) x2 – 12xy + 4y2 = 0
or, 9x2 – (6 + 6) xy + 4y2 = 0
or, 9x2 – 6xy – 6xy + 4y2 = 0
or, 3x(3x – 2y) – 2y(3x – 2y) = 0
or, (3x – 2y) (3x – 2y) = 0

Either, Or,
3x – 2y = 0 3x – 2y = 0
They are the required separate equations.

164 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Exercise 4.2
1. Answer the following questions.
i) Write down the formula to find angle between the line pairs of homogeneous
equation.
ii) Write down the conditions of the line pairs of homogeneous equations being
perpendicular and coincident.
iii) Write down the standard form of second degree homogeneous equation passes
through the origin.
iv) Write down the single equation of x = 0 and x – y = 0
v) Write down the separate equations of homogeneous equation x2 = xy.

2. Find the single equation of the following pair of straight lines :

i) 3x – 2y = 0 and x – 4y = 0
ii) x + 2y – 2 = 0 and 2x – y = 0
iii) mx + ny = 0 and nx – my = 0
iv) x – y (Seca + Tana) = 0 and x – y (Seca – Tana) = 0
v) 3x + y = 0 and x – 3y = 0

3. Find the separate equations of the following homogeneous equations.

i) 2x2 + 5xy – 12y2 = 0 ii) x2 – 7xy + 6y2 – 2x + 12y = 0.
iii) 3x2 – 5xy – 12y2 – 6x – 8y = 0 iv) x2 – 6xy + 9y2 – 3x + 9y – 10 = 0
v) x + 4xy + 4y – 2x – 4y – 15 = 0
2 2

4. Find the separate equation of straight lines represented by the following equations.
i) x2 + 2xy Seca + y2 = 0 ii) X2 – 2xy Cosecq + y2 = 0
y2
iii) x2 – 2xy Tan2a – y2 = 0 iv) y2Cos2q – 2xy + (1 + 2 Sin2q)x2 = 0
x
v) x2 – y2 – 2xyTana + y2Sec2a = 0

5. Find the separate equations represented by the following equations.

i) mn(x2 – y2) – xy(m2 – n2) = 0 ii) x2 + xy – 2y2 – 3x – 3y + 2 = 0
iii) 2x2 – 7xy + 3y2 + 3x + y – 2 = 0 iv) x2 – y2 – 3x + 3y = 0
v) x – y – 6y – 9 = 0
2 2

6. Find the angle between the line pairs of following homogeneous equations.
i) 3x2 – 7xy + 2y2 = 0 ii) 2x2 – 7xy – 15y2 = 0
iii) 3x – 4xy + 3y = 0
2 2
iv) x2 – 2xy Seca + y2 = 0
v) x2 – 2xy Cot2a – y2 = 0

7. Find the separate equations of the following homogeneous equations. Also find the angle
between the line pairs .
i) x2 – 3y2 = 0 ii) 3x2 – 5xy – 2y2 = 0
iii) x + 2xy Coseca + y = 0
2 2
iv) x2 – 2xy Tan2a – y2 = 0
v) xy(p – q ) – pq (x – y ) = 0
2 2 2 2

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 165

8. i) Prove that the line pairs of 6x2 – 5xy – 6y2 = 0 are perpendicular to each other.
ii) Prove that the line pairs of 9x2 – 12xy + 4y2 = 0 are coincident to each other.
iii) If the line pairs of 4x2 – 6xy – (k + 1) y2 = 0 are perpendicular to each other, find the
value of ‘k'.
iv) If the line pairs of mx2 – 12xy + 9y2 = 0 are coincident to each other, find the value of
‘m'
v) If angle between the line pairs px2 – 7xy + 2y2 = 0 is 45°, find the value of ‘p'.

9. i) Find the equation of line pairs passes through the origin which are perpendicular to
the line pairs of 3x2 – 7xy + 2y2 = 0
ii) Find the equation of line pairs passes through the origin which are perpendicular to
the line pairs of 6x2 – 5xy – 4y2 = 0.
iii) Find the equation of line pairs passes through a point (1, – 2) which is perpendicular
to the line pairs of 2x2 – 7xy + 6y2 = 0.
iv) Find the equation of line pairs passes through a point (3, 1) which is orthogonal to
the line pairs of 3x2 + xy – 10y2 = 0.
v) Find the equation of line pairs passes through a point (–2, 1) which are parallel to
the line pairs of 4x2 – 4xy – 3y2 = 0.

10. PRIME more creative questions:

i) If the line pairs of 6x2 – 5xy – (3k – 3) y2 = 0? Also find the equation of straight lines
represented by it.
ii) If the line pairs of mx2 – 12xy + 4my2 = 0 are coincident to each other find the positive
value of ‘m'. Also find the separate equation of it.
iii) Find the angle between the line pairs of homogeneous equation (3b2 – a2)x2 – 8abxy
+ (3a2 – b2)y2 = 0
iv) Find the single equation of straight line AB and CD from the given diagram.
Y

B(0, 2) D

O A(4, 0)
X' X

C
Y'
v) Find the single equation of straight lines PQ and RS from the given diagram.

R
Q
(1, 2)
0
2 =
y–
x+

P
S

166 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Answer
1. Show to your teacher.

2. i) 3x2 – 14xy + 8y2 = 0 ii) 2x2 + 3xy – 2y2 – 4x + 2y = 0

iii) mn(x2 – y2) – xy(m2 – n2) = 0 iv) x2 – 2xySeca + y2 = 0
v) 3x2 – 2xy – 3y2 = 0

3. i) x + 4y = 0 and 2x – 3y = 0 ii) x – 6y = 0 and x – y – 2 = 0

iii) 3x + 4y = 0 and x – 3y – 2 = 0 iv) x – 3y + 2 = 0 and x – 3y – 5 = 0
v) x + 2y + 3 = 0 and x + 2y – 5 = 0

4. i) x + y(seca + Tana) = 0 and x + y (seca – Tana) = 0

ii) x – y(Cosecq + Cotq) = 0 and x – y(Cosecq – Cotq) = 0
iii) x – y(Sec2a + Tan2a) = 0 and x + y (Sec2a + Tan2a) = 0
iv) x – y = 0 and x – y = 0
v) x – yTana = 0 and x – yTana = 0

5. i) mx + ny = 0 and nx – my = 0 ii) x – y – 2 = 0 and x + 2y – 1 = 0

iii) x – 3y + 2 = 0 and 2x – y – 1 = 0 iv) x – y = 0 and x + y – 3 = 0
v) x – y – 3 = 0 and x + y + 3 = 0

6. i) 45° or 135° ii) 45° or 135°

iii) 30° or 150° iv) a or 180° – a
v) 90°

7. i) x + 3y = 0, x – 3y = 0, 60°, 120°
ii) x – 2y = 0, 3x + y = 0, Tan–l(±7)
iii) x + y(Coseca + Cota) = 0, x + y(Coseca – Cota) = 0, 90° – a, 90° + a
iv) x – y(Sec2a + Tan2a) = 0, x + y(Sec2a + Tan2a) = 0, 90°
v) px + qy = 0, qx – py = 0, 90°

8. iii) 3 iv) 4 v) 3

9. i) 2x2 + 7xy + 3y2 = 0 ii) 4x2 – 5xy – 6y2 = 0

iii) 6x2 + 7xy + 2y2 + 2x + y = 0 iv) 10x2 + xy – 3y2 – 61x + 3y + 90 = 0
v) 4x2 – 4xy – 3y2 + 20x – 2y + 21 = 0

10. i) 3, 2x – 3y = 0, 3x + 2y = 0 ii) 3, x – 2y = 0, x – 2y = 0
iii) 60°, 120° iv) x2 + xy – 2y2 – 4x + 4y = 0
v) x2 – y2 – x + 3y – 2 = 0

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 167

4.3 Conic Section and Circle
Let us consider a plane and a cone where the plane surface cuts the cone. Depending on the
position of the plane, the intersecting points form some curves as shown in diagrams.

Generating Line
Semi Vertical Angle
Vertex
Axis

cone Plane Surface

Here, Each part of a double cone is called nappe and when a plane surface cuts such nappe the
different forms of curves so introduced are called conic sections.

The part obtained in a cone by intersecting a cone with a plane

surface by making different angles with the axis of the cone is
called conic section. They are of four types called parabola, circle,
ellipse and hyperbola.

• In conic section, the ratio of the distances of a point on conic section from a fixed
point and a fixed straight line is always constant.
• The fixed straight line which is used to construct a conic section and to define
the conic section is called directrix.
• The fixed point about which the conic section is constructed is called focus.
• The constant ratio of distance of any point in conic section from its focus to the
perpendicular distance from that point to the directrix is called ecentricity.

168 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

i) Parabola :

The section bounded by the curve so obtained when

intersecting plane is taken parallel to the generating
line of cone is called parabola.

parabola
Note : Any point on a parabola is always equidistant from a fixed point, called the focus and
from a fixed straight line called the directrix.

• In figure PQ = AQ.

Q
A

focus
P

vertex
parabola

Value of ecentricity in parabola is always unity ai.e., e = PA = 1 k

PQ
•
• The standard form of equation of parabola is,
 y2 = 4ax (for the vertex origin and y = 0 is the axis)
 (y – k)2 = 4a(x – h) (for the vertex (h, k) and y = k is the axis)
 x2 = 4ay (for vertex origin and x = 0 is the axis)
 (x – h)2 = 4a(y – k) (for vertex (h, k) and x = h is the axis)

ii) Circle

The section bounded by the curve so obtained when

intersecting plane is taken perpendicular to the axis of
cone is called circle.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 169

 Circle

Circle
• The standard form of equation of circle is
 (x–h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2 for centre (h, k) and radius ‘r'
 x2 + y2 = r2 for centre (0, 0) and radius ‘r'.

iii) Hyperbola :
The section bounded by the curve so obtained
when the intersecting plane is parallel to the
axis of the cone is called hyperbola.

hyperbola
• There are two focus (foci) and two directrix in the section of hyperbola.
• The set of all points where the difference of distance from it's two foci is
always constant.
• Value of ecentricity in hyperbola is greater than unity i.e., e 2 1.

focus focus
F2 F1

directrix directrix
• The standard form of equation of hyperbola is,
2
x2 y
 2 – 2 = 1 for vertex origin (0, 0)
a b
^x–hh2 ^y–k h2
 – for vertex (h, k).
a2 b2

170 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

iv) Ellipse :

The section bounded by the curve so obtained when

intersecting plane is taken making a certain angle with
the axis of cone which is greater than the semi - vertical
angle is called elllipse.

Ellipse

Ellipse

• There are two focus (foci) and two directrix in the section of ellipse.
• The set of all points for which the sum of the distance from two foci is always
constant in ellipse.
• Value of ecentricity in ellipse is always less than unity i.e., e 1 1.

focus focus
F2 F1

P'
directix directix

• The equation of standard form of ellipse is,

2
x2 y
 2 + 2 = 1 for centre at origin (0, 0)
a b
(x – h) 2 (y – k) 2
 + = 1 for centre at (h, k)
a2 b2

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 171

 Exercise 4.3
1. Answer the following questions.
i) What do you mean by conic section?
ii) Write down the name of types of conic section.
iii) In what condition parabola is formed? Show in diagram.
iv) Write down the condition of formation of circle as the conic section?
v) Show the formation of ellipse in diagram as the conic section.

2. Which types of conic section are there in the given diagrams ?

i) ii)

iii) iv)

v)

3. Which conic section represents the following equations ?

^x – hh2 ^y – k h2
i) y2 = 4ax ii) + =1
a2 b2
2
x2 y
iii) x2 + y2 = r2 iv) 2 – =1
a b2
v) (x – h)2 = 4a(y – k)

172 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

4. Define the following terms used in conic section.
i) Nappe ii) Focus
iii) Directrix iv) Ecentricity
v) Vertex

5. Which types of conic section is formed for the followings.

i) When the intersecting plane is parallel to the axis of cone.
ii) When the intersecting plane is perpendicular to the axis of cone
iii) When the intersecting plane makes any angles with the axis of cone
iv) When the intersecting plane is parallel to the generating line of cone
v) When the intersecting plane is parallel to the base of the cone.

6. Write down the general form of the equation of conic section for the followings.
i) Equation of parabola having vertex (h, k) and the axis is y = k
ii) Equation of ellipse having centre (h, k)
iii) Equation of parabola having vertex (0, 0) and the axis is x = 0
iv) Equation of hyperbola having vertex (0, 0)
v) Equation of hyperbola having vertex (h, k)

Answer
1. Show to your teacher.

2. i) Circle ii) Ellipse iii) Parabola

iv) Circle v) Hyperbola

3. Discuss with your subject teacher.

4. Discuss with your subject teacher.

5. i) Hyperbola ii) Circle iii) Ellipse

iv) Parabola v) Circle

6. Discuss with your subject teacher.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 173

4.4 Circle
Circle is the enclosed surface formed during the enclosed path traced out by a locus point
while moving equidistant form a fixed point. A circle is formed when a plane surface taking
perpendicular to the axis of a cone intersects the cone.

• The fixed point is called the centre.

• The constant (equal) distance is called the radius.
• The total length of locus of the moving point is called its
circumference.

1. Equation of circle having centre as origin and radius ‘r'

Solution:
Centre of a circle is 0(0, 0) and any point on its circumference is P(x, y)
Radius = OP = r
Now, using distance formula,
d= P(x, y)
or, d(OP) = r
or, r = x2 + y2
O(0, 0)
or, r2 = x2 + y2
` x2 + y2 = r2 is the equation of circle.

2. Equation of circle having centre (h, k) and radius ‘r'

Solution:
Let, A(h, k) be the centre of a circle
P(x, y) be any point on its circumference P(x, y)
radius = AP = r. r
Now, using distance formula,
d= A(h, k)
or, d(AP) =
or, r=
or, r2 = (x – h)2 + (y – k)2
` Equation of circle having centre (h, k) and radius ‘r' is
(x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2

174 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

3. Equation of circle having ends of diameter (x1 , y1) & (x2 , y2)
Solution:
P(x, y)

A(x1, y1) B(x2, y2)

Let, A(x1, y1) and B(x2, y2) be the co-ordinate of ends of diameter AB.
P(x, y) be any point on its circumference

Then,
\ APB = 90°
or, AP^BP
or, Slope of AP × Slope of BP = – 1
y – y1 y – y2 y2 – y1
or, x – x1 × x – x2 = – 1 [\ m = x2 – x1 ]
or, (y – y1) (y – y2) = –(x – x1) (x – x2)
or, (x – x1) (x – x2) + (y – y1) (y – y2) = 0
\ This is the equation of circle.

4. Second degree equation of circle:

Solution:
Let, the equation of circle having centre (h, k) and radius 'r' be
(x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2
or, x2 – 2hx + h2 + y2 – 2ky + k2 = r2
or, x2 + y2 – 2hx – 2ky + (h2 + k2 – r2) = 0
Let, –2h = 2g
– 2k = 2f
h2 + k2 – r2 = c (Any constant)
Then, the equation becomes,
or, x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0
It is the second degree equation of circle.

5. Centre and radius of circle having equation x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0.

Solution:
The second degree equation of circle is
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + x = 0
or, x2 + 2gx + y2 + 2fy = – c
or, x2 + 2.x.g + y2 + y2 + 2.y.f + f2 = g2 + f2 – c
or, (x + g)2 + (y + f)2 = g2 + f2 – c
or, {(x – (–g)}2 + {y – (–f)}2 = _ g2 + f2 – c i
2

Comparing it with (x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2, we get

Centre (h, k) = (–g, – f)
radius (r) = g2 + f2 – c

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 175

Conditions required for the equation of circle.
Equation of circle can be found out by calculating the center of the circle (h, k) and radius of
the circle 'r' by using the formula (x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2.

Finding of center and radius of circle in different conditions:

1. When the centre (h, k) and any point (a, b) on its circumference are given.
(a, b)
r

(h, k) Radius (r) =

=

2. When the Centre (h, k) and the circle touches x-axis only.
Y

(h, k)

r
X
O Radius (r) = k.

3. When the centre (h, k) and the circle touches y-axis only.

(h, k)
r

X
O Radius (r) = h

4. When the radius ‘r' and the circle touches both the axes.

r (h, k)

r
O X
Radius (r) = h = k.

Centre = (r, r)

176 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

5. When the centre (h, k) and the circle touches the straight line ax + by + c = 0.

(h, k)
r ax1 + by1 + c
0 Radius (r) =
+ c= a2 + b2

+ by ah + bk + c
x =
a a2 + b2

6. When the centre (h, k) lies in the equation of straight line ax + by + c = 0.

(h, k)
ax + by + c = 0
The equation becomes, ah + bk + c = 0

7. When the equation of circle x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 is given.

We have to find the centre and radius of circle.

(h, k)
r Centre (h, k) = (–g, – f)
Radius (r) = g2 + f2 – c

8. When the equation of two diameters are given.

D
A
(h, k)

B
C Centre (h, k) = Intersecting point of two diameters.

9. When the equation of a circle and another circle concentric with it is given.

(h, k)
r2
Centre (h, k) = Centre of given circle
r1 Radius (r) = will be derived from given condition

10. When the circle passes through more than one points is given.

(x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2
Put x & y from the passing points.
Solve equations so obtained to get centre and radius.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 177

Worked out Examples
1. Find the equation of circle having centre (2, – 1) which passes through a point (6, 2).
Solution:
Centre of a circle (h, k) = (2, – 1).
It passes through a point (6, 2).
(2, –1)
Here, (6, 2)
Radius(r) =
=
= 16 + 9
= 5 units.
Then,
Equation of circle is,
(x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2
or, (x – 2)2 + (y + 1)2 = 52
or, x2 + y2 – 4x + 2y – 20 = 0
It is the required equation of circle.

2. Find the equation of circle having ends of diameter

(3, – 2) and (–3, 6)
Solution:
The co-ordinate of ends of diameter are A(3, – 2)
and B(–3, 6). A(3, –2) B(–3, 6)

Then, equation of circle is,

(x – x1) (x – x2) + (y – y1) (y – y2) = 0
or, (x – 3) (x + 3) + (y + 2) (y – 6) = 0
or, x2 – 9 + y2 – 6y + 2y – 12 = 0
or, x2 + y2 – 4y – 21 = 0
Y
It is the required equation of circle.

3. Find the equation of circle having centre (2, 3) which

touches x-axis.
Solution: (2, 3)
Centre of a circle (h1 k) = (2, 3)
It touches x-axis, so radius (r) = k = 3 r=3

X
Then, the equation of circle is , O
(x – h)2 + (y – k) = r2
or, (x – 2)2 + (y – 3)2 = 32
or, x2 – 4x + 4 + y2 – 6y + 9 = 9
\ x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y + 4 = 0
It is the required equation of circle.

178 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 71
4. Find the centre and radius of circle having equation 4x2 + 4y2 – 16x + 6y – 4 = 0.
Solution:
The given equation of circle is
71
4x2 + 4y2 – 16x + 6y – 4 = 0
Dividing both sides by ‘4'
3y 71
or, x2 + y2 – 4x + 2 = 16
3y 71
or, x2 – 4x + y2 + 2 = 16

or, x2 – 2.x.2 + 22 + y2 + 2.y. 4 + ` 4 j = 22 + ` 4 j + 16

3 3 2 3 2 71

3
or, (x – 2)2 + (y + 4 )2 = 32

Comparing it with (x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2

We get,
3
Centre(h, k) = (2, – 4 )
Radius (r) = 3 units.

Alternative method:
The given equation of circle is,
71
4x2 + 4y2 – 16x + 6y – 4 = 0
3y 71
or, 4(x2 + y2 – 4x + 2 ) – 4 = 0
3y 71
or, x2 + y2 – 4x + 2 – 16 = 0

Comparing it with x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0

We get,
2g = –4 & g = –2
3 3
2f = 2 & f = 4
71
c = – 16
Then,
3
Centre (h, k) = (–g, –f) = (2, – 4 )
Radius(r) = g2 + f2 – c
=
64 + 9 + 71
= 16
144
= 16
= 3 units.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 179

5. Find the equation of circle having two diameters x + 2y = 8 and 3x – y = 3 and the circle
touches the straight line 3x + 4y + 2 = 0.
Solution: D
The given equation of diameters are ,
x + 2y = 8 & x = 8 – 2y ................................. (i) A
(h, k)
y +3
3x – y = 3 & x = 3 ................................. (ii) B 0
+ 2=
Solving equation (i) and (ii) y
y +3 x +4
8 – 2y = 3 C 3

or, y + 3 = 24 – 6y
or, 7y = 21
\ y=3

Substituting the value of y in equation (i)

3+3
x= 3 =2

\ Centre (h, k) = intersecting point of two diameters = (2, 3)

Again,
The circle touches the line 3x + 4y + 2 = 0
ax1 + by1 + c
\ Radius(r) =
a2 + b2
=

= 4 units.
Then,
Equation of circle is,
(x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2
or, (x – 2)2 + (y – 3)2 = 42
or, x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y – 3 = 0
It is the required equation of circle.

6. Find the equation of circle concentric with the circle of equation x2 + y2 – 4x + 6y – 3 = 0

which passes through a point (8, 5).
Solution:
The given equation of circle is , (8, 5)
x + y – 4x + 6y – 3 = 0
2 2

or, x2 – 4x + y2 + 6y = 3
or, x2 – 2.x.2 + 22 + y2 + 2.y.3 + 32 = 22 + 32 + 3 (2, –3)
or, (x – 2)2 + (y + 3)2 = 42
Comparing it with (x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2
We get,
Centre (h, k) = (2, –3)
Radius (r) = 4 units.

180 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Again,
For the concentric circle which passes through a point (8, 5).
Centre (h, k) = (2, – 3)
Radius(r) =
=
= 10 units
Then, the equation of circle is,
(x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2
or, (x – 2)2 + (y + 3)2 = 102
or, x2 + y2 – 4x + 6y – 87 = 0
It is the required equation of circle.

7. If one end of diameter of a circle of equation 3x2

+ 3y2 + 6x – 12y – 60 = 0 is (2, – 2) find the co-
ordinate of other end.
Solution: A(2, –2) B(a, b)
One end of diameter AB is A(2, – 2) and the other
end supposed to B(a, b).
Where, The equation of circle is,
3x2 + 3y2 + 6x – 12y – 60 = 0
or, 3(x2 + y2 + 2x – 4y – 20) = 0
or, x2 + 2x + y2 – 4y = 20
or, x2 + 2. x. 1. + 12 + y2 – 2. y. 2 + 22 = 12 + 22 + 20
or, (x + 1)2 + (y – 2)2 = 52

Comparing it with (x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2

We get,
Centre (h, k) = (–1, 2)
Radius (r) = 5 units.
Again,
We have, centre (–1, 2) is the mid-point of diameter AB.

So, using mid-point formula,

x +x y1 + y2
x= 12 2 , y= 2
2+a –2 + b
or, –1 = 2 , 2= 2
or, 2 + a = – 2, –2 + b = 4
` a = – 4, & b=6
\ Other end of diameter is B(–4, 6)

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 181

8. Find the equation of circle passes through the point (1, – 2) (i, –2)
and (7, 6) where centre lies in the line of equation 2x – y = 6.
Solution:
Let, The equation of circle be, (x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2
It passes through the points (1, –2) and (7, 6).
y=6
Then, 2x –
(1 – h)2 + (–2, –k)2 = r2................(i)
(7 – h)2 + (6, –k)2 = r2 ................(ii) (7, 6)

Solving equation (i) and (ii)

(1 – h)2 + (–2, –k)2 = (7 – h)2 + (6 – k)2
or, 1 – 2h+ h2 + 4 + 4k + k2 = 49 – 14h + h2 + 36 – 12k + k2
or, 12h = 16k + 80
–4k + 20
or, h = 3 ................(iii)

By the question,
Centre (h, k) lies in the straight line,
2x – y = 6
or, 2h – k = 6
or, 2 a
–4k + 20 k
3 –k=6 [From equation (i) ]
or, – 8k + 40 – 3k = 18
or, –11k = –22
\ k=2

Putting the value of ‘k' in equation (iii)

–4 ^2 h + 20
h= 3 =4

Putting the value of (h, k) = (4, 2) in equation (i),

or, (1 –4)2 + (–2 –2)2 = r2
or, r2 = 25
\ r = 5 units

Then, the equation of circle is,

(x – h)2 + (y – K)2 = r2
or, (x – 4)2 + (y – 2)2 = 52
or, x2 + y2 – 8x – 4y – 25 = 0
\ It is the required equation of circle.

9. Find the equation of tangent to the circle of equation x2 + y2 – (4, 8)

8x – 16y – 20 = 0 at point (–4, 2). P B
Solution:
The given equation of circle is,
x2 + y2 – 8x – 16y – 20 = 0 Q
or, x2 – 8x + y2 – 16y – 20 = 0 (–4, 2)
or, x2 – 2.x.4 + 42 + y2 – 2.y.8. + 82 = 42 + 82 + 20
A

182 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 or, (x – 4)2 + (y – 8)2 = 102

Comparing it with (x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2

Centre (h, k) = P(4, 8)
Radius (r) = 10 units = PQ

Again,
Let AB be the tangent to the circle at point Q(–4, 2)
Then PQ^AB.
or, Slope of PQ x Slope of AB = –1
y2 – y1
or, x2 – x1 × m = –1
8–2
or, 4 + 4 × m = –1
4
or, m = – 3

Then, equation of tangent passes through the point (–4, 2) is,

y –y1 = m(x –x1)
4
or, y – 2 = – 3 (x + 4)
or, 3y – 6 = – 4x – 16
\ 4x + 3y + 10 = 0.
It is the required equation of tangent AB.

10. Prove that the circles having equations x2 + y2 + 4x – 14y + 28 = 0 and x2 + y2 – 20x + 4y + 4 = 0
are touched externally.
Solution:
The given equation of 1st circle is, P r1 r2 Q
x2 + y2 + 4x – 14y + 28 = 0
or, x2 + 4x + y2 – 14y = – 28 (–2, 7) (10, –2)
or, x + 2. x. 2 + 2 + y – 2. y. 7. + 7 = 2 + 7 – 28
2 2 2 2 2 2

or, (x + 2)2 + (y – 7)2 = 52

Comparing it with (x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2, we get

Centre (h, k) = p(–2, 7)
Radius (r1) = 5 units.
Again,
The equation of 2nd circle is,
x2 + y2 – 20x + 4y + 4 = 0
or, x2 – 20x + y2 + 4y = 4
or, x2 – 2.x. 10 + 102 + y2 + 2.y.2 + 22 = 102 + 22 – 4
or, (x – 10)2 + (y + 2)2 = 102
Comparing it with (x – h)2 + (y – k)2 = r2
Centre (h, k) = Q(10, – 2)
Radius (r2) = 10 units.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 183

 Again, distance formula for centres P and Q.
d =
or, d(PQ) =
= 225
= 15 units.
Here,
r1 + r2 = 5 + 10
= 15
= PQ
Here, PQ = r1 + r2
\ i.e they are touched externally.

Exercise 4.4
1. Answer the following questions.
i) Write down the equation of circle having centre (h, k) and radius 'r'.
ii) Write down the equation of circle having ends of diameter joining the points (x1, y1)
and (x2, y2).
iii) Write down the second degree equation of circle.
iv) Write down centre and radius of circle of equation x2 + y2 = 9.
v) Write down the centre and radius of circle having equation x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0.

2. Find the radius of the circle under the following conditions.

i) ii)
B (5, 1)
(3, 2)
A P T
(1, –2)

Q
3x + 4y + 3 = 0

iii) Y iv) Y

(3, 4)
(4, 2)

X' X X' X
O O

184 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 v) Y

Note : If equation of circle is given

8 in question, finding the center and
radius of circle makes easy to solve
6 the problems.
X' X
O

3. Find the equation of the circle under the following conditions.

i) Having centre (2, – 3) and passes through a point (8, 5)
ii) Having centre (4, 2) and touches a straight line of equation 4x + 3y + 3 = 0.
iii) Having centre (2, –1) and touches y – axis.
iv) Having centre (3, 5) and touches x-axis.
v) Making x-intercept 4 and y-intercept 6 on the axes and passes through the origin.

4. Find the equation of circle under the following conditions.

i) Having ends of diameter (2, – 3) and (6, – 5).
ii) Having ends of diameter (1, 5) and (–7, – 1)
iii) Having centre (3, 2) and touches the straight line of equation 6x + 8y + 6 = 0.
iv) Having centre (–1, 3) and diameter 10.
v) Having centre (3, 4) and passes through origin.

5. Find the equation of circle under the following conditions.

i) Having intercepts 6 and 8 on the axes.
ii) Having radius 4 units and touches both the axes.
iii) Centre lies in the straight line 3x + 2y = 5 and touches both the axes.
iv) Touching x-axis at point (3, 0) and passes through a point (1, 2).
v) Having centre (a, b) and a2 + b2 radius units.

6. Find the centre and radius of the circle from the given equations.
i) x2 + (y + 3)2 = 25 ii) x2 + y2 – 6x – 8y = 0
iii) x + y + 12x – 10y – 39 = 0
2 2
iv) 4x2 + 4y2 – 16x + 24y – 48 = 0
v) 3x + 3y – 12x + 9y – 6 = 0
2 2

7. Find the equation of circle under the given conditions.

i) Having two diameters of equations x + 2y = 7 and 4x – y – 1 = 0 which has radius 5
units.
ii) Having two diameters of equations 3x – y = 7 and 2x + 3y = 12 which passes through
a point. (–5, 8)
iii) Concentric with the circle of equation x2 + y2 – 6x + 4y – 12 = 0 & having radius 10
units.
iv) Concentric with the circle of equation x2 + y2 + 12x – 8y – 48 = 0 which passes
through a point (–2, 1).

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 185

 v) Passes through the point (4, – 1) and (5, 6) where centre lies in the line x + 2y = 7

8. i) Find the equation of circle passes through the intersecting point of two straight
lines having equations 2x + 3y – 8 = 0 and 4x – 3y + 2 = 0 where centre of the circle
is (4, – 2)
ii) Find the equation of circle passes through the centre of a circle of equation 2x2 +
2y2 – 4x + 8y – 8 = 0. Where centre of the circle is (9, 4).
iii) Find the equation of circle having radius 5 units, passes through a point (4, 2) and
centre lies in first quadrent having equation x – 2y = 5.
iv) Find the equation of circle passes through the point (–3, 6), having radius 10 units
and centre lies in the line x + 2y + 1 = 0
v) Find the equation of circle passes through the point (0, 8) and (6, 0) where origin
point lies in its circumference.

9. Find the equation of circle under the followings.

i) Passes through the points (3, 0), (4, 3), (2, 7).
ii) Passes through the points (5, 3) (6, 2) and (–2, –4)
iii) Passes through the points (–4, 3) ,(–2, 5) and (10, – 11)
iv) Passes through the points (2, 0) and (1, 7) where centre lies in the straight 3x + 4y
– 6 = 0.
v) Passes through the points (–5, –4) and (9, 10) where centre lies in the line x + 2y – 7 = 0.

10. PRIME more creative questions.

a. i) If one end of diameter of circle of equation x2 + y2 – 2x – 6y – 15 = 0 is (5, –1). Find
the co-ordinate of other end.
ii) The center of a circle of equation 2x2 + 2y2 – ax + by – 174 = 0 is (2, –3), find the value
of ‘a' and ‘b'. Also find the radius of circle.
iii) Find the equation of circle having radius 5 units, passes through a point (4, 3) and
center lies on y - axis.
iv) Find the equation of circle which touches x-axis at (7, 0) and makes y-intercept 48
units.
v) The radius of circle of equation x2 + y2 – 4x + ky = 12 = 0 is 5 units, find the positive
value of ‘k'. Also find the centre of the circle.

b. i) Find the equation of straight line which touches the circle of equation x2 + y2 = 25 at
point (3, – 4).
ii) Find the equation of tangent to a circle of equation x2 + y2 – 6x – 14y – 42 = 0 at point
(–3, 1)
iii) Prove that the circle of equation x2 + y2 – 4x + 6y – 12 = 0 touches the straight line of
equation 3x + 4y + 6 = 0.
iv) Prove that the straight line x – y + 9 = 0 cuts the circle of equation x2 + y2 + 6x – 4y –
87 = 0 at two points.
v) Find the length of the chord having equation 3x + 4y + 15 = 0 to a circle of equation
x2 + y2 – 6x + 2y – 15 = 0

186 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

c. i) Prove that the circle having equations x2 + y2 + 6x – 4y – 12 = 0 and x2 + y2 – 18x +
14y + 30 = 0 are touched externally.
ii) Prove that the circles having equations x2 + y2 – 4x – 8y – 80 = 0 and x2 + y2 – 4x +
4y – 8 = 0 are touched internally.
iii) Prove that the straight line having equation 3x + 4y = 3 touch at a point to the circle
of equation x2 + y2 – 6x – 2y + 6 = 0.
iv) Prove that the circle having equation x2 + y2 – 2ax – 2ay + a2 = 0 touches both the
axes.
v) Prove that the circle having equation x2 + y2 – 4x – 4y + 4 = 0 touches both the axes.

11. Project work

Collects the equation of circles in different forms in different conditions in a chart paper
and present it in your classroom.

Answer
1. Show to your teacher.

2. i) 5 units ii) 4 units iii) 2 units

iv) 3 units v) 5 units

3. i) x2 + y2 – 4x + 6y – 87 = 0 ii) x2 + y2 – 8x – 4y – 5 = 0
iii) x2 + y2 – 4x + 2y + 1 = 0 iv) x2 + y2 – 6x – 10y + 9 = 0
v) x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y = 0

4. i) x2 + y2 – 8x + 8y + 27 = 0 ii) x2 + y2 + 6x – 4y – 12 = 0
iii) x2 + y2 – 6x – 4y – 3 = 0 iv) x2 + y2 + 2x – 6y – 15 = 0
v) x2 + y2 – 6x – 8y = 0

5. i) x2 + y2 – 6x – 8y = 0 ii) x2 + y2 – 8x – 8y + 16 = 0
iii) x2 + y2 – 6x – 6y + 9 = 0 iv) x2 + y2 – 6x – 4y + 9 = 0
v) x2 + y2 – 2ax – 2by = 0

6. i) (0, –3); 5 units ii) (3, 4); 5 units iii) (–6, 5); 10 units
3 33
iv) (2, –3); 5 units v) (2, – 2 ); 2 units

7. i) x2 + y2 – 2x – 6y – 15 = 0 ii) x2 + y2 – 6x – 4y – 87 = 0
iii) x2 + y2 – 6x + 4y – 87 = 0 iv) x2 + y2 + 12x – 8y + 27 = 0
v) x2 + y2 – 2x – 6y – 15 = 0

8. i) x2 + y2 – 8x + 4y – 5 = 0 ii) x2 + y2 – 18x – 8y – 3 = 0
iii) x2 + y2 – 4x – 18y + 60 = 0
iv) x2 + y2 – 6x + 4y – 87 = 0 or x2 + y2 + 26x – 12y + 105 = 0

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 187

 Answer
v) x2 + y2 – 6x – 8y = 0

9. i) x2 + y2 + 2x – 6y – 15 = 0 ii) x2 + y2 – 4x + 2y – 20 = 0
iii) x2 + y2 – 8x + 6y – 75 = 0 iv) x2 + y2 + 4x – 6y – 12 = 0
v) x2 + y2 – 6x – 4y – 87 = 0

10.
a. i) (–3, 7) ii) a = 8, b = 12, and r = 10 units.
iii) x2 + y2 – 12y + 11 = 0; x2 + y2 = 25 iv) x2 + y2 – 14x – 50y + 49 = 0
v) R = 6; (2, 3)

b. i) 3x – 4y – 25 = 0 ii) x–y+4=0
v) 6 units.

Co-ordinate
Unit Test
Time : 30 minutes
[1 × 1 + 3 × 2 + 2 × 4 + 1 × 5 = 20]

Attempt all the questions:

1. Define the term homogeneous equation.

2. a) If line joining the points (m, 3) and (–3, – 1) is perpendicular to the line of equation
2x + 3y – 7 = 0, find the value of m.
b) Find the angle between the line pairs of equation 3x2 – 4xy + 3y2 = 0
c) Find the equation of circle having centre (2, – 3) which touches the straight line of
equation 3x – 4y – 2 = 0

3. a) Find the equation of perpendicular bisector of the line joining the points A(3, –2)
and B(–5, 4).
b) Find the separate equation of the homogeneous equation between the line pairs of
the given equations.

4. Find the equation of circle having centre lies on the straight line x – 2y = 5, radius 5 units
and the circle passes through a point (5, 1).

188 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

Unit
5 Trigonometry

Specification Grid Table

K(1) U(2) A(4) HA(5) TQ TM Periods
No. of Questions 1 2 1 –
4 9 15
Weight 1 4 4 –
K = Knowledge, U = Understanding, A = Application, HA = Higher ability, TQ = Total
Questions, TM = Total Marks

Objectives : At the end of the lesson

• Students are able to solve trigonometrical ratios for multiple and sub-
multiple angle.
• Students are able to use transformation formula in trigonometry &
conditional form in trigonometry.
• Students are able to solve trigonometric equations in different quadrants.
• Students are able to find height & distance using right angled triangle.

Materials
• Trigonometric formula chart.
• Chart of the concept of quadrants.
• Model to find height and distance of an object (clinometer)
• Chart of trigonometric ratios for standard angles.
• Chart of algebraic formula etc.
• Graph paper.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 189

Enjoy the recall:
• Recall from all trigonometric formula of grade IX.
• Compound angles :
Sin(A + B) = SinA.CosB + CosA.SinB Sin(A – B) = SinA.CosB – CosA.SinB
Cos(A + B) = CosA.CosB – SinA.SinB Cos(A – B) = CosA.CosB + SinA.SinB
TanA + TanB TanA – TanB
Tan(A + B) = 1 – TanA.TanB Tan(A – B) = 1 + TanA.TanB
CotA.CotB – 1 CotA.CotB + 1
Cot(A + B) = CotB + CotA Cot(A – B) = CotB – CotA
• Recall all the algebraic formula which you learn in junior classes.

5.1 Multiple Angle

Multiple angles are the multiple of an angle A with the constant numerals 2, 3, 4 etc. i.e. 2A,
3A, 4A, ... etc are the multiple angles of A. Trigonometrical ratios can be used for the multiple
angles and formula can be derived by the concept of compound angle as discussed in the
previous chapter of grade IX.

1. Trigonometrical ratios of 2A.

i) Sin2A = Sin(A + A)
= SinA.CosA + CosA.SinA
= 2SinACosA .............................................. (i)
2SinA.CosA
= 1
2SinA.CosA
=
Cos2 A + Sin2 A
2SinA.CosA
= Cos2 A [\ Dividing numerator and dinominator by Cos2A]
Cos A + Sin2 A
2

Cos2 A
2TanA
= .............................................. (ii)
1 + Tan2 A
\ Sin2A = 2SinACosA
2TanA
Sin2A =
1 + Tan2 A
ii) Cos2A = Cos(A + A)
= CosA.CosA – SinA.SinA
= Cos2A – Sin2A .............................................. (i)
Cos2 A – Sin2 A
=
Cos2 A + Sin2 A
Cos2 A – Sin2 A
= Cos2 A [\ Dividing numerato and dinominator by Cos2A]
Cos A + Sin2 A
2

Cos2 A
1 – Tan2 A
= .............................................. (ii)
1 + Tan2 A

190 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Also,
Cos2A = Cos2A – Sin2A
= 1 – Sin2A – Sin2A
= 1 – 2Sin2A .............................................. (iii)
= Cos2A – 1 + Cos2A
= 2Cos2A – 1 .............................................. (iv)
\ Cos2A = Cos2A – Sin2A
Cos2A = 2Cos2A – 1
Cos2A = 1 – 2Sin2A
1 – Tan2 A
Cos2A =
1 + Tan2 A
iii) Tan2A = Tan(A + A)
TanA + TanA
= 1 – TanA.TanA
2TanA
\ Tan2A =
1 – Tan2 A
iv) Cot2A = Cot(A + A)
CotA.CotA – 1
= CotA + CotA
Cot2 A – 1
\ Cot2A = 2CotA

2. Trigonometrical ratios of 3A.

i) Sin3A = Sin(2A + A)
= Sin2ACosA + Cos2ASinA
= (2SinACosA)CosA + (1 – 2Sin2A)SinA
= 2SinACos2A + SinA – 2Sin3A
= 2SinA (1 – Sin2A) + SinA – 2Sin3A
= 2SinA – 2Sin3A + SinA – 2Sin3A
= 3SinA – 4Sin3A
\ Sin3A = 3SinA – 4Sin3A

ii) Cos3A = Cos(2A + A)

= Cos2A.CosA – Sin2A.SinA
= (2Cos2A – 1)CosA – (2SinA.CosA)SinA
= 2Cos3A – CosA – 2Sin2A.CosA
= 2Cos3A – CosA – 2CosA(1 – Cos2A)
= 2Cos3A – CosA – 2CosA + 2Cos3A
\ Cos3A = 4Cos3A – 3CosA

iii) Tan3A = Tan(2A + A)

=

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 191

 =

3TanA – Tan3 A
\ Tan3A =
1 – 3Tan2 A
iv) Cot3A = Cot(2A + A)
Cot2A.CotA – 1
= CotA + Cot2A

=
Cot3 A – 3CotA
\ Cot3A =
3Cot2 A – 1

Important informations to solve the problems:

• Taking coefficient 2 for products and square form like to SinA.CosA, Cos2A and Sin2A.
• Use the following relations as the formula.
• Use the following steps for others too.
i) 2SinA.CosA = Sin2A
ii) 2Sin2A = 1 – Cos2A
iii) 2Cos2A = 1 + Cos2A
iv) 4Cos3A = 3CosA + Cos3A
v) 4Sin3A = 3SinA – Sin3A
1 1
vi) Sin2ACos2A = 4 (2SinA.CosA)2 = 4 (1 – Cos22A)
1 1
vii) Sin4A = 4 (2Sin2A) = 4 (1 – Cos2A)2
viii)1 + Sin2A = Cos2A + Sin2A + 2SinACosA = (CosA + SinA)2
1
ix) Sin2(120° – q) = 2 (2Sin2(120° – q)
1
= 2 [1 – Cos2(120° – q)]
1
= 2 [1 – Cos(240° – 2q)]

1
x) Cos320° = 4 [4Cos320°]
1
= 4 [3Cos20° + Cos3(20°)]
1
= 4 [3Cos20° + Cos60°]
1 1
= 4 [3Cos20° + 2 ]

192 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

Worked out Examples
4
1) If SinA = 5 , find the value of Sin2A and Cos2A.
Solution :
4
SinA = 5

\ CosA = 1 – Sin2 A

1–a5 k
4 2
=
25 – 16
= 25
3
= 5
Then,
Sin2A = 2SinA.CosA Cos2A = Cos2A – Sin2A
= a5 k – a5 k
4 3 3 2 4 2
=2× 5 × 5
24 9 – 16
= 25 = 25
–7
= 25

7
2) If Cos2A = 25 , find the value of CosA.
Solution :
7
Cos2A = 25
We have,
Cos2A = 2Cos2A – 1
7
or, 25 + 1 = 2Cos2A
32
or, 2Cos2A = 25
32
or, Cos2A = 25 × 2
4
\ CosA = ± 5

If CosA = 2 `a + a j , prove that Cos3A = 2 aa 3 + 3 k .

1 1 1 1
3)
a
Solution: CosA = 2 `a + a j
1 1
Cos3A = ?
We have,
Cos3A = 4Cos3A – 3CosA
= 4 & 2 (a + a ) 0 – 3 × 2 `a + a j
1 1 3 1 1

– 2 `a + a j
3 1
=4×

– 2 `a + a j
3 1
=

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 193

 = 2 aa3 + k + 2 `a + a j – 2 `a + a j
1 1 3 1 3 1
a3
= 2 aa3 + k
1 1
a3
3 3 –1
4) If Cos30° = 2 prove that: Sin15° =
2 2
3 –1
Solution :
2 2
Let, A = 15°
\ 2A = 30°
As we have,
Cos2A = 1 – 2Sin2A
or, Cos30° = 1 – 2Sin215°
3
or, 2Sin215° = 1 – 2
2– 3
or, 2Sin215° = 2
2 – 3 2
or, Sin215° = ×
4 2
4 – 2 3
or, Sin215° = 8

or, Sin215° =

Sin215° = e! o
2
3 –1
or,
2 2
3 –1
or, Sin15° = [\ For acute angle Sinq is positive]
2 2
3 –1
\ Sin15° = is proved.
2 2

Prove that : Tan ` 4 + A j = Cos2A

r 1 + Sin2A
5)
Solution :
1 + Sin2A
R.H.S. = Cos2A

CosA + SinA
= CosA – SinA
CosA + SinA
= CosACosA
– SinA [\ Dividing each terms by CosA]
CosA
1 + TanA
= 1 – TanA

194 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 = [ a Tan45° = 1]
= Tan(45° + A)
r
= Tan( 4 + A)
= L.H.S. is proved.

6) Prove that : Cosec 10 – 3Sec10° = 4

Solution :
L.H.S. = Cosec 10 – 3Sec10°
= Cosec 10 – Cot30°.Sec10°
1 Cos30° 1
= Sin10° – Sin30° . Cos10°

4Sin20°
= Sin2 (10°)

4Sin20°
= Sin20°
=4
= R.H.S. is proved.

7) Cos2A + Sin2A.Cos2B = Cos2B + Sin2B.Cos2A

Solution :
L.H.S = Cos2A + Sin2A.Cos2B
1
= 2 [2Cos2A + 2Sin2A.Cos2B]
1
= 2 [1 + Cos2A + (1 – Cos2A)Cos2B]
1
= 2 [1 + Cos2A + Cos2B – Cos2A.Cos2B]
1
= 2 [1 + Cos2B + Cos2A(1 – Cos2B)]
1
= 2 [2Cos2B + Cos2A × 2Sin2B]
= Cos2B + Sin2B.Cos2A
= R.H.S. is proved

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 195

 1
8) Cos6q + Sin6q = 8 (5 + 3Cos4q)
Solution :
L.H.S. = Cos6q + Sin6q
= (Cos2q)3 + (Sin2q)3
= (Cos2q + Sin2q)3 – 3Cos2q.Sin2q(Cos2q + Sin2q)
= 1 – 3Cos2q.Sin2q
3
= 1 – 4 (2Sinq.Cosq)2
3
= 1 – 4 (Sin22q)
3 1
=1– 4 ×
2 (2Sin 2q)
2

3
= 1 – 8 (1 – Cos4q)
8 – 3 + 3Cos4i
= 8
1
= 8 (5 + 3Cos4q)
= R.H.S. is proved

9) Cos3q.Cos3q + Sin3q.Sin3q = Cos32q

Solution :
L.H.S. = Cos3q.Cos3q + Sin3q.Sin3q
1
= 4 [4cos3q.Cos3q + 4Sin3q.Sin3q]
1
= 4 [(3Cosq + Cos3q)Cos3q + (3Sinq – Sin3q)Sin3q]
1
= 4 [3Cos3q.Cosq + Cos23q + 3Sin3qSinq – Sin23q]
1
= 4 [3(Cos3q.Cosq + Sin3q.Sinq) + Cos23q – Sin23q]
1
= 4 [3Cos(3q – q) + Cos2(3q)]
1
= 4 [3Cos2q + Cos3(2q)]
1
= 4 × 4Cos32q
= Cos32q
= R.H.S. is proved

5 –1
10) Sin18° = 4
Solution :
Let, q = 18°
or 5q = 90°
or, 2q + 3q = 90°
or, Sin2q = Sin(90° – 3q°)
or, 2SinqCosq = Cos3q
or, 2SinqCosq = 4Cos3q – 3cosq

196 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 or, 2SinqCosq = Cosq(4Cos2q – 3) [\ Cosq ≠ 0]
or, 2Sinq = 4(1 – Sin q) – 3
2

or, 4Sin2q + 2Sinq = 1

1 1 2 1 2
or, (2Sinq)2 + 2.2.Sinq.
2 +(2 ) =(2 ) +1
(2Sinq + 2 )2 = c! 2 m
2
1 5
or,

1 5
or, 2Sinq + 2 = ± 2
5 1
or, 2Sinq = ± 2 – 2
!^ 5 – 1h
or, Sinq = 4
5 –1
\ Sin18° = 4 [q = 18° is an acute angle lies on 1st quadrant]

5r 7r 3
11) Cos4 8 + Cos4 3p + Cos4 8 + Cos4 8 = 2
r
8
Solution :
p 3r 5r 7r
L.H.S. = Cos4 + Cos4 8 + Cos4 8 + Cos4 8
8
= Cos4 + Cos4 8 + Cos4 a 8 k + Cos4 a 8 k
p 3r 8r – 3r 8r – r
8
= Cos4 + Cos4 8 + Cos4 ar – 8 k + Cos4 `r – 8 j
p 3r 3r r
8
p 3r 3r r
= Cos4 + Cos4 8 + (– Cos 8 )4 + (–Cos 8 )4
8
p 3r
= 2Cos4 + 2Cos4 8
8
1 p 1 3r
= 2 (2Cos2 )2 + 2 (2Cos2 8 )2
8
1 p 1 3r
= 2 (1 – Cos2. )2 + 2 (1 + Cos2. 8 )2
8
1 p 1 3r
= 2 (1 + Cos )2 + 2 (1 + Cos 4 )2
4
1 1 2 1 1 2
= 2 (1 + ) + 2 (1 – )
2 2
1 2 1 2 1
= 2 [1 + + 2 +1– + 2]
2 2
1
= 2 (3)
3
=
2
R.H.S. is proved

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 197

12) (2Cosq + 1)(2Cosq – 1)(2Cos2q – 1)(2Cos4q – 1) = 2cos8q + 1
Solution :
L.H.S = (2Cosq + 1)(2Cosq – 1)(2Cos2q – 1)(2Cos4q – 1)
= (4Cos2q – 1)(2Cos2q – 1)(2Cos4q – 1)
= {2 (2Cos2q) – 1)}(2Cos2q – 1)(2Cos4q – 1)
= {2 (1 + Cos2q) – 1}(2Cos2q – 1)(2Cos4q – 1)
= (2 + 2Cos2q – 1)(2Cos2q – 1)(2Cos4q – 1)
= (4Cos22q – 1)(2Cos4q – 1)
= {2(2Cos22q) – 1}(2Cos4q – 1)
= {2(1 + Cos4q) – 1}(2Cos4q – 1)
= (2 + 2Cos4q – 1)(2Cos4q – 1)
= (2Cos4q + 1)(2Cos4q – 1)
= 4Cos24q – 1
= 2(2Cos24q) – 1
= 2(1 + Cos8q) – 1
= 2 + 2Cos8q – 1
= 2Cos8q + 1
= R.H.S. is proved

1c
13) Prove that Tan7 2 = 6 – 3 + 2 –2
Solution :
1c
L.H.S. = Tan7 2
15°
Sin 2
= 15°
Cos 2

15°
2Sin2 2
= 15°
2Cos2 2

a 1 –Sin
Cos15° k
2
= 15°

2 2 – 3 –1 3 +1
= ×
3 –1 3 +1

198 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 =

=
= 6– 3+ 2–2
= R.H.S is proved
1
14) Prove that Cos4A = 8 (3 + 4Cos2A + Cos4A)
Solution :
L.H.S. = Cos4A
1
= 4 (2Cos2A)2
1
= 4 (1 + Cos2A)2
1
= 4 (1 + 2Cos2A + Cos22A)
1 1
= 4 × 2 (2 + 4Cos2A + 2Cos22A)
1
=
8 (2 + 4Cos2A + 1 + Cos4A)
1
= 8 (3 + 4Cos2A + Cos4A)
= R.H.S. is proved

3
15) Prove that : Cos3q + Cos3(120° – q) + Cos3(120° + q) = 4 Cos3q
Solution :
L.H.S. = Cos3q + Cos3(120° – q) + Cos3(120° + q)
1
= 4 [4Cos3q + 4Cos3(120° – q) + 4Cos3(120° + q)]
1
= 4 [3Cosq + Cos3q + 3Cos(120° – q) + Cos3(120° – q) + 3Cos (120° + q) + Cos3(120° + q)]
1
= 4 [3Cosq + Cos3q + 3{Cos(120° – q) + Cos(120° – q)} + Cos (90° × 4 + 3q) + Cos(90° × 4 + 3q)]
1 1 3 1 3
= 4 [3Cosq + Cos3q + 3{– 2 Cosq + 2 sin i – 2 Cosq – 2 sin i } + Cos3q + Cos3q]
1
= 4 [ 3Cosi + 3Cos3q – 3Cosi ]
3
= 4 Cos3q
= R.H.S. is proved

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 199

 Sin2b
16) If 2 Tana = 3Tanb, prove that Tan(a – b) =
5 – Cos2b
Solution : 2Tana = 3Tanb
3Tanb
or, Tana = 2
3Sinb
or, Tana =
2Cosb
Then,
L.H.S.= Tan(a – b)
Tana – Tanb
= +
1 Tana.Tanb

Sinb
= ×
2Cosb

=
Sin2b
=
5 – Cos2b
= R.H.S. is proved

Exercise 5.1
1. Answer the following questions.
i) Write down the formula of Sin2A in terms of TanA.
ii) Express Cos2A in terms of CotA.
iii) Write down the formula of Sin3A.
iv) Express Tan3A in terms of TanA.
v) Express Sin2A in terms of Cos2A.

3
2. i) If SinA = 5 , find the value of Sin2A and Cos2A.
12
ii) If CosA = 13 , find the value of Cos2A and Sin2A.
1
iii) If Tanq = , find the value of sin2q, Cos2q & Tan2q.
3
3
iv) If Cota = 4 , find the value of Tan2a.
1 1 1 1
v) If CosA = 2 (a + a ), prove that Cos2A = 2 (a2 + 2 ).
a
4
3. i) If SinA = 5 , find the value of Sin3A and Cos3A.
3
ii) If Cosa = 2 , find the value of Sin3a.

200 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 1 1 1 1
iii) If Cosq = 2 (m + m ), prove that Cos3q = 2 (m3 + 3 )
m
1 1 1 1
iv) If SinA = 2 (p + p ), prove that Sin3A = – 2 (p3 + 3 )
p
4
v) If TanA = 3 , find the value of Tan3A.

4. Prove that the followings:

1 + Cos2A
i) Sin3A = 3SinA – 4Sin3A ii) CosA = ± 2
1 – Cos2A 3TanA – Tan3 A
iii) TanA = ± 1 + Cos2A iv) Tan3A =
1 – 3Tan2 A
1 – Tan2 A
v) Cos2A =
1 + Tan2 A
5. Prove that :
1 – Cos2A 1 + Cos2A
i) Sin2A = TanA ii) Sin2A = CotA
Sin2A 1 + Cos2A
iii) 1 – Cos2A = CotA iv) 1 – Cos2A = Cot A
2

1 – Cos2A
v) 1 + Cos2A = Tan A
2

6. Prove that :
i) = CotA ii) = Tanq

iii) = Cotq iv) = TanA

v) = Cot2a

7. Prove that :
Cos2i 1 – Tani 1 – Sin2A CosA – SinA
i) = + ii) Cos2A = CosA + SinA
1 + Sin2i 1 Tani
iii) 1 + Sin2A = a CotA + 1 k
1 – Sin2A CotA – 1 2 Cos2A
iv) 1 – Sin2A = Tan(45° + A)
1 + Sin2A p
v) Cos2A = Tan( 4 + A)
8. Prove that :
4TanA 1
i) Sin2A + Tan2A = ii) CosA.Cos2A = 4 Sin4A.CosecA.
1 – Tan 4 A
1 Sin3 A + cos3 A 1
iii) SinA.Cos2A = 4 Sin4A.SecA iv) SinA + CosA = 1 – 2 Sin2A
v) 1 + TanA.Tan2A = Sec2A

9. Prove that :
Sin3A Cos3A Cos5A Sin5A
i) SinA – CosA = 2 ii) SinA + CosA = 2Cos4A.Cosec2A
Sin5A Cos5A
iii) SinA – CosA = 4Cos2A iv) = Sin2A

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 201

 v) Cos2(45° – A) – Sin2(45° – A) = Sin2A

10. Prove that :

i) 2Sin2(45° – A) = 1 – Sin2A ii) = 2CosA
iii) Cotq – Tanq = 2Cot2q iv) Sin8A = 8SinA.CosA.Cos2A.Cos4A
v) (2Cosq + 1)(2Cosq – 1) = 2Cos2q + 1

11. Prove that :

1 1
i) – = Cot4q
Tan3i + Tani Cot3i + Coti
1 1
ii) – = Cot2q
Tan3i – Tani Cot3i – Coti
iii) CotA + Cot(60° + A) – Cot(60° – A) = 3Cot3A
iv) (2Cosq + 1)(2Cosq – 1)(2Cos2q – 1)(2Cos4q – 1) = 2Cos8q + 1
CosA – SinA
v) Sec2A – Tan2A = CosA + SinA

12. Prove that :

i) Cosec2A + Cot4A = CotA – cosec4A ii) Cosec4A + Cot8A = Cot2A – Cosec8A
iii) Cosec10° – 3Sec10° = 4 iv) 3Cosec20° – Sec20° = 4
v) Sec80° – 3Cosec80° = 4

13. Prove that :

i) = CotA ii) = Tanq
Sec8i – 1 Tan8i
iii) = 2Cosq iv) =
Sec4i – 1 Tan2i
v) (1 + Sin2q + Cos2q)2 = 4Cos2q(1 + Sin2q)

14. Prove that :

i) Cos2A + Sin2A.Cos2B = Cos2B + Sin2B.Cos2A
ii) Sin2a – Cos2a.Cos2b = Sin2b – Cos2b.Cos2a
iii) 4(Cos310° + Sin320°) = 3(Cos10° + Sin20°)
iv) Tan(A + 45°) – Tan(A – 45°) = 2Sec2q
2Cos2i
v) Cot(q + 45°) – Tan(q – 45°) = +
1 Sin2i
15. Prove that :
1
i) Cos6q – sin6q = Cos2q(1 – 4 Sin22q)
1
ii) Cos6q + Sin6q = 8 (5 + 3Cos4q)
1
iii) Cos8a – Sin8a = 4 Cos2a(3 + Cos4a)
1
iv) Sin8A + Cos8A = 8 (8 – 8Sin22A + Sin42A)
1
v) Sin4A + Cos4A = 4 (3 + Cos4A)

202 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

16. PRIME more creative questions:
a. Prove that:
i) Tanq + 2Tan2q + 4Tan4q + 8cot8q = cotq
2SinA 2Sin3A 2Sin9A
ii) Cos3A + Cos9A + Cos27A = Tan27A – Tan A

iii) Cos3qCos3q + Sin3qSin3q = cos32q

3
iv) Sin2q + Sin2(120° – q) + Sin2(120° + q) = 2
3
v) Sin3ACos3A + Cos3ASin3A = 4 Sin4A
3
vi) Cos3q + Cos3(120° + q) + Cos3(240° + q) = 4 Cos3q.

b. Prove that:
1 5 +1
i) Sin4q = 8 (3 – 4cos2q + Cos4q) ii) Cos36° = 4
iv) Cos144° = – c 4 m
1c 5 +1
iii) Cot 82 2 = 6 – 3 + 2 – 2
v) (Sin2A + Sin2B)2 + (Cos2A + Cos2B)2 = 4Cos2(A – B)

c. Prove that:
rj a +
`1 + Cos 8 1 Cos 8 k a1 + Cos 8 k a1 + Cos 8 k = 8
3r 5r 7r 1
i)
p 3r 5r 7r 3
ii) Sin4 + Sin4 8 + Sin4 8 + Sin4 8 = 2
8
3
iii) Sin3q + Sin3(120° – q) + Sin3(120° + q) = 4 Sin3q
iv) Cosec2A + Cosec4A + Cosec8A = CotA – Cot8A
v) (Sin2a – Sin2b)2 + (Cos2a – Cos2b)2 = 4Sin2(a – b)
vi) (Sec2q + 1) (Sec4q + 1) (Sec8q + 1) = Tan8q.Cotq

Sin2B
d. i) If 2TanA = 3TanB, prove that Tan(A – B) = 5 – Cos2B
5Sin2b
ii) If 2Tana = 3Tanb, prove that Tan(a + b) =
1 1 5Cos 2b – 1
iii) If Tand = 7 , Tang = 3 , prove that Sin4g = Cos2d
iv) If aTana = b, prove that acos2a + bsin2a = a
3 + 5Cos2B
v) If 2TanA = TanB, prove that Cos2A = 5 + 3Cos2B

Answer
1. Show to your teacher.

24 7 119 120 3 1 24
2. i) 25 , 25 ii) 169 , 169 iii) 2 , 2, 3 iv) – 7
44 117 44
2. i) 125 , – 125 ii) 1 v) – 117

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 203

5.2 Sub - Multiple Angles
In Previous chapter we discussed about the multiple angles 2A, 3A, 4A, etc for an angle A.
A A A A
Similarly 2 , 3 , 4 , 8 etc are the sub-multiples of the angle A. Here we have to discuss the
A A A A A
terminological ratios for the sub- multiple angles 2 and 3 as Sin 2 , Cos 2 , Sin 3 , Cos
A A
3 , Tan 3 , etc.
Let, 2a =A 3a =A
A A
\ a = 2 \ a = 3

It means all the multiple angles 2a and 3a can be expressed as a and resultant angles a can
A A
be expressed as 2 and 3 as the formulae given on table.

Let us see the examples,

i) Sin2a = 2SinaCosa
A A A
i.e. SinA = 2Sin 2 Cos 2 [Replacing a by 2 ]

ii) Sin3a = 3Sina – 4Sin3 a

A A A
\ SinA = 3Sin 3 – 4Sin3 3 [replacing a by 3 ]

S. No. Multiple angles Sub-multiple angles

1. Sin2A = 2SinA.CosA A A
2 tan A SinA = 2Sin 2 . Cos 2
Sin2A =
1 + tan2 A 2Tan 2
A
SinA = A
1 + Tan2 2
2. Cos2A = Cos2A – Sin2A A A
CosA = Cos2 2 – Sin2 2
Cos2A = 2Cos2A – 1
Cos2A = 1– 2Sin2A A
CosA = 2Cos2 2 – 1
1 – Tan2 A
Cos2A = A
1 + Tan2 A CosA = 1 – 2Sin2 2
A
1 – Tan2 2
CosA = A
1 + Tan2 2
3. 2TanA A
Tan2A = 2Tan 2
1 – Tan2 A TanA = A
1 – Tan2 1
4. Cot2 A – 1 A
Cot2A = Cot2 2 – 1
2CotA CotA = A
2Cot 2

204 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 5. Sin3A = 3SinA – 4Sin3A A A
SinA = 3Sin 3 – 4Sin3 3
Cos3A = 4Cos3A – 3CosA
A A
CosA = 4Cos3 3 – 3Cos 3

6. 3TanA – Tan3 A
Tan3A =
1 – 3Tan2 A TanA =

7. Cot3 A – 3CotA
Cot3A =
3Cot2 A – 1 CotA =

8. 2Cos2A = 1 + Cos2A A
2Cos2 2 = 1 + CosA
2Sin2A = 1 – Cos2A A
2Sin2 2 = 1 – CosA

4Cos3A = 3CosA + Cos3A A A

4Cos3 3 = 3Cos 3 + CosA
A A
4Sin3A = 3SinA – Sin3A 4Sin3 3 = 3Sin 3 – SinA

Worked out Examples

A 12
1. If cos 2 = 13 , find the value of TanA and SinA.
Solution:
A 12
Cos 2 = 13
Now, Then,
A A A A
Sin 2 = 2
1 – cos 2 SinA = 2sin 2 cos 2 .
A 5 12
= 1 – cos2 2 = 2 × 13 × 13

1 – a 13 k
12 2 120
= = 169
169 – 144 SinA
= 169 TanA = CosA

5
= 13 =

5 12
2 × 13 × 13
=
a 12 k a 5 k2
2

13 – 13
120
169
= 119
169
120
= 119 .

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 205

 1 + SinA – CosA A
2. Prove that : 1 + SinA + CosA = Tan 2
Solution:
1 + SinA – CosA
L.H.S. = 1 + SinA + CosA

A
= Tan 2 .
R.H.S. proved.

3 +1
If Cos330° = 2 , Prove that Cos165° = – e o
3
3.
Solution: 2 2
Let, A = 330°
A 330°
\ 2 = 2 = 165°
We have,
A
CosA = 2Cos2 2 – 1
or, Cos330° + 1 = 2Cos2 165°
3
or, 2Cos2 165° = 1 + 2
2+ 3 2
or, Cos2 165° = ×
4 2
or, Cos2 165° =
^ 3 + 1h
2

or, Cos 165° =

2
8
3 +1
or, Cos165° = –
2 2

Cos 165° = – e o
3 +1
\
2 2

Prove that: Tan a 4 + 2 k = Secq + Tanq

r i
4.
R.H.S. = Secq + Tanq
1 Sini
= +
Cosi Cosi
1 + Sini
=
Cosi

206 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 =

i i
Cos 2 + Sin 2
=
i i
Cos 2 – Sin 2

i i
Cos 2 + Sin 2
i
Cos 2 q
= [ Dividing each term by cos ]
i i
Cos 2 – Sin 2 2
i
Cos 2
i
1 + Tan 2
=
i
1 – Tan 2

q
= Tan (45° + )
2
= Tan a 4 + 2 k
r i

R.H.S. proved.

r 3r 5r 7r 1
5. Prove that: (1 + cos 8 ) (1 + cos 8 ) (1 + cos 8 ) (1 + cos 8 ) = 8
Solution:
p 3r 5r 7r
L.H.S = (1 + cos ) (1 + cos 8 ) (1 + cos 8 ) (1 + cos 8 )
8
= 1 cos 8 j a1 + cos 8 k [1 + cos
` r 3r 8r – 3r 8r – r
+
8 ] + [1 + cos 8 ]

= `1 + cos 8 j a1 + cos 8 k [1 + cos ar – 8 k ] + [1 + cos `r – 8 j ]

r 3r 3r r

= `1 + cos 8 j a1 + cos 8 k a1 – cos 8 k `1 – cos 8 j

r 3r 3r r

= `1 – cos2 8 j a1 – cos2 8 k
r 3r

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 207

 p 3r
= Sin2 . Sin2 8
8
= Sin Sin2 a 8 k
2p 4r – r
8
= Sin2 . Sin2 ` 2 – 8 j
p r r
8
p p
= Sin2 . Cos2
8 8
1 p p
= 4 [2Sin .Cos ]2
8 8
1` r j2
= 4 sin 4

= 4c m
1 1 2
2
1
= 8.
R.H.S. is proved

Exercise 5.2
1. Answer the following questions.
A
i. Express SinA in terms of Cot 2 .
A
ii. Express CosA in terms of Tan 2
A
iii. Express 1 – CosA in term of Sin 2
1 – CosA A
iv. Express 1 + CosA in term of Tan 2 .
v. Express Sin4A in expanded form.

A 2
2. i If Sin 2 = , Find SinA and CosA.
3
A 4
ii. If Cos 3 = 5 , find SinA.
q 1
iii. If Tan = 3 , find Tanq
3
q 3
iv. if Sin = 5 , find Cosq.
3
7 q
v. If Cos q = 25 , find Cos
2
3 3 –1
3. i. If Cos30° = 2 , prove that Sin15° =
2 2
3
ii. If Cos30° = 2 ,prove that Tan15° = 2 – 3
1 1c
iii. If Cos45° = , prove that Tan 22 2 = 3 – 2 2
2

208 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 1 _ +
3i
3
iv. If Cos330° = 2 , prove that Cos 165° = 2 2
3 3 –1
v. If Cos330° = 2 , prove that Sin165° =
2 2
If Sin 3 = 2 `a + a j , find SinA.
A 1 1
4. i.

If Cos = 2 `m + m j , prove that Cosq = 2 am3 + 3 k

q 1 1 1 1
ii.
3 m
If Cos 2 = 2 ap + p k prove that CosA = 2 c p2 + 2 m
A 1 1 1 1
iii.
p
If Sin = 2 ` x + x j , prove that Sina = 2 a x2 + 2 k
a 1 1 1 1
iv.
2 x
A 3
v. If Cos 2 = 2 , prove that TanA = 3.

5. Prove that the followings.

A A A A
i. SinA = 3Sin 3 – 4Sin3 3 ii. CosA = 4Cos3 3 – 3Cos 3 .
SinA A 1 + Sini + Cosi q
iii. 1 – CosA = Cot 2 iv. = Cot .
1 + Sini – Cosi 2
q
v. = Cot
2

6. Prove that the followings:

1° 1° aSin i
2 Cos 2 k = 1 + Sinq
2
i
i. Cot 22 2 – Tan 22 2 = 2. ii. +
Sin2i Cosi q q q
iii. × + = Tan iv. Cot – 2Cotq = Tan
1 + Cos2i 1 Cosi 2 2 2
q
v. Cosecq – Cotq = Tan
2
7. Prove the the followings:
A–B
i. (SinA + SinB)2 + (CosA + CosB)2 = 4Cos2 2 .
a–b
ii. (Sina – Sinb)2 + (Cosa – Cosb)2 = 4Sin2 2 .

q
iii. = Cot .
2

A A A
iv. Cosec 2 + CotA = Cot 2 – CosecA. + Cosec __
2
A A
Cos 2 – Sin 2
v. SecA – TanA = A A
Cos 2 + Sin 2

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 209

8. Prove that the followings:
Tan a 4 + 2 k = SecA + TanA.
r i
i.

ii) Tan a 4 – 2 k = 1 + SinA

r A 1–SinA

iii) Sec a 4 + 2 k .Sec a 4 – 2 k = 2Secq

r i r i

iv) Tan a 4 + 2 k + Tan a 4 – 2 k = 2Secq

r i r i

v) Cot a 2 + 4 k – Tan a 2 – 4 k = +
A r A r 2Cosi
1 Sini
9. PRIME more creative questions
a. Prove that the followings.
q 2r 3r 1
i) Cos .Cos 7 .Cos 7 = 8
7
1
ii) Sin6°.Cos48°sin66°Sin78° = 16

iii) `1 + Sin 8 j a1 + Sin 8 k a1 – Sin 8 k a1 – Sin 8 k = 8

r 3r 5r 7r 1

1c
iv) Cot 7 2 = 6 + 3 + 2 + 2
A A A
v) CosecA + Cosec 2 + Cosec 4 = Cot 8 – CotA

b. Prove that the followings.

r
i) 2Cos
32 =
A 6 A 1
ii) Cos6
2 + Sin 2 = 8 (5 + 3Cos2A)
a–b
iii) (Cosa + Cosb)2 + (Sina + Sinb)2 = 4Cos2 2
a – b
iv) (Cosa – Cosb)2 + (Sina – Sinb)2 = 4Sin2 2

q
v) = Cot
2

Answer
1. Show to your teacher.

2 2 1 117 13 44 4
2. i) 3 ,–3 ii) 125 iii) 9 iv) – 125 v) ! 5

i) – 2 :a3 + 3 D
1 1
4.
a

210 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

5.3 Transformation formula for trigonometry
The formula of compound angle are transferred to the product from sum or difference and
vice versa in this section

1. Transformation from sum and difference to the product.

i. Sin(A + B) + Sin(A – B)
= SinA.CosB + CosA.SinB + SinA.CosB – CosA.SinB
= 2sinA.CosB.

ii. Sin(A + B) – sin(A – B)

= (sinA.CosB + CosA.SinB) – (SinA.CosB – CosA.SinB)
= 2CosA.SinB

iii. CosA(A + B) + Cos(A – B)

= CosA.CosB – SinA.SinB + CosA.CosB + SinA.SinB
= 2CosA.CosB

iv. Cos (A + B) – Cos (A – B)

= CosA.CosB – SinA.SinB – CosA.CosB – SinA.SinB
= –2SinA.SinB
\ Cos (A – B) – Cos(A + B) = 2SinASinB.

2. Transformation from product to sum or difference.

i. 2SinA.CosB = Sin(A + B) + Sin(A – B)
ii. 2CosA.SinB = Sin(A + B) – Sin(A – B)
iii. 2CosA.CosB = Cos(A +B) + Cos(A – B)
iv. 2SinA.SinB = Cos(A – B) – Cos(A + B)

3. Transformation of A + B & A – B to C and D respectively.

Solution:
Let, A + B = C
A–B=D
C+D C–D
Then, A = 2 & B = 2
C+D C–D
i. SinC + SinD = 2Sin 2 Cos 2
C+D C–D
ii. SinC – SinD = 2Cos 2 Sin 2
C+D C–D
iii. CosC + CosD = 2Cos 2 Cos 2
C+D C–D
iv. CosC – CosD = –2Sin 2 Sin 2
C+D D–C
= 2Sin 2 Sin 2
C+D C–D
\ CosD – CosC = 2Sin 2 Sin 2

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 211

4. Conclusion of transformation formula: (Ideas to remember formula)
i. Sum to product:
A+B A–B
Angles: A B $ 2 2
Format: S + S = 2 S C
S – S = 2 C S
C + C = 2 C C
C – C = –2 S S

ii. Product to sum:

Angles: A B $ (A + B) (A – B)
Format: 2 S C = S + S
2 C S = S – S
2 C C = C + C
–2 S S = C – C

iii. Always arrange the angles of trigonometric ratio in descending order to use the formula.

Worked out Examples

1. Sin10° + Cos 10° = 2 Cos35°
L.H.S. = Sin10° + Cos10°
= Sin(90° – 80°) + Cos10°
= Cos 80° + Cos10°
80° + 10° 80° – 10°
= 2Cos Cos [\ C + C = 2CC]
2 2
= 2Cos45° Cos35°
1
=2× Cos 35°
2
= 2 Cos35°
3
2. Prove that: Sin105° + Sin15° = 2
Solution:
L.H.S. = Sin105° + Sin15°
105 + 15 105 – 15
= 2Sin 2 Sin 2
= 2sin 60° Sin45°
3 1
=2× 2 ×
2
3
= 2.
R.H.S. is proved

212 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 1
3. Prove that: Sin15° Sin75° = 4
Solution:
L.H.S. = Sin15° Sin75°
1
= 2 [2Sin75° Sin15°]
1
= 2 [ Cos (75° – 15°) – Cos(75° + 15°)]
1
= 2 [Cos60° – Cos90°]
1 1
= 2 [ 2 – 0]
1
= 4
R.H.S is proved

4. Prove that: Cos40° + Cos80° + Cos160° = 0

Solution:
L.H.S. = Cos40° + Cos80° + Cos160°
= Cos40° + [Cos160° + Cos80°]
160° + 80° 160 – 80
= Cos40° + 2Cos 2 Cos 2
= Cos40° + 2cos120° cos40°
= Cos40° + 2 a– 2 k cos40°
1
= Cos40° – Cos40°
= 0.
R.H.S. is proved
1
5. Prove that: Sin10° Sin30° Sin50° Sin70° = 16 .
Solution:
L.H.S. = Sin10° Sin30° Sin50° Sin70°
1
= Sin30° × Sin10° × 2 [2Sin70° Sin50°]
1 1
= 2 × 2 Sin10° [Cos (70 – 20) – Cos (70 + 50)]
1 1
= 4 Sin10° Cos20° – 4 Sin10° Cos120°

= 4 × 2 [2cos20° sin10°] – 4 Sin10° a– 2 k

1 1 1 1

1 1
= 8 [Sin(20° + 10°) – Sin(20° – 10°)] + 8 Sin10°
1 1 1
= 8 Sin30° – 8 Sin10° + 8 Sin10°
1 1
= 8 × 2
1
= 16
R.H.S. is proved

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 213

 Cos2A Cos3A – Cos2A Cos7A Sin7A + Sin3A
6. Sin4A Sin3A – Sin2A Sin5A = SinA

L.H.S. =

2Sin5A Cos2A
= SinA

=
Sin7A + Sin3A
= SinA
R.H.S is proved

7. Prove that: = – Tan(A + B)

Solution:
2
L.H.S = ×
2
=
Cos2A – Cos2B
= Sin2A – Sin2B

– Sin ^A + Bh
Cos ^A + Bh
=
= – Tan (A + B)
R.H.S. is Proved.

214 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 r 3r 9r 11 r
8. 2Cos 13 Cos 13 + Cos 13 + Cos 13 = 0.
Solution:
r 3r 9r 11r
L.H.S. = 2Cos 13 Cos 13 + Cos 13 + Cos 13

= Cos a 13 + 13 k + Cos a 13 – 13 k + Cos 13 + Cos 13

3r r 3r r 9r 11r

13r – 4r k
= Cos 13 + Cos 13 + Cos a + Cos a 13 k
4r 2r 13r – 2r
13
= Cos 13 + Cos 13 + Cos ar – 13 k + Cos ar – 13 k
4r 2r 4r 2r

4r 2r 4r 2r
= Cos 13 + Cos 13 – Cos 13 – Cos 13
=0
R.H.S. is Proved.

If SinA + CosA = SinB + CosB Prove that : TanA.TanB = Cot a 2 k

1 1 1 1 A+B
9.
Solution:
1 1 1 1
Given : SinA + CosA = SinB + CosB
1 1 1 1
or, SinA – SinB = CosB – CosA
SinB – SinA CosA – CosB
or, SinA SinB = CosA CosB

SinA SinB
or, = CosA CosB

A+B
or, Cot 2 = TanA. TanB
TanA TanB = Cot a 2 k
A+B
\
\ L.H.S = R.H.S. Proved

1
10. Prove that: Sinq.Sin(60° – q) Sin(60° + q) = 4 Sin3q
Solution:
L.H.S. = Sinq.Sin(60° – q) Sin(60° + q)
1
= Sinq × 2 [2Sin(60° + q). Sin(60° – q)]
1
= 2 Sinq[Cos(60° + q – 60° + q) – Cos(60° + q + 60° – q)]
1 1
= 2 Sinq.Cos2q – 2 SinqCos120°

= 2 × 2 [2Cos2q.Sinq] – 2 Sinq a– 2 k
1 1 1 1

1 1
= 4 [Sin(2q + q) – Sin(2q – q)] + 4 Sinq

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 215

 1 1 1
= 4 Sin3q – 4 Sini + 4 Sini
1
= 4 Sin3q
R.H.S is proved

Exercise 5.3
1. Express the following in product form & evaluate.
i) Sin105° + Sin15° ii. Cos15° – Cos75°
iii) Sin10° – Cos10° iv. Cos20° + Sin20°
v) Sin(60° + q) – Sin (60° – q)

2. Express the followings in terms of sum or difference form & evaluate.

i) 2Cos3q Cosq ii. Cos15° Cos105°
iii) Sin15°Sin75° iv. Sin75°Cos105°
v) Cos(45° + A) Sin(45° – A).

3. Prove that the followings:

1
i) Sin75° – Sin15° =
2
1 1
ii) Sin20°Sin40° = 2 (Cos20° – 2 )
iii) Cos80° + Cos40° = – Cos20°
iv) Sin(A + 3B) – Sin(3A + B) = 2Cos (2A + 2B). Sin(B – A)
v) Cos(A + 120°) + Cos(A – 120°) = CosA.

4. Prove that the followings:

i) Cos80° + Cos40° – Cos20° = 0
ii) Sin70° – Sin50° – Sin10° = 0
iii) Cos40° + Cos80° + Cos160° = 0
iv) 3 Cos20° – Sin40° – Sin80° = 0
v) Cos(45° + A) + Cos(45° – A) – 2Cos2A = 0

5. Prove that the followings:

Sin2A + Sin2B
i) Sin2A + Cos2B = Tan(A + B). Cot(A – B).
CosA + CosB A+B B– A
ii) CosA – CosB = Cot 2 Cot 2
iii) SinA + Sin(A + 120) + Sin(A – 120°) = 0

iv) = Cot59°
Cos8° + Sin8°
v) Cos8° – Sin8° = Tan53°

216 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

6. Prove that the followings:
i) = Tan2A

ii) = TanA

iii) = Tan3q
Sin7A + Sin3A
iv) = SinA

v) = 1.

7. Prove that the followings:

i) ^Sin2a + Sin2bh2 + = 4Cos2(a – b)
A–B
ii) (CosA – CosB)2 + (SinA – SinB)2 = 4 Sin2 2

iii) = Tan(a + b)

iv) = Tan(a – b)
3
v) Cos2A + Cos2(A +120°) + Cos2(A –120°) = 2

8. Prove that the followings:

1
i) Sinq Sin(60° – q) Sin(60° + q) = 4 Sin3q
1
ii) Cosq Cos(60° – q) Cos (60° + q) = 4 Cos3q
r 3r 9r 11r
iii) 2 Cos 13 Cos 13 + Cos 13 + Cos 13 = 0
1
iv) Cos2A sin3A = 16 (2SinA + Sin3A – Sin5A)
1
v) Cos2A Sin4A = 32 [Cos6A – 2Cos4A – Cos2A + 2]

9. Prove that the followings:

3
i) Cos10° Cos30° Cos50° Cos70° = 16 .
3
ii) Sin20° Sin40° Sin60° Sin80° = 16 .
1
iii) Cos80 Cos160° Cos320° = – 8 .
1
iv) Sin50° Sin100 Sin200° = 8 .
1
v) Sin10° Cos20° Sin30° Cos40° = 16 .

11. PRIME more creative questions:

r 2r 4r 8r 1
a. i) Cos 15 Cos 15 Cos 15 Cos 15 = – 16
1
ii) Sin6° Sin42° Sin66° Sin78° = 16

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 217

 iii) Sin2A + Sin2B + 2SinA SinB Cos(A + B) = Sin2(A + B)
3
iv) Sin3q + Sin3(120° + q) + Sin3(240 + q) = – 4 Sin3q
r 3r 5r 1
v) Sin 14 Sin 14 Sin 14 = 8

1 1 a+b 3
b. i) If Cosa + Cosb = 3 and Sina + Sinb = 4 , prove that Tan 2 = 4
1 1 3
ii) If SinA + SinB = 4 and CosA + CosB = 2 , prove that Cos(A + B) = 5.
iii) If xCosq + ySinq = xCosa + ysina, prove that Cot a 2 k = y
i+a x

Tanb k –1
iv) If Sin(a – b) = kSin(a + b), prove that Tana = k + 1
A+B k –1 A+B
v) If SinA = kSinB, prove that: Cot 2 = k + 1 Cot 2

Answer
3 1
1. i) 2 ii) iii) – 2 Sin35°
2
iv) 2Cos25° v) Sinq

1 1
3. i) Cos4q + Cos2q ii) –4 iii) 4
1 1
iv) – 4 v) 2 (1 – Sin2A)

218 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

5.4 Conditional trigonometrical ratios:
The given condition helps to prove the trigonometrical identities in this section where all the
formulae and ideas used in previous chapters of trigonomery should be applied here in this
section.
p
The conditions may be A + B + C = r , A + B + C = and any more, where
2
A+B+C= p
A+B= p–C
Sin (A + B) = Sin(p – C) = SinC
Cos (A + B) = Cos(p – C) = – CosC
Tan (A + B) = Tan(p – C) = – TanC

A+B+C=p
A+B = r C
2 2 2 –2
Sin a 2 + 2 k = Sin a 2 – 2 k = Cos 2
A B r C C

Cos a 2 + 2 k = Cos a 2 – 2 k = Sin 2

A B r C C

Tan a 2 + 2 k = Tan a 2 – 2 k = Cot 2

A B r C C

Worked out Examples

1. If A + B + C = p, Prove that : CotA.CotB + CotB.CotC + CotC.CotA = 1
Solution:
A+B+C=p
or, A + B = p – C
or, Cot(A + B) = Cot(p – C)
CotACotB – 1
or, CotB + CotA = – CotC
or, CotA.CotB – 1 = –CotB.CotC – CotC.CotA
or, CotA.CotB + CotB.CotC + CotC.CotA = 1
\ L.H.S = R.H.S is proved

A B C
2. If A + B + C = p, Prove that: SinA + SinB + SinC = 4Cos 2 Cos 2 Cot 2
Solution:
Here, A+B+C=p
or, A + B = p – C
A B r C
or, 2 + 2 = 2 – 2

or, Sin a 2 + 2 k = Sin a 2 – 2 k = Cos 2

A B r C C

or, Cos a 2 + 2 k = Cos a 2 – 2 k = Sin 2

A B r C C
Then,
L.H.S = SinA + SinB + SinC
= (SinA + SinB) + SinC
A+B A–B
= 2Sin 2 Cos 2 + SinC

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 219

 = 2Cos 2 Cos a 2 – 2 k + 2Sin 2 Cos 2
C A B C C

= 2Cos 2 [Cos a 2 – 2 k + Sin 2 ]

C A B C

= 2Cos 2 [Cos a 2 – 2 k + Cos a 2 + 2 k ]

C A B A B

C A B A B A B A B
= 2Cos 2 [Cos 2 Cos 2 + Sin 2 .Sin 2 + Cos 2 .Cos 2 – Sin 2 .Sin 2 ]
A B C
= 4Cos 2 Cos 2 Cos 2

3. Cos2A + Cos2B – Cos2C = 1 – 4 SinA.SinB.CosC

Solution:
Here, A+B+C=p
or, A + B = p – C
or, Sin(A + B) = Sin (p – C) = SinC
or, Cos(A + B) = Cos (p – C) = – CosC.
Then,
L.H.S. = Cos2A + Cos2B – Cos2C
2A + 2B 2A – 2B
= 2Cos 2 Cos 2 – Cos2C
= 2Cos (A + B) Cos (A – B) – Cos2C
= –2CosC Cos(A – B) – 2Cos2C + 1
= 1 – 2CosC [Cos (A – B) + CosC]
= 1 – 2CosC [Cos(A – B) – Cos(A + B)]
= 1 – 2CosC [ CosA.CosB + SinA.SinB – CosA.CosB + SinA.SinB]
= 1 – 4SinA.SinB.CosC.
= R.H.S.

4. Sin2A + Sin2B + Sin2C = 2 + 2CosA CosB CosC

Solution:
A+B+C=p
A+B=p–C
Sin(A + B) = Sin(p – C) = SinC
Cos(A + B) = Cos(p – C) = – CosC.
Now,
L.H.S. = Sin2A + Sin2B + Sin2C
1
= 2 [2sin2A + 2sin2B] + Sin2C
1
= 2 [1 – Cos2A + 1 – Cos2B] + Sin2C
1
= 2 [2 – (Cos2A + Cos2B)] + Sin2C
1 2A + 2B 2A – 2B
= 2 [2 – 2 Cos 2 Cos 2 ] + Sin2C
1
= 2 × 2 [1 – Cos (A + B) Cos(A – B)] + Sin2C
= 1 + CosC Cos (A – B) + 1 – Cos2C
= 2 + CosC [Cos (A – B) – CosC]

220 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 = 2 + CosC [Cos (A – B) + Cos (A + B)]
= 2 + CosC [CosA.CosB + SinA SinB + CosA.CosB – SinA SinB ]
= 2 + 2 CosA CosB CosC. = R.H.S

A 2 B 2 C A B C
5. Cos2
2 + Cos 2 – Cos 2 = 2Cos 2 Cos 2 Sin 2
Solution:
A+B+C=p
or, A + B = p – C
or, Sin a 2 + 2 k = Sin a 2 – 2 k = Cos 2
A B r C C

or, Cos a 2 + 2 k = Cos a 2 – 2 k = Sin 2

A B r C C
Now,
A B C
L.H.S. = Cos2 2 + Cos2 2 – Cos2 2
1 A B C
= 2 [2Cos2 2 + 2Cos2 2 ] – Cos2 2
1 C
= 2 [1 + CosA + 1 + CosB] – Cos2 2
1 C
= 2 [2 + (CosA + CosB)] – Cos2 2
1 A+B A+B C
= 2 [2 + 2Cos 2 .Cos 2 ] – Cos2 2

× 2 [ 1 + Sin 2 .Cos a 2 – 2 k ] – Cos2 2

1 C A B C
= 2

= 1 + Sin 2 .Cos a 2 – 2 k –1 + Sin2 2

C A B C

= Sin 2 [Cos a 2 – 2 k + Sin 2 ]

C A B C

= Sin 2 [Cos a 2 + 2 k + Cos a 2 + 2 k ]

C A B A B

C A B A B A B A B
= Sin 2 [Cos 2 .Cos 2 + Sin 2 .Sin 2 + Cos 2 .Cos 2 – Sin 2 .Sin 2 ]
C A B
= Sin 2 [2Cos 2 .Cos 2 ]
A B C
= 2Cos 2 .Cos 2 .Sin 2
= R.H.S. prove

6. If A + B + C = p, prove that: Cos(B + C – A) + Cos(C + A – B) + Cos(A + B – C) = 1 + 4 CosA.CosB.

CosC
Solution :
Given, A + B + C = p.
or, A+B=p–C
or, Sin(A + B) = Sin(p – C) = SinC
or, Cos(A + B) = Cos(p – C) = – CosC
Now,
L.H.S. = Cos(B + C – A) + Cos(C + A – B) + Cos(A + B – C)
= Cos(p – A – A) + Cos(p – B – B) + Cos(p – C – C)

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 221

 = Cos(p – 2A) + Cos(p – 2B) + Cos(p – 2C)
= – Cos2A – Cos2B – Cos2C
= –2Cos a 2
2A + 2B k
.Cos a 2
2A – 2B k
– Cos2C
= –2Cos(A + B)Cos(A – B) – Cos2C
= 2CosC.Cos(A – B) – 2Cos2C + 1
= 1 + 2CosC[Cos(A – B) – CosC]
= 1 + 2CosC[Cos(A – B) + Cos(A + B)]
A+B+A–B A +B– A +B
= 1 + 2CosC[2Cos .Cos ]
2 2
= 1 + 2CosC(2CosA.CosB)
= 1 + 4CosA.CosB.CosC
R.H.S. proved.

5A 5B 5C
7. If A + B + C = p, prove that : Sin5A + sin5B + Sin5C = 4Cos 2 .Cos 2 .Cos 2
Solution:
Given A + B + C = p
5A 5B 5r 5C
or, 2 + 2 = 2 – 2
5A 5B 5r 5C 5C
or, Sin( 2 + 2 ) = Sin( 2 – 2 ) = Cos 2
5A 5B 5r 5C 5C
or, Cos( 2 + 2 ) = Cos( 2 – 2 ) = Sin 2
Now,
L.H.S. = Sin5A + Sin5B + Sin5C
5A + 5B 5A – 5B
= 2Sin 2 .Cos 2 + Sin5C
5A + 5B 5A – 5B 5C 5C
= 2Sin 2 .Cos 2 + 2Sin 2 .Cos 2
5C 5A 5B 5C
= 2Cos 2 [Cos( 2 – 2 ) + Sin 2 ]
5C 5A 5B 5A 5B
= 2Cos 2 [Cos( 2 – 2 ) + Cos( 2 + 2 )]
5C
= 2Cos 2 [2Cos .Cos ]
5C 5A 5B
= 2Cos 2 [2Cos 2 Cos 2 ]
5A 5B 5C
= 4Cos 2 Cos 2 Cos 2
R.H.S. is proved.

A B C r– A r–B r–C
8. If A + B + C = p, prove that : Sin 2 + Sin 2 + Sin 2 = 1 + 4Sin 4 .Sin 4 .Sin 4
Solution:
Given A + B + C = p
or, A+B=p–C
or, B+C=p–A
or, C+A=p–B

222 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Then,
r–A r–B r–C
R.H.S. = 1 + 4Sin 4 .Sin 4 .Sin 4
B+C C+A A+B
= 1 + 4Sin 4 .Sin 4 .Sin 4
B+C C+ A A +B C+ A A +B
= 1 + 2Sin 4 [Cos( 4 – 4 ) – Cos( 4 + 4 )]
B+C C–B 2A + B + C B+C
= 1 + 2Sin 4 .Cos 4 –2Cos 4 .Sin 4
B+C C–B B+C C–B 2A + B + C B+C
= 1 + [Sin( 4 + 4 ) + Sin( 4 – 4 )] – [Sin( 4 + 4 ) –
2A + B + C B+C
[Sin( 4 + 4 )
2C 2B 2r 2A
= 1 + [Sin 4 + Sin 4 – Sin 4 + Sin 4 ]
A B C
= Sin 2 + Sin 2 + Sin 2
L.H.S. is proved

9. If A + B + C = p, prove that : SinA.CosB.CosC + CosA.SinB.CosC + CosA.CosB.SinC = SinA.SinB.

SinC.
Solution:
Given A + B + C = p
or, A+B=p–C
or, Sin(A + B) = Sin(p – C) = SinC
or, Cos(A + B) = Cos(p – C) = – CosC
Then,
L.H.S. = SinA.CosB.CosC + CosA.SinB.CosC + CosA.CosB.SinC
= CosC[SinA.CosB + CosA.SinB] + CosA.CosB.SinC
= CosC.Sin(A + B) + CosA.CosB.SinC
= SinC[CosC + CosA.CosB]
= SinC[–Cos(A + B) + CosA.CosB]
= SinC[– CosA.CosB + SinA.SinB + CosA.CosB ]
= SinA.SinB.SinC
R.H.S. is proved

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 223

 Exercise 5.4
1. If a + b + g = 180°, prove that the followings:
i. Tana + Tanb + Tang = Tana. Tanb. Tang
ii. CotaCotb + CotbCotg + CotgCota = 1
iii. Tan2a + Tan2b + Tan2g = Tan2a . Tan2b. Tan2g
a b g a b g
iv. Cot + Cot + Cot = Cot . Cot . Cot
2 2 2 2 2 2
3a 3b 3b 3c 3c 3a
v. Tan 2 . Tan 2 + Tan 2 . Tan 2 + Tan 2 Tan 2 = 1

2. If A + B + C = p, prove that the followings:

A B C
i. SinA + SinB + SinC = 4Cos 2 Cos 2 Cos 2
A B C
ii. CosA + CosB + CosC = 1 + 4 Sin 2 Sin 2 Sin 2
A B C
iii. SinA – SinB + SinC = 4Sin 2 Cos 2 Sin 2
A B C
iv. CosA + CosB – CosC = 4Cos 2 Cos 2 Sin 2 – 1
A B C
v. CosA – CosB – CosC = 1 – 4Sin 2 Cos 2 Cos 2

3. If A, B and C are the angles of a triangle prove that the followings.

i. Sin2A + Sin2B – Sin2C = 4CosA CosB SinC
ii. Cos2A + Cos2B + Cos2C = – 1 – 4 CosA.CosB.CosC
3A 3B 3C
iii. Sin3A + Sin3B + Sin3C = –4Cos 2 Cos 2 Cos 2
5A 5B 5C
iv. Cos5A + Cos5B + Cos5C = 1 + 4 sin 2 Sin 2 Sin 2
v. Sin6A + Sin6B + Sin6C = 4Sin3A Sin3B Sin3C.

4. If A + B + C = p, prove that the followings:

i. Sin2A + Sin2B + Sin2C = 2 + 2CosA CosB CosC.
ii. Cos2A + Cos2B + Cos2C = 1 – 2CosA CosB CosC.
iii. Sin2A + Sin2B – Sin2C = 2SinA SinB CosC.
iv. Cos2A + Cos2B – Cos2C = 1 – 2SinA SinB CosC.
v. Sin2A – Sin2B – Sin2C = – 2CosA SinB SinC

5. If A, B and C are the angles of a triangle, prove that the followings:

A B C A B C
i. Sin2 2 + Sin2 2 + Sin2 2 = 1 – 2Sin 2 Sin 2 Sin 2 .
A B C A B C
ii. Cos2 2 + Cos2 2 – Cos2 2 = 2Cos 2 Cos 2 Sin 2 .
iii. Cos22A + Cos22B + Cos22C = 1 + 2Cos2A cos2B Cos2C.
iv. Sin(B + C – A) + Sin(C + A – B) + Sin(A + B – C) = 4SinA SinB SinC.
v. Cos(B + C – A) + Cos(C + A – B) + Cos(A + B – C) = 1 + 4CosA cosB CosC.

224 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

6. If A + B + C = 180°, prove that the followings.
CosA CosB CosC
i. SinB SinC + SinC SinA + SinA SinB = 2.
SinA SinB SinC
ii. CosB CosC + CosC CosA + CosA CosB = 2TanA TanB TanC.
iii. SinA CosB CosC + CosA SinB CosC + CosA CosB SinC = SinA SinB SinC.
iv. CosA SinB SinC + SinASinBCosC – CosA CosB CosC = 1 – SinA CosB SinC.
A B C
v. = 8Sin 2 Sin 2 Sin 2 .

7. PRIME more creative questions:

a. If A + B + c = p, prove that the followings.
A B C r–A r–B r–C
i. Cos 2 + Cos 2 + Cos 2 = 4Cos 4 Cos 4 Cos 4
A B C A+B B+C C+A
ii. Sin 2 + Sin 2 + Sin 2 = 1 + Sin 4 Sin 4 Sin 4
A–B B–C
iii. Sin(A + 2B) + Sin(B + 2c) + Sin(c + 2A) = 4sin 2 Sin 2 Sin C – A
2
A B–C B C–A C A–B
iv. Cos 2 Cos 2 + Cos 2 Cos 2 + Cos 2 Cos 2 = SinA + SinB + SinC
v. If A + B + C = 2S, prove that:
A B C
Sin( S – A) + Sin(S – B) + Sin(S – C) – SinS = 4Sin 2 Sin 2 Sin 2 .

p
b. If A + B + C = , prove that the following.
2
i. Sin2A + Sin2B + Sin2C = 1 – 2SinASinBSinC
ii. Cos2A + Cos2B – Cos2C = 2CosACosBSinC
iii. Cos22A + Cos22B + Cos22C = 1 – 2Cos2ACos2BCos2C
iv. Sin22A + sin22B – Sin22C = 2Sin2ASinBCos2C
v. TanATanB + TanBTanC + TanCTanA = 1

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 225

5.5 Trigonometrical Equations
Let, us consider the algebraic equations
ax + b = 0 (Linear equation)
ax2 + bx + c = 0 (Quadratic equation)
ax3 + bx2 + cx + d = 0 (Cubic equation)

Such equations can be expressed by using the trigonometric functions as the variable ‘q'.
aSinq + b = 0
aSin2q + bSinq + c = 0
aSin3q + bsin2q + cSinq + d = 0

They are called the trigonometrical equations. By solving such equations, roots of the
variables Sinq, Cosq, Secq, Tanq, Cotq, Cosecq can be obtained according to the process of
solving the algebraic equations to find the roots of variable ‘x'. Value of the angles q for each
trigonometrical ratios so obtained have to be calculated between 0° to 360° in grade ‘X',
according to the values in quadrants (CAST rule).

An equation involving trigonometric functions with unknown

angles in different forms like linear, quadratic, cubic, exponential is
called trigonometrical equation.
The value of the unknown angle have to be found out by solving
them, called roots of the trigonometrical equations.

Ways of solving the trigonometrical equations

Step - 1: Reduce the given equation into the trigonometrical functions like Sinq, Cosq
etc. by using any suitable methods or operations.
4Sin2q – 1 = 0
1
or, Sin2q = 4
1
\ Sinq = ± 2

Step - 2: Determination of the quadrants where the value of trigonometrical ratios lie
by using CAST rule like Sinq = 12
1
Sinq = 2 ü ü
Sinq = Sin30°; Sin(180° – 30°)
\ q = 30°, 150°

1
Sinq = – 2
Sinq = Sin(180° + 30°); Sin(360° – 30°)
\ q = 210; 330 ü ü

226 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

Step - 3: Solve for the unknown angle ‘q' by using the above informations according
to respective standard angles.

Note: Taking an example Sinq = ‘K' = SinA

i) If Sinq = K is positive, the standard angles are A or 180° – A.
ii) If Sinq = K is negative, the standard angle = 180° + A or 360° – A.
iii) If Sinq = K is not the value of standard angle of 0°, 30°, 45°, 60° & 90°, A = Sin–l(k)
iv) If Sinq = K is not the value of standard angle as well as is not in the range –1 ≤
K ≤ 1, angle doesn't exit.
v) The table of standard angles.

Table for the values w.r.t. angles.

Write down = 0 1 2 3 4

Dividing by 4 = 0 1 2 3 4
4 4 4 4 4

Taking 0 1 2 3 4
Square root = 4 4 4 4 4

Result = 0 1 1 3 1
2 2 2

Tabulation of the above values respectively fro different ratios.

Angles
0° 30° 45° 60° 90°
Ratios

Sin 0
1 1 3 1
2 2 2

Cos 1
3 1 1 0
2 2 2

Tan 0
1 1 3 ∞
3
Cosec ∞ 2 2
2 1
3
Sec 1
2 2 2 ∞
3
Cot ∞ 3 1
1 0
3

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 227

Worked out Examples
1. Solve the equations, [0 ≤ q ≤ 360°]
i) 2Sinq – 1 = 0
Solution:
The given equation is,
2Sinq – 1 = 0
or, 2Sinq = 1
1 ü ü
or, Sinq = 2

It is positive and lies in first as well as second quadrant.

or, Sinq = Sin 30° or
Sin (180° – 30°)
\ q = 30° or 150°

ii. 2Cosq + 1 = 0
or, 2 Cos = –1.
1
or, Cosq = – ü
2
It is negative and lies in second and third quadrants.
or, Cosq = Cos (180° – 45°) or ü
Cos (180° + 45°)
\ q = 135° or 225°.

iii. Tan2q – 3 = 0
Solution:
The given equation is,
Tan2q – 3 = 0
or, Tan2q = 3
or, Tanq = ± 3
ü ü
It is positive as well as negative and it lies in all the quadrants.
or, Tanq = Tan60° or ü ü
Tan (180° – 60°)or
Tan (180° + 60°) or
Tan (360° – 60°)
\ q= 60°, 120°, 240° or 300°.

2. Solve the equation sin3q = cos2q (0 ≤ q ≤ 180°)

Solution:
The given equation is, sin3q = cos2q
It is positive and lies in first as well as second quadrants. ü ü
or, Sin3q = Sin(90° – 2q) or
Sin (90° + 2q) or
Sin (450° – 2q)
or, 3q = 90° – 2q, 90° + 2q or 450° – 2q

228 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Here, 5q = 90°, q = 90° or 5q = 450°
` The angles, q = 18° or 90°.

3. Solve the equation 2Sin2q + 3Sinq = 0 [0 # i # 360° ]

Solution:
The given equation is,
2Sin2q + 3Sinq = 0
or, Sinq(2Sinq + 3) = 0
Either, ü ü
Sinq = 0
or, Sinq = Sin0° or
Sin(180° – 0°) or
Sin (360° + 0°)
\ q = 0° or 180° or 360°

OR,
2Sinq + 3 = 0
or, 2Sinq = – 3
3
or, Sinq = – 2
or, Sinq = Sin(180° + 60°) or
Sin(360° – 60°) ü ü
\ q = 240° or 300°
\ The possible angles are 0°, 180°, 240°, 300° or 360°.

4. Solve the equation 2cos2q + Sinq – 1 = 0 ^0 # i # 360° h .

Solution:
The given equation is,
2Cos2q + Sinq – 1 = 0
or, 2(1 – Sin2q) + Sinq– 1= 0
or, 2 – 2Sin2q + Sinq – 1 = 0
or, 2Sin2q – Sinq – 1 = 0
or, 2sin2q – 2sinq + Sinq – 1 = 0
or, 2Sinq (Sinq – 1) + 1 (Sinq – 1) = 0
or, (Sinq – 1) (2Sinq – 1) = 0

Either,
Sinq – 1 = 0
or, Sinq = 1 ü ü
It is positive and lies in first and second quadrant.
or, Sinq = Sin 90° or
Sin (180° – 90)
\ q = 90°

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 229

 OR,
2Sinq + 1 = 0
1
or, Sinq = – 2

It is negative and lies in third and fourth quadrants.

or, Sinq = Sin(180 + 30°) or
Sin (360° – 30°) ü ü
\ q = 210° or 330°
\ The possible angles are, 90°, 210° or 330°.

Solve the equation Cot2q + c 3 + m Cotq = – 1

1
5. [0° # i # 360°]
Solution: 3
The given equation is,
Cot2q + c 3 + m Cotq = – 1
1
3
1
or, Cot2q + 3Cotq + Cotq + 1 = 0
3
Cotq ^Coti + 3 h +
1 ^
or, Coti + 3 h = 0
3
1 ^
or, (Cotq + 3) + Coti + 3 h = 0
3
or, ^Coti + 3 h cCoti + 1 m = 0
3
Either,
Cotq + 3 = 0
or, Cotq = – 3

It is negative and lies in second and fourth quadrants. ü

or, Cotq = Cot(180° – 30°) or
Cot(360° – 30°) ü
\ q = 150° or 330°

OR,
1
Cotq + =0
3
1
or, Cotq = –
3
or, Cotq = Cot (180° – 60 °) or, ü
Cot (360° – 60°)
\ q = 120° or 300°
ü
\ The possible angles are:
120°, 150°, 300° or 330°

230 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

6. Solve the equation 3Cosq + Sinq = 1 [0° # i # 360°]
Solution:
The given equation is,
or, 3Cosq + Sinq = 1
or, 3Cosq = 1 – Sinq

Squaring on both sides,

or, ( 3Cosq)2 = (1 – Sinq)2
or, 3Cos2q = 1 –2 Sinq + Sin2q
or, 3 – 3 Sin2q = 1 –2 Sinq + Sin2q
or, 4Sin2q – 2Sinq – 2 = 0
or, 2Sin2q – Sinq – 1 = 0
or, 2Sin2q – 2Sinq + Sinq – 1 = 0
or, 2Sinq(Sinq – 1) + 1(Sinq – 1) = 0

Either,
Sinq – 1 = 0
or, Sinq = 1 ü ü
or, Sinq = Sin90° or
Sin(180° – 90°)
\q = 90°

OR,
2Sinq + 1 = 0
1
or, Sinq = – 2
or, Sinq = Sin(180° + 30°) 0r ü ü
Sin(360° – 30°)
\q = 210°, 330°

If squaring on both sides is done, the angles so obtained have to be checked.

For q = 90°, For q = 210°,
3Cosq + Sinq = 1 3Cosq + Sinq = 1
or, 3Cos90° + Sin90° = 1 or, 3Cos210° + Sin210° = 1
3 c – 2 m + a– 2 k = 1
3 1
or, 3 ×0+1=1 or,
or, 1 = 1 (True) or, –2 ! 1 (false)

For q= 330°,
3Cosq + Sinq = 1
or, 3Cos330° + Sin330° = 1
3 c 2 m + a– 2 k = 1
3 1
or,
or, 1 = 1 (True)
Here, 90° and 330° only satisfied the equation.
Hence, The possible angles are 90° and 330°.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 231

Alternative method:
3Cosq + Sinq = 1
Dividing both sides by
= ^ 3 h + ^1 h2 = 2
2

3 Cosi + Sini 1
or, 2 = 2 for
lv ing
c 3 m Cosq + d n Sinq = 1 f so
1 n.
or, 2 2 2 w ay o equatio
t
or, Sin60°Cosq + Cos60°Sinq = 2
1 Bes ind of
k
1 this
or, Sin(60° + q) = 2
or, Sin(60° + q) = Sin 30° or,
Sin(180° – 30°),
Sin(360° + 30°) ü ü
or, 60° + q = 30°, 150° or 390°
q = – 30°, 90° or 330°
(– 30 is not in range)
\ The possible angles are 90° and 330°

7. Solve the equation Cosq – 3Sinq = 3 [0° # i # 360°]

Solution:
The given equation is,
Cosq – 3Sinq = 3
Dividing both sides by
= 12 + ^– 3 h
2

=2
Cosi – 3 Sini 3
or, 2
=
2
a12 k Cosq – 2 Sinq
c 3m 3
or, =
2
3
or, CosqCos60° – SinqSin60° = 2
3
or, Cos(q + 60°) =
2
or, Cos(q + 60°) = Cos60° or
Cos(360° – 60°) or ü
Cos (360° + 60°)
or, q + 60° = 60° or 300° or 420°
\ q = 0° or 240° or 360° ü
\ The possible angles are 0°, 240° or 360°.

8. Solve the equation Sinq + Sin2q + Sin3q = 0 [0° # i # 360°]

Solution:
The given equation is,
Sinq + Sin2q + Sin3q = 0
or, (Sin3q + Sinq) + Sin2q = 0
3i + i 3i – i
or, 2Sin 2 Cos 2 + Sin2q = 0

232 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 or, 2Sin2qCosq + Sin2q = 0
or, Sin2q(2Cosq + 1) = 0

Either,
Sin2q = 0
or, Sin2q = Sin0° or,
Sin(180° – 0°) ü ü
Sin(360° + 0°) or,
Sin(540° – 0) or,
Sin(720 + 0°)
or, 2q = 0°, 180°, 360°, 540° or 720°
\ q = 0°, 90°, 180°, 270° or 360°

OR,
2Cosq + 1 = 0
1
or, Cosq = – 2
ü
or, Cosq = Cos (180° – 60°) or
Cos(180° + 60°)
or, q = 120°, 240° ü
\ The possible angles are:
0°, 90°, 120°, 180°, 240°, 270° or 360°.

9. Solve the equation 3Cosec2q + Sec2q = 4. ( 0° # i # 90°).

Solution:
The given equation is,
3Cosec2q + Sec2q = 4
1 1
or, 3. + =4
Sin2i Cos2i

or, =4

or, 3Cos2q + Sin2q = 2(2Sin2q.Cos2q)

3 1
or, 2 Cos2q + 2 Sin2q = Sin4q
or, Sin60°Cos2q + Cos60°Sin2q = Sin4q
or, Sin(60° + 2q) = Sin4q
ü ü
It is positive and lies in first and second quadrants.
or, Sin(60° + 2q) = Sin4q or
Sin (180 – 4q) or
Sin(540° – 4q)
or, 60° + 2q = 4q, 180° – 4q or 540° – 4q
Here, 60° + 2q = 4q 60° + 2q = 180 – 4q 60° + 2q = 540° – 4q
or, 2q = 60° 6q = 120° 6q = 480°
\ q = 30° q = 20° q = 80°
\ The possible angles are 20°, 30° or 80°..........

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 233

 Exercise 5.5
1. Solve the following trigonometrical equations. [0 # i # 90°)
i) 2Sinq – 1 = 0 ii) 2Cosq – 3 = 0
ii) Tanq – 1 = 0 iv) 3Cotq – 1 = 0
v) Sinq – Cosq = 0

2. Solve the following trigonometrical equations ^0 # a # 180°h

i) 2Cosa + 2 = 0 ii) Tana + 3 = 0
iii) 4Sin2a – 3 = 0 iv) Cot2a – 1 = 0
v) Tana + Cota = 2

3. Solve the following trigonometrical equations [0 ≤ q ≤ 360°]

2
i) +2=0 ii) 2 3Cosq.Tanq – 3 = 0
Cosi
iii) 4Cos q – 1 = 3
2
iv) 3Cot2q – 1 = 0
v) 3Tanq + 3 = 0

4. Solve the following trigonometrical ratios. ^0 # i # 180°h

i) Sin2q = Sinq ii) Cos3q = Cos3q
iii) Tan2q – Tanq = 0 iv) Sin5q + Sin4q = 0
v) Cot3q + Cot2q = 0
5. Solve the following trigonometrical equations: ^0 # i # 180°h
i) Cos3q = Sin2q ii) Cos2q + Sinq = 0
iii) Cos3q – Sinq = 0 iv) Cot2q = Tan3q
v) Cosec2q – Secq = 0

6. Solve the following trigonometrical equations. ^0 # a # 360°h

i) 2Cos a – Cosa = 0
2
ii) 2Sin a + Sina = 0
2

ii) 2Cos2a = 3Cosa iv) 2Cos2a = 3Sina

v) 3Tan a = 3Tana
2

7. Solve the following trigonometrical equations. ^0 # A # 2rh

1
i) 2Sin A + CosA – 1 = 0
2
ii) Sin A – CosA = 4
2

iii) 3Sin2A + 4CosA = 4 iv) 2SinA = 5 – 2 CosecA

v) Tan2A – SecA – 1 = 0

8. Solve the following equations. ^0 # x # 2rh

i) 4Sec2x – 3 = 7Tan2x ii) Tanx + Cotx = 2Cosecx
Tan2x – c 3 + m Tanx = –1
1
iii) 2Sinx = Cosecx – Cotx iv)
3

234 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 v) Cot2x – (1 – 3)Cotx = – 3

9. Solve: ^0 # i # 360°h
i) 2 3Cos2q = Sinq ii) Secq.Tanq = 2
iii) Cosecq = 2Tanq iv) 2 3 = 2 3Cos2q + Cosq
Cosec2q + 3Cotq = c2 + Coti m
1
v)
3
10. Solve: ^0 # i # 360°h
1
i) Sinq + Cosq = 1 ii) Sinq – Cosq =
2
iii) 2Sinq + 2Cosq = 1 iv) 3Sinq – Cosq = 1
v) 3Cosq + Sinq = 3

11. PRIME more creative questions:

a. Solve: ^0 # x # 360°h
i) Cosx – 3Sinx = 1 ii) 3Cosx – Sinx = 3
iii) Cos2x + 3Sin2x = 1 iv) Tanx + Tan2x + Tan3x = Tanx.Tan2x.Tan3x
v) Tan3x – Tanx – 3Tan3x.Tanx = 3

b. Solve: ^0 # A # 360°h
i) CosA + Cos2A + Cos3A = 0 ii) SinA – Sin2A + Sin3A = 0
iii) CosA – Cos2A + Cos3A = 1 iv) SinA + CosA + Sin3A = 0
v) Sin2A + Sin4A = CosA + Cos3A

c. Solve the following: (0 ≤ q ≤ 180°)

3 1
i) – =4 ii) Cosec2q + 3Sec2q = 4
Sini Cosi
3
iii) If 2SinqSina = 2 and Cot q + Cot a = 2, find q + a.
iv) Tanq + Tan2q – Tan3q = 0
1
d. If 2Cosx.Siny = and Tanx + Coty = –2, find x – y.
2

Steps of solving quadratic type:

• Convert the trigonometric ratios to the like ration for each
terms.
• Factorise the equation as algebraic equations.
• Find the value of trigonometric ratios.
• Use quadrant rule to find the possible angles between the
given range.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 235

 Answer
1. i) 30° ii) 30° iii) 45° iv) 60° v) 45°
2. i) 135° ii) 120° iii) 60° and 120°
iv) 45° and 135° v) 45°
3. i) 135° and 225° ii) 60° and 120° iii) 0, 180° and 360°
iv) 60°, 120 °, 240° and 360° v) 120° and 300°
4. i) 0°, 60°, and 180° ii) 0°, 90° and 180° iii) 0° and 180°
iv) 40°, 80°, 120° and 180
v) 36°, 72°, 108°, 144° and 180°
5. i) 18°, 90°, 162° ii) 90°
iii) 22.5°, 112.5°, 202.5° iv) 18°, 54°, 90°, 126°, 162°
v) 30°, 90°, 150°
6. i) 60°, 90°, 270°, 300° ii) 0°, 180°, 210°, 330°
iii) 30°, 90°, 270°, 330° iv) 30°, 150°, No solution
v) 0°, 30°, 180°, 210°
7. i) 0°, 120°, 240°, 360 ii) 60°, 300°, No solution
–l 1
iii) 0°, 360°, cos ( 3 ) iv) 30°, 150°, No solution
v) 180°, No solution
8. i) 30°, 150°, 210°, 330° ii) 0°, 60°, 180°, 300°, 360°
iii) 0°, 60°, 180°, 300°, 360° iv) 60°, 150°, 240°, 330°
v) 30°, 45°, 210°, 225°
9. i) 60°, 120°, No solution ii) 45°, 135°, No solution
iii) 45°, 315°, No solution iv) 30°, 330°, No solution
v) 60°, 150°, 240°, 330°
10. i) 0°, 90°, 360° ii) 75°, 195°
iii) 105°, 245° iv) 60°, 180°
v) 0°, 60°, 360°
11.
a. i) 0°, 240°, 360°, ii) 0°, 300°, 360°
iii) 0°, 60°, 180°, 240°, 360° iv) 0°, 60°, 120°, 180°, 240°, 300°, 360°
v) 30°, 120°, 210°, 300°
b. i) 45°, 120°, 135°, ii) 0°, 60°, 90°, 180°, 270°, 300°, 360°
iii) 0°, 90°, 120°, 240°, 270°, 360°
iv) 90°, 105°, 165°, 270°, 285°, 345°
v) 18°, 90°, 162°, 234°, 270°,
c. i) 20°, 120° ii) 15°, 25° & 85° iii) 60°, 120°
iv) 30°, 60°, 90°, 120°, 150°, 180°
d. 135°

236 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

5.6 Height and Distance
As we discussed in the topic ‘measurement of angles' in grade ‘IX', trigonometry is useful
for various purposes at present. Besides of them trigonometry is very useful to measure the
distance between any two points as well as height of pole, tower, houses, tree, columns, height
of mountain, etc. Here in grade ‘X', we are going to study about the measurement of heights
and distance by using trigonometrical ratios in a right angled triangle formed or assuming
upon the given objects. The right angled triangle can be supposed according to the study of
two types of angles, ie. angle of elevation and angle of depression.

i) Angle of elevation:
The angle made by the line of sight with the B
horizontal line at the eye of an observer where Line of sight
the observing point is above from the observer
is called angle of elevation. Angle of elevation
Here, A
O Horizontal line
O is the position of the observer. Observation
OA is the horizontal line,
OB is the line of sight while watching upward.
Then, \ BOA = Angle of elevation.

ii) Angle of depression:

The angle made by the line of sight with the
horizontal line at the eye of an observer where A O
the observing point is below from the observer Angle of depression q
is called angle of depression.
Here,
q
O is the position of the observer. B C
AO is the horizontal line.
OB is the line of sight while watching downward.
Then, \ AOB = Angle of depression
Also, \ OBC = \ AOB (Being alternate angle)

iii) Right angled triangle:

In right angle DABC respectively by the objects taken during observation.
Where,
\ B = 90° (right angled)
A
\ C = q (refrence angle)
Then,
p AB
Sinq = h = AC Hypertensions
Perpendicular
b = BC
Cosq = h AC

p AB C B
Tanq = b = BC Base

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 237

iv) Value of standard angles between 0° and 90° which are necessary in this chapter.
Ratios
30° 45° 60°
Angles
1 1 3
Sin 2 2 2

3 1 1
Cos 2
2 2

1 3
Tan 1
3

Where, 3 = 1.732... = 1.732

2 = 1.414... = 1.414

Activity:

Clinometer : A hand made device which is used to find

the height of the objects by using the concept of right
angled triangle is called clinometer.

• Let us take a piece of plywood and prepare an isosceles right angled triangle as
shown in diagram.
A

B C
• Connect a delivery tube on the side AC (hypoteneous) of the triangle.
• Hang a weight with a thread by making a hole near the point A as shown in
diagram.
A

B C

• Watch the top of the object whose height have to be measured by taking the
thread conciding with the side AB by moving far or near to the object as shown
in diagram.

238 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 P

T 45° C
B

Q S R
• Height of the tower can be calculated by measuring the height of our body and
distance of tower from our foot as.
PQ = CR + QR
By using the concept of isosceles right angled triangle.

Worked out Examples

1. The angle of elevation of the top of an electric pole A
from a point on the ground is 30°. On walking 40m
towards the pole, elevation changes to 45°. Find the
height of the pole.
Solution:
Let, AB be the height of the electric pole. ?
C be the 1st position of the observer.
D be the second position of the observer.
Given: 45° 30°
CD = 40m
B D 40m C
\ ADB = 45°
\ ACB = 30°
AB = ?
Now,
In right angled DABD.
AB
Tan45° = BD
AB
or, 1 = BD
\ BD = AB ..........(i)

Again, In right angled triangle ABC,

AB
Tan30° = BC
1 AB
or, = BD + DC
3

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 239

 or, 3AB = AB + DC [ a From equation (i) ]
or, ( 3 – 1)AB = DC
40
or, AB =
3 –1
40
or, AB = 0.732
\ AB = 54.64m
\ Height of the pole is 54.64m.

2. A 10m long ladder is taken against a wall A

where top of the ladder is 10m below from
the top of the wall. If angle of elevation of the
top of the wall from the foot of the ladder is

10m
60°, find the height of the wall.
Solution:
Let, AB be the height of a wall. Q
PQ be the length of the ladder.
P is the position of the observer.
Given: m

?
AQ = PQ = 10m 60° 10
\ APB = 60° 30°
AB =? P B
Now, In right angled DABP,
\ APB = 60°
\ \ PAB = 90° – 60° = 30°
Then,
\ QAP = \ APQ = 30° [ a AQ = PQ = 10m ]
\ \ QPB = 60° – 30° = 30°

Again, In right angled DQBP,

QB
Sin30° = PQ
1 QB
or, 2 = 10m
` QB = 5m
` Height of the wall = 10m + 5m = 15m

3. The angle of depression of a boat coming towards A

the sea - shore from the top of a light house situated E
30°
at the sea - shore is found to be 30° and after 10
60°
seconds depression changes to 60°. Find the time
taken to reach the boat at sea - shore.
Solution:
Let, AB be the height of a light house.
C be the 1st position of a boat.
D be the 2nd position of the boat. 60° 30°
Given: B D C
?

240 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 \ EAC = \ ACB = 30°
\ EAD = \ ADB = 60°
Time taken to travel CD = 10 seconds
Time taken to travel BD = ?
Now, In right angled DABD,
AB
Tan60° = BD
AB
or, 3 = BD
or, AB = 3 BD ........................(i)

Again, In right angled DABC,

AB
Tan30° = BC
1 AB
or, = BD + DC
3
1 3 BD
or, = BD + DC [ From equation (i) ]
3
or, 3BD = BD + DC
DC
\ BD = 2

Here,
Time taken to travel CD = 10 seconds
10 CD
Time taken to travel BD = CD # 2
= 5 seconds

4. The angle of elevation of the foot and top of a D

flagstaff which is taken at the top of a pole are
30° and 15° respectively from a point on the
ground which is 60m far from the foot of the
pole. Find the height of the flagstaff.
Solution: A
Let,
AB be the height of a pole. 15°
AD be the height of a flagstaff. 30°
C be the position of the observer on the ground. B 60m C
Given:
BC = 60m
\ ACB = 30°
\ DCA = 15°
\ DCB = 30° + 15° = 45°

Now, In right angled triangle ABC,

AB
Tan30° = BC
1 AB
or, = 60
3

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 241

 60
or, AB = = 34.64 .............................(i)
3
Again, In right angled triangle DBC,
BD
Tan45° = BC
BD
or, 1 = 60
` BD = 60m

Then, Height of flagstaff,

AD = 60m – 34.64m
= 25.36m

5. A bird is flying horizontally from a

height of 200m from the ground where
angle of elevation is changed from 45° ?
A C
to 30° within 10 seconds, find the speed
of the bird.
Solution:

200 m
Let, AB (CD) be the height of bird from
the ground.
P be the observation point on the
ground. 45°
30°
AC be the distance travelled by bird in
10 seconds. P B D
Given:
AB = CD = 200m
\ APB = 45°
\ CPD = 30°
Speed of the bird = ?
Now,
In right angled DABP,
AB
Tan45° = PB
200
1 = PB
\ PB = 200m .........(i)
Again,

In right angled DCPD,

CP
Tan 30° = PD
1 200
or, = PD
3
\ PD = 346.20 m ..........(ii)
\ Distance travelled by the bird in 20 sec

AC = BD = 346.20 – 200
= 146.20m

242 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 \ Speed of the bird =
146.20
= 10
= 14.62 m/s.

6. The angle of elevation and depression of the top and A

bottom of a tower from the top of 24m high house are
found to be 30° and 60° respectively. Find the height of
the tower.
Solution:
Let, AB be the height of a tower. 30°
E C
CD be the height of a house.
60°
BD be the distance between them.
C be the position of the observer.
Given:

24m
CD = EB = 24m
\ ACE = 30°
\ ECB = \ CBD = 60°
CE = BD 60°
AB =? B
D
Now, In right angled DABC,
AE
Tan30° = EC
1 AE
or, = EC
3
or, EC = 3AE ..........(i)

Again, In right angled DCDB,

CD
Tan60° = BD
24
or, 3 = EC
or, 3 ^ 3 AEh = 24 [ ` From equation (i) ]
or, 3(AB – EB) = 24
or, 3AB = 96m
` AB = 32m
` Height of tower is 32m.
A F
7. The angle of depression of the top and bottom of a pole 30°
from the top of a tower of height 120 m are found to be 60°
30° and 45° respectively. Find the height of the pole.
Solution :
30°
120cm

Let, AB be the height of a tower. C

E
CD be the height of a pole.
A be the position of the observer.
BD be the distance between them.
Given, 45°
B D

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 243

 AB = 120 m
\ FAC = \ ACE = 30°
\ FAD = \ ADB = 45°
CD = EB = ?
CE = BD.
Now, In right angled DABD,
AB
Tan 45° = BD
\ BD = 120 m

Again, In right angled DAEC,

AE
Tan 30° = EC
1 AB – EB
or, = BD
3
or, 3(120 – CD) = 120
or, 120( 3 – 1) = 3CD
120 × 0.732
or, CD = 1.732
\ CD = 50.72m
\ Height of the pole is 50.72 m.

8. The angled of elevations of the top of the A

poles where one is double then the other from
mid-way between their bases are found to be
complementary. Find the height of the taller
pole where they are 120m apart. C
Solution : 2x
Let, AB and CD be the height of two poles.
BD be the distance between them. x
P be the position of the observer. 90 – q q
Given :
B P D
AB = 2 CD
120m
BD = 120m
BP = PD = 60m
\ CPD = q (say)
\ APB = 90° – q
Now, In right angled DCDP,
CD
Tanq = PD
CD
or, Tanq = 60 ..... (i)

Again, In right angled DABP,

AB
Tan(90° – q) = BP
AB
or, Cotq = 60

244 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 1 AB
or, = 60
Tani
60 AB
or, AB = 60
2
60 = AB
or, CD 60
AB2
or, 2 = 3600
or, AB = 7200
\ AB = 84.85 m
\ Height of taller pole is 84.85 m.

9. The angle of elevations of the top of a tower 80m C

high from the bottom and top of a house 60m
high are found to be complementary. Find the
distance between their bases.
Solution :
90 – q

80m
Let, AB be the height of a house.
A E
CD be the height of a tower.
BD be the distance between them.
Given : 60m
AB = 60 m q=?
B D
CD = 80 m ?
CE = (80 – 60)m = 20 m
\ CBD = q (say) then \ CAE = 90° – q
BD = AE = ?
Now, In right angled DCBD,
CD
Tanq = BD
80
or, Tanq = BD .......... (i)

Again, In right angled DCEA

CE
Tan (90° – q) = AE
20
or, Cotq = BD
BD 20
or, 80 = BD [from equation (i)]
or, BD2 = 1600
\ BD = 40 m
\ Distance between them is 40 m.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 245

10. The angle of elevations of the top of a cloud from a point
10m above from the water level of a pond from another
side is 30° and angle of depression to its reflection is 45°.
A
Find the height of the cloud from the water level of the
pond.
Solution : 30°
Let, BC be the water level of the pond. D E
A be the position of the cloud. 45°

10m
F be the reflection of the cloud.
D be the position of the observer. C B
Given : CD = EB = 10m
AB = BF (object and its reflection)
\ ADE = 30°
\ EDF = 45°

Now, In right angled DAED

AE
Tan 30° = DE G F
1 AE
or, = DE
3
\ DE = 3AE .... (i)

Again, In right angled DDEF

EF
Tan45° = DE
or, EF = DE
or, EB + BF = 3AE[from equation ..... i]
or, 10 + AB = 3(AB – EB)
or, AB( 3 – 1) = 10( 3 + 1)
10 × 2.732
or, AB = 0.732
\ AB = 37.32 m
A
11. A pole is divided by a point in the ration 1:4 where both
parts makes equal angles at a point on the ground
respectively at a distance of 10m. Find the height of the
4x

pole.
Solution :
Let, AB be the height of a pole which is divided by a point
‘C' in the ratio 1:4. C
D be the point on the ground. q
x

Given : D q B
\ ADC = \ CDB = q (say) 10m
BC = x(say)
AC = 4x
BD = 10m

246 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Now, In right angled DCBD,
BC
Tan q = BD
x
or, Tanq = 10 ..... (i)

Again,
In right angled DABD,
AB
Tan (q + q) = BD
2Tani 5x
or, = 10
1 – Tan2 i
x
2 10
5x
or, 10 = 5

1 a 10 k
x 2

x
x 2
or, 2 =
x2
1 – 100

x x 100 20
or, 2 = 5 ×
100 – x2
or, 100 – x2 = 40
or, x2 = 160
\ x = 12.65m
\ Height of the pole AB = 5 × 12.65 = 63.25 m

Steps of solving heights and distances

• Draw the suitable ray diagram according to question.
• Use meanings for the rays the rays used in diagram.
• Use right angled triangle so formed in diagrams and use
suitable trigonometrical rations for two right angled triangles
separately.
• Simplify and solve for unknowns.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 247

 Exercise 5.6
1. Find the value of the following as indicated in the following diagrams.
A P
a) b)
30°
60°

20m

?
30° 45°
D ? C B Q R 30m S

c) A d) C

45°

60m
30° A E
? E C 30°
20cm ?
60° B D
B D ?

e) A
12cm

60° 12m
C B

2. i) The angle of elevation of the top of a pole 20m high is found to be 45° from a point
on the ground and elevation changes to 60° on walking towards the pole. Find the
distance traveled by him from first observation point to second observation point.
ii) The angle of elevation of the top of a house 24m high from the bank of a river is 30°
and from the another bank towards house is 60°. Find the width of the river.
iii) The angle of depressions of the two edges of a road in front of a house from the top
of the house are found to be 60° and 45° respectively. Find the height of the house
where width of the road is 20m.
iv) The angle of depression of the two stones situated on the ground at opposite side of
a pole from the top of a pole 16m high are found to be 30° and 60° respectively. Find
the distance between the stones.

248 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 v) The length of the shadow of a tree becomes 30m longer when sun's altitude changes
from 60° to 30°. Find the height of the tree.

3. i) The angle of depression of a boat coming towards a light house of 100m high is 30°.
After 20 seconds depression changes to 45°. Find the speed of the boat.
ii) The angle of elevation of the top of a cliff situated at the sea-shore from a ship
coming towards the sea-shore is 30°. The elevation changes to 60° after traveling
20 seconds. At what time, the ship reach to the sea–shore?
iii) An aeroplane is descending to the ground from a height of 100 3 m by 60° and
comes in rest after traveling 5 seconds on the ground where the angle of elevation
of the aeroplane from the stop before descending was 30°. Find the average speed
of the aeroplane on the ground.
iv) The angle of elevation of the top of a column from any two points on the ground
lying in a straight line which are at a distance of 18m and 50m far from the foot of
the column are found to be complementary. Find the height of the column.
v) The angle of depression of the two places on the ground which are on opposite side
of a pole at a distance of 72m and 128m from the top of the pole are found to be
complementary. Find the height of the pole.

4. i) A flagstaff of height 6ft is at the top of a pole where angle of elevation of the foot
of the flagstaff from a point on the ground is 30° and then angle formed during
observing to the top is 15° respectively. Find the height of the pole.
ii) The angle of elevation of the foot of the chimney and angle formed during observing
the top of the chimney situated at the top of a house 20ft high are found to be 45°
and 15° respectively from a point on the ground. Find the height of the chimney.
iii) One pole is double than the other which are at a distance of 200m. The angle
of elevations of their tops from mid-way between their bases are found to be
complementary. Find the height of the taller pole.
iv) An aeroplane is flying horizontally from a height of 4000m the angle of elevation of
the aeroplane from a point on the ground is 60° and change to 45° after 5 seconds.
Find the speed of the aeroplane.
v) A 8 m long ladder is taken against an electric pole where the top of the ladder
touches the pole 8m below from the top of the pole. If angle of elevation of the top
of the pole from the foot of the ladder is 60°, find the height of the pole.

5. i) The angle of elevation of the top of a house from the top of a column 12m high is
found to be 30° and from its foot is 60°, find the height of the house.
ii) The angle of elevation of the top of a tower from the foot of a house 40m high is 60°
and angle of elevation from the foot of the tower to the top of the house is 45°, find
the height of the tower.
iii) The angle of depression of the top and bottom of a pole from the top of a house 36
m high are found to be 30° and 60° respectively, find the height of the pole.
iv) The angle of elevation and depression of the top and bottom of a tower from the top
of a house 18m are found to be 30° and 60° respectively, find the height of the tower.
v) The angle of elevations of the window and roof of a house from the eye of an
observer 2m tall standing on the ground are found to be 45° and 15° respectively
where height of roof from the window is 5m, find the height of the house.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 249

6. PRIME more creative questions
a. i) A rope is tied at the top of the equal posts of height 10m where a rope dancer is
standing on the rope and parts of the rope makes the angles 30° and 45° with the
horizontal line at 6m above from the ground. Find the length of the rope.
ii) A bird is at the top of a tower standing at the bank of a pond where angle of elevation
of the bird from 10m above in opposite side is 30° and angle of depression to its
reflection is 60°, find the height of the tower from the water level.
iii) A pole is divided by a point in the ratio 1:9 where both parts of the pole makes equal
angles at a point on the ground 20m far from the foot, find the height of the pole.
iv) The angle of elevation of the top of a mountain from its foot is found to be 45°. On
walking up 1.5 km towards the top making an angle of 30°, the elevation changes to
60°. Find the height of the mountain.
v) A 2m tall boy finds the angle of elevation of the top of a tree from one bank of a river
to the opposite bank is 30° and angle of depression to the image of the top of the
tree into the river is found to be 60°. Find the height of the tree.

b. i) A screen is kept at the one corner of a rectangular cricket ground of 60m × 20 3m

at a certain height where angle of elevation of it from the opposite corner is 30°, find
the height of the screen from the ground.
ii) The angle of depression of the foot of a column from the top of a house is double than
that of the angle of elevation of the top of the column. If the height of the column and
height of the house are in the ratio of 4:3 and distance between them is 8 3m. What
will be the height of them? Also find the angles so formed.
iii) The angle of depressions of the top and bottom of a lamp post from the top of a
house 60m high are found to be complementary where distance between them is
20 3m. Find the height of the lamp post. Also find the angles so formed.
iv) The angle of elevation of the top of a pole from a point on the ground is double the
angle formed by another point. Find the height of the pole where the points are on a
same straight line at a distance of 10 3m and 30 3m respectively from the foot of
the pole. Also find the angles so formed.
v) The angle of elevation of the top of a house 15m high from the foot of the tree is half
of the angle of depression from the top of the tree of height 60m, find the distance
between the tree and the house. Also find the angles so formed.

7. Project Work
Prepare a chart of trigonometric formulae in chart paper and paste in your classroom.

250 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Answer
1. i) 14.64 m ii) 25.98 m iii) 30 m iv) 38.03 m, 21.96 m v) 18 m
2. i) 8.45 m ii) 27.71m iii) 53.76 m iv) 18.47 m v) 25.98 m
3. i) 3.66 m/s ii) 10 sec iii) 40 m/s iv) 30 m v) 96 m
4. i) 8.2 ft ii) 14.64 ft iii) 200 m iv) 338.1 m/s v) 12 m
5. i) 18 m ii) 69.28 m iii) 12 m iv) 24 m v) 8.83 m
6.a. i) 13.656 m ii) 20 m iii) 10 5 m iv) 2049 m v) 4m
b. i) 40 m ii) 32m, 24m, 30° & 60° iii) 40 m, 30°, 60°
iv) 30m, 30° & 60° v) 15 3 m, 30°, 60°

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 251

Trigonometry : 1
Unit Test
Time : 30 minutes
[1 × 1 + 3 × 2 + 2 × 4 + 1 × 5 = 20]
Attempt all the questions:
1
1. If CosA = 2 , find the value of Cos2A.
3 3 +1
2. a) If Cos330° = 2 , prove that Cos165° = – .
2 2
A 1 1
b) If Cos 3 = 2 (m + m ), find CosA.
r
c) Find the value of 2Cos 16 .

1
3. a) Prove that : Sinq. Sin(60° – q).Sin(60° + q) = 4 Sin3q
b) Prove that : Sin2q – Cos2q.Cos2b = Sin2b – Cos2b.Cos2q

5Sin2b
4. If 2Tan q = 3 Tanb, prove that : Tan(q + b) =
5Cos2b – 1

Trigonometry : 2
Unit Test
Time : 30 minutes
[1 × 1 + 3 × 2 + 2 × 4 + 1 × 5 = 20]
Attempt all the questions:

1. Prove that : Cos80° + Cos40° = Cos20°

2. a) Prove that : Sin10° + Cos40° – Sin70° = 0
b) Solve for (0 ≤ q ≤ 180°) : Sinq – Cosq = 0
SinA + SinB A+B
c) Prove that : CosA + CosB = Tan 2

3. a) Prove that : = Tan(a + b)

b) Solve : 3Cos2q – Sin2q = 3 (0 ≤ q ≤ 360°)

4. The angle of elevation of the top of the poles from mid-way between their bases are found
to be complementary where one pole is double than the other and distance between the
poles is 200m, find the height of the poles.

252 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

Unit
6 Vector Geometry

Specification Grid Table

K(1) U(2) A(4) HA(5) TQ TM Periods
No. of Questions 1 2 – 1
4 10 18
Weight 1 4 – 5
K = Knowledge, U = Understanding, A = Application, HA = Higher ability, TQ = Total
Questions, TM = Total Marks

Objectives : At the end of the lesson

• Students are able to define scalar product and able to find angle between
any two vectors.
• Students are able to use condition of perpendicular vectors and parallel
vectors.
• Students are able to solve the geometrical theorems using vector method.
• Students are able to know the position vector in different situations in daily
life.

Materials
• Directed line segment in graph.
• Ways of informations given by RADAR at the airport.
• Geometrical shapes with the position vector.
• Chart of triangle law, mid-point formula & section formula.
• Graph paper.
• Graph board.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 253

6.1 Vector
Enjoy the recall:
i. Vector quantity:
The quantity having magnitude as well as direction is called vector quantity.
Examples : Velocity, acceleration, force, power etc.

ii. Magnitude of a vector:

The modulus of a vector which is the length of the vector too is called its magnitude.
|a| =

iii. Direction of a vector.

The angle made by a vector to the horizontal axis which is calculated using tangent of
angle is called its direction.
For direction 'q'
y – component
Tanq = x– component

iv. Equal vectors:

Any two vectors having same direction and equal magnitude are called equal vectors.
AB = AB

v. Opposite vectors (Negative vectors):

Any two vectors having opposite direction but equal magnitudes are called opposite
vectors.
AB = – BA

vi. Parallel vectors:

Any two vector a & b which are in the condition of a = mb or b = na are called parallel
vectors.
i.e. having same directions but different magnitudes.

vii. Unit vectors:

The vector having magnitude always unit (one) is called unit vector.
1
Unit vector of a (a) = (a)
a
viii.Triangle law of vector addition:
Sum of any two vectors AB & BC results the resultant vector AC of the shortest distance
between such vectors is called triangle law of vector addition.
C
i.e. AB + BC = AC
or, AB + BC – AC = 0
\ AB + BC + CA = 0
A B

254 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

ix. Quadrilateral law:
According to triangle law,
D
AC = AB + BC [in DABC] C
AD = AC + CD [in DACD]
Then,
AD = AC + CD
or, AD = AB + BC + CD
A B
or, AB + BC + CD – AD = 0
\ AB + BC + CD + DA = 0

x. Parallelogram law:
Sum of any two vectors having same initial point is equal to the diagonal vector of a
parallelogram completed in such vectors.
B C
i.e. OA + OB = 0 c
b
\ a+b=c

O A
xi. Position vector: a
The vector of a point in which origin is taken as the initial point is called position vector
of the point.
Y
=d n
x2 – x1
i.e. OA A(x, y)
y2 – y1

=d n
x–0
y –0
X' X
=d n
x O
y
Y' Y

xii. Unit vector along x- axis is i where,

i =d n
1
0
X' X
O
i
Y'
xiii. Unit vector along y - axis is j where,
j =d n
0
Y
1

j
X' X
O

Y'

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 255

Xiv. i and j vector for a vector a = d n is a vector.
x
y
It can be written as,
a = xd n + yd n
1 0
0 1
= xi + yj

xv. For any vector joining the points P(x1, y1) and Q(x2, y2)
x-component of PQ = projection of PQ on x-axis Y
= M1N1
= ON1 – OM1
= x2 – x 1 Q
N2
y component of PQ = projection of PQ on y-axis
= M2N2 M2
P
= ON2 – OM2
= y2 – y 1 X' X
O M1 N1
=d n
M1 N 1
\ PQ Y'
M2 N2

=d n
x2 – x1
y2 – y1
= (x2 – x1)i + (y2 – y1)j

Dot product of any two vectors (scalar product of two vectors)

The dot product of any two vectors a and b can be written as a . b which is also called
the scalar product of two vectors.
B

q
O A
a

The dot product of any two vectors having same initial

point is the product of their magnitude and cosine of angle
between them.

i.e., a . b = a b Cosq

OA . OB = OA OB Cosq

256 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

Conditions :
i) To find angle between any two vectors b
a .b
Cosq = q
a b
a
ii) For the orthogonal vectors (perpendicular).
a . b = a b Cos 90° = 0
a .b =0 b

iii) For the parallel vectors, a

b
a . b = a b Cos 0° = a b
a .b = a b
a

iv) i . i = |i ||i |Cos0°

=1×1×1
=1 (1, 0)

j.j = |j ||j | Cos0° (0, 1)

=1×1×1
=1

i.j = i j Cos90° (0, 1)

=1×1×0
(1, 0)
=0

If a = d n , b = d n , then
x1 x2
v)
y1 y2 Y
=d n.d n
x1 x2 (x1, y1)
a .b
y1 y2 q1
= _ x1 i + y1 j i . _ x2 i + y2 j i
(x2, y2)
q2
= x1 x2 i . i + x1 y2 i . j + x2 y1 j . i + y1 y2 j . j X' X
= x1 x2 ×1 + x1 y2 ×0 + x2 y1 ×0 + y1 y2 ×1
= x1 x2 + y1 y2
\ ab = x1 x2 + y1 y2
Y'

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 257

 2
vi) a = a . a
= a . a Cos0°
2
= a #1
= a2 a
` a = a 2 = a2
2

Worked out Examples

2 5
1. If a = d n and b = d n , find the angle between a and b .
3 1
Solution:
a =d n,b = d n
2 5
3 1
Here,
|a| = x2 + y2 = 22 + 32 = 13 units
|b| = x2 + y2 = 52 + 12 = 26 units

= d n. d n
2 5
a. b
3 1
=2×5+3×1
= 13.
Then, for the angle between a & b is ‘q'.
a .b
Cosq =
a b
13
or, Cosq =
13 × 26
13 1
or, Cosq =
13 2
or, Cosq = Cos45°
\ q = 45°

3 –4
2. Prove that the vectors a = d n and b = d n are orthogonal.
4 3
Solution:
a = d n, b = d n
3 –4
4 3
Now,
a. b = d n . d n
3 –4
4 3
= (3 × (–4) + (4) × 3
= –12 + 12
=0
\ a. b = 0
i.e They are orthogonal vectors.

258 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

3. If position vectors of A and B are 3 i – 2j and 6 i – mj which are parallel to each other,
find the value of ‘m'.
Solution:
OA = 3 i – 2 j = d n
3
–2

OB = 6 i – mj = d n
6
–m
Now,
OA = x2 + y2 = 32 + (–2) 2 = 13 units
OB = x2 + y2 = 36 + m2
OA . OB = OA OB
(2m + 18) = 13 , m2 + 36
2

Squaring on both sides,

(2m + 18)2 = _ 13 (m2 + 36 i
2

or, 4m2 + 72m + 324 = 13m2 + 468

or, 9m2 – 72m + 144 = 0
or, m2 – 8m + 16 = 0
or, (m – 4)2 = 0
or, m – 4 = 0
\ m=4

4. If a + b + c = 0, and a , b & c are unit vectors find the angle between a and b .
Solution,
a+b+c =0
|a| = |b| = |c | = 1 units. [unit vectors]
Now,
Taking,
a+b+c =0
or, a + b = –c
Squaring on both sides,
or, ^a + b h = ^–c h
2 2

2 2 2
or, a + 2a . a + b = c
2 2 2
or, a + 2|a|.|b| Cosq + b = c
or, 2 × 1 × Cosq = 12 – 12 – 12
1
or, Cosq = – 2
or, Cosq = Cos120°
\ q = 120°

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 259

 Exercise 6.1
1. Answer the following questions.
i) Write down the formula to find scalar product of a and b.
ii) If a = d n and b = d n , find the result of a .b.
x1 x2
y1 y2
iii) Find the value of i . i and i .j .
2
iv) Prove that a = a2.
v) In what condition any two vectors a and b. becomes perpendicular?

2. Find the dot product of the given vectors from the followings.
a = d n and b = d n
3 4
i.
2 –3

p= d n and q = d n
1 3
ii.
–2 2
iii. a = 2 i + 3 j and b = 4 i – j
iv. c = 3 i – 2 j and d = 5 i – 3 j
v. OA = 2 3 i + j and OB = 3i –j

3. Find the scalar product of the given pairs of vectors.

i. |a| = 13 units, |b| = 26 units, q = 45°
ii. |a| = 2 units, |b| = 2 units, q = 30°
iii. |p| = 50 units, |q| = 5 units, q = 135°.
iv. OP = 2 units, OR = 6 units, q = 60°.
v. |c | = 6 units, |a| = 2 units, q = Cos–1 ( 2).

4. Find the angle between the following pairs of vectors.

i. |a| = 2 units, |b| = 2 2 units, a. b = 4
ii. |c | = 5 units, |d| = 4 units and c. d = –10.
iii. |p| = 4 units |q| = 3 units and p. q = 6.
vi. |a| = 6 units, |b| = 4 units and a. b = 12 3.
v. op = 3 units OR = 3 2 unit and OP. OR = –9

5. Find the angle between the vectors a & b from the followings:
a = d n and b = d n
1 3
i.
2 1

a=e o and b = d n
3 1
ii.
1 3

a = d n and b =
2 3
iii.
0 3 3

260 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 iv. a = 5 i + j and b = – 2 i – 3 j
v. a = –i – 7 j and b = 3 i – 4 j

6. Find the angle between the vectors from the followings.

Find \ AOB where OA = d n and OB = d n .
3 4
i.
5 1
ii. Find \ POQ where OP = 4 i + j and OQ = –3 i – 5 j .
iii. Find \ AOB where position vectors of A and B are 3 i + 3 3 j and –2i
iv. Find \ POQ where position vectors of P and Q are 3 i – j and j – 3 j
v. If A(1, –1), B(3, 1) and C(3, –1) are the angles of a triangle, find \ A, \ B and \ C.

7. Prove that the following pair of vectors are orthogonal.

i. a = 3 i – 4 j and b = 4 i + 3 j
ii. b = 6 i + 8 j and c = 4 i – 3 j
iii. p = d n and q = e 3 o
9
–2 2
6 2

iv. OA = e o and OB = e o
–2 3 3
6 6
v. AB and PQ where, A(3, –2), B(–1, 4), OP(–6, –5), and Q(12, 7) are the points.

8. Prove that the following pairs of vectors are parallel.

i) OA = 2 i – 4 j and OB = 6 i – 12 j
ii) a = ` 2 j and b = d n
4 2
1

e 2 o
–3
iii) OP = ` 4 j and OQ = 1
– 6

iv) c = 8 i – 6 j and d = 4 i – 3 j
v) AB and CD where A(2, 1), B(1, 3), C(7, –2) and D(1, 2) are the four points.

If a = a p + 1 k and b = d n are perpendicular vectors, find the value of ‘p'.

p 4
9. i)
–3
ii) If OA = 6 i – 8 j and OB = (m + 1) i + 3 j are orthogonal vectors, find the value of
‘m'.
iii) If p = d n and q = d n are parallel vectors, find the value of ‘a'.
a 4
3 6
iv) If OP = 3 i – 2 j and OQ = 6 i – nj are parallel vectors, find the value of ‘n'.
v. If angle between the vectors a = a 2 k and b = ` 1 j is 45°, find the value of ‘p'.
3 p

10. PRIME more creative questions:

a. i) If a, b and c are the unit vectors and a – b + c = 0, find the angle between
a and b.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 261

 ii) If a+ b + c = 0, |a| = 3, |b| = 5 and |c | = 7, find the angle between a and b.
iii) If a + b = a – b , prove that a and b are orthogonal vectors.
iv) If a + 2b and 5a – 4b are perpendicular vectors where a and bare unit vectors,
find the angle between a and b.
v) If p and q are the unit vectors, a = 2p – 3q , b = 3p – 2q and a.b = 12, prove that p
and q are perpendicular vectors.

b. i) If angle between the vectors 2i – pj and i – 3j is 45°, find the value of p.

ii) Prove that a and b are orthogonal vectors from the relation |4a + b| = |4a – b|.
iii) If a + b + c , |b| = 5, |c | = 6 and b.c = –18, find |a|.
iv) Find the angles of a triangle having vertices A(1, 3), B(1, –4) and C(–6, –4).
v) If mi + (m + 1)j and 12i + 15j are parallel vectors, find ‘m'.

Answer
1. Show to your teacher.
2. i) 6 ii) – 1 iii) 5 iv) 21 v) 5
3. i) 13 ii) 2 3 iii) –25 iv) 6 v) 12
4. i) 45° ii) 120° iii) 60° iv) 30° v) 135°
5. i) 45° ii) 30° iii) 60° iv) 135° v) 45°
6. i) 45° ii) 135° iii) 120° iv) 150° v) 45°
1
7. i) 3 ii) 3 iii) 2 iv) 4 v) –5 or 5
10. a. i) 60° ii) 60° iv) 60°
b. i) 1 or –4 iii) 5 units iv) 45°, 45°, 90° v) 4

262 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

6.2 Vector Geometry:
Position vector of a point p(x, y) can be taken as the Y
following geometrically as given in diagram :
Here, PM^OX. P(x, y)
Then, Position vector of P(x, y) is,
= ` PM j = ` y j
OM x
OP =
X
O M

We can prove geometrical properties by using

vector operations as the application of the vector
in geometry is called the vector geometry.

Here, we are discussing about the theorems and their theoretical proof by using vector
geometry.

Application of position vector in vector geometry:

Theorem 1 : Position vector of mid - point of a line segment. O
Solution: b
Let ‘M' be the mid - point of a line segment AB where the
position vectors of end points are a ?
B
OA = a
OB = b M
OM = m = ? A
Here,
Since, M be the mid point between A and B, we have
AM = MB
or, AM = MB
or, AO + O M = MO + OB [\ Using triangle law]
or, – a + OM = – OM + b
or, 2 OM = a + b
a +b
\ OM = 2
OA + OB
i.e. OM = 2
Theorem 2 : Position vector of a point which cuts the line segment in the ratio m:n internally.
Solution :
Let, a point ‘P' cuts a line segment AB in the ratio m:n internally, where position vectors
of A and B are
OA = a
OB = b
OP = ?

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 263

 Here, As the concept of section point, O
AP m
PB = n b
or, n AP = m PB
or, n AP = m PB a ?
B
or, n ^AO + OP h = m ^PO + OB h [ a Using triangle law ] n
or, n ^–a + OP h = m ^–OP + b h m
P
A
or, m p + n OP = m b + n a
mb +na
\ OP = m+n
mOB + nOA
i.e. OP = m+n
Theorem 3 : Position vector of a point which cuts a line segment in the ratio m:n externally.
Solution :
Let, a point P cuts the line segment AB in the ratio m:n externally, where the position
vectors are,
OA = a O
OB = b ?
OP = ?
Here, as the concept of section point, a b P
AP = m n
BP n B
or, n AP = m BP A m
or, n (AO + OP ) = m (BO + OP )
or, n (– a + OP ) = m (–b + OP )
or, –n a + nOP = –mb + mOP
or, m b – na = OP (m – n)
mb – na
\ OP = m–n
mOB – nOA
i.e. OP = m–n
Corollary 1 : Position vector of a point ‘p' which cuts a line segment AB as 2AP = 3PB.
Solution : O
Here, A point ‘P' cuts a line segment AB as 2AP = 3PB, where b
the position vectors are,
OA = a a ?
B
OB = b
OP = ? P
Now, Taking, A
2AP = 3PB
or, 2 AP = 3 PB
or, 2 (AO + OP ) = 3 (PO + OB ) [ a Using triangle law ]
or, 2(– ^–a + OP h = 3 (–OP + OB )
or, – 2 a + 2 OP = – 3OP + 3OP

264 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

or, 5 OP = 2a + 3b
2a + 3b
\ OP = 5
Corollary 2 : Find the position vector of ‘D' of a parallelogram ABCD where OA = a , OB = b
and OC = c A D
Solution:
Here,
a
ABCD is a parallelogram, where the position vectors are,
OA = a B C
OB = b
OC = c b c
OD = ?
O
Now, By using triangle law,
OD = OC + CD
= OC + BA [ a Opposite sides of a parallelogram ]
= OC + (BO + OA)
OD = C + ( – b + a)
= a –b +c
\ OD = a –b +c
A
Corollary 3 : Position vector of centroid of a triangle.
Solution:
R Q
Let ‘G' be the centroid of a DABC, where AP, BQ and CR are G
the medians.
The position vectors are, B C
P
OA = a
OB = b
OC = c O
=
OG g ? =
Now, Using position vector of mid - point P of side BC,
1
OP = 2 (OB + OC )
1
= 2 (b + c )
Again,
We have, centroid ‘G' cuts the median AP in the ratio 2 : 1,
Then,
mOP + nOA
OG = m+n

=
b +c +a a +b +c
= 3 = 3
a +b +c
\ g = 3
OA + OB + OC
i.e. OG = 3

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 265

Theorem 4 : Prove that AC2 = AB2 + BC2 in right angled triangle at \B = 90°
Solution:
In a right angled 3 ABC, \B = 90° A
Now, Using triangle law,
AC = AB + BC
Squaring on both sides,
2
or, AC = (AB + BC ) 2
2 2
or, AC = AB + 2AB BC + BC
2 B C
2 2 2
or, AC = AB + 2 AB.BC + BC
2 2
or, AC2 = AB2 + 2 x 0 + BC2 [ a AB = BC and AC = AC = AC2]
\ AC2 = AB2 + BC2 is Proved

Exercise 6.2
1. Answer the following questions.
i) Write down the triangle law of vector addition.
ii) Write down the position vector of mid-point of a line segment AB.
iii) Write down the position vector of centroid of DABC.
iv) Write down quadrilateral law of vector addition.
v) Write down the position vector of a point P which cuts a line segment AB in the ratio
m:n internally.

2. i) If 2 i + j and 4 i – 3 j are the position vectors of A and B of a line segment AB. Find
the position vector of mid - point ‘P' of AB.
ii) If position vector of P and Q are 3 i – j and i + 5 j , Find the position vector of middle
point ‘M' of PQ.
iii) Find the position vector of mid - point of a line segment AB where OA = a 2 k and
1

OB = ` 4 j .
3
iv) Find the position vector of mid - pint of AB where A(1, – 2) and B(3, – 2) are the
points.
v) If position vector of mid - point of a line segment joining the points P(1, – 3) and Q(a,
b) is (–1, 2), find the co - ordinate of Q.

3. i) Find the position vector of a point which cuts the line segment joining the points
(5, – 2) and (– 1, 4) in the ratio 1 : 2.
ii) Find the position vector of a point which cuts the line segment joining the points
(– 3, –4) and (7, – 4) in the ratio 3 : 2.
iii) The position vector of A and B are 2 i + 3 j and – 4 i + 3 j respectively. Find the
position vector of a point which cuts AB in the ratio 2 : 1.
iv) Find the position vector of a point which divides a line segment PQ in the ratio 1 : 3
externally where OP = 3 i – j and OQ = 5 i + j .
v) The position vectors of M and N are 2 i + 3 j and i – 2 j respectively. Find the
position vector of a point which cuts MN in the ratio 2:1 externally.

266 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

4. i) Find the position vector of centroid of a triangle having vertices A(1, 3), B(2, –1) and
C(3, 1).
ii) Find the position vector of centroid of DABC where OA = 2 i – j , OB = 3 i – 4 j and,
OC = i – 4 j .
iii) The position vectors of the vertices of TPQR are i + 4 j , 2 i – 3 j and 3 i – 7 j , find
the position vector of its centroid.
iv. Find the position vector of centroid of TABC where the position vector of ends of
median AP are 4 i + 2 j and i – 7 j respectively.
v. The vertex A(2, –1) and mid-point of opposite side is M(2, –4) of DABC. Find the
position vector of centroid of DABC.

5. i) If OA = a , OB = b in DOAB where M is the mid - point of AB, prove that

1
OM = 2 (a + b ) .
ii) If OA = a , OB = b and a point ‘p' cuts AB in the ratio 5 : 2 externally, prove that
1
OP = 3 (5b – 2a ) .
1
iii) A point ‘C' cuts AB as 2AB = 3CB, prove that OC = 3 (2a + b )
O
b

a ?
B

C
A

iv) If PA = 4 PQ in the adjoining diagram, prove that a = 4 _3p + q i .

1 1

b
O A

p
P

v) Prove that AB + BC + CD + DE + EF + FA = 0 in a hexagon ABCDEF.

P B

Q
C
PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 267
6. PRIME more creative questions :
i) If AB2 + BC2 = AC2 in a triangle prove vectorally that, it is a right angled triangle at B.
ii) If AP : PB = AQ : QC = 3 : 1 in the adjoining diagram, find PQ and prove that PQ ' BC .
1
iii) If CP : PO = CQ : QB = 2 : 3 in a parallelogram OABC, prove that PQ = 4 OB and
PQ // OB where OA = a and OC = c .
Q
C B

O A

iv) If D, E and F are the mid - points of sides BC, AC and AB respectively of DABC, prove
that AD + BE + CF = 0.
v) If P, Q and R are the mid - points of sides BC, AC and AB of DABC, prove that
OA + OB + OC = OP + OQ + OR for any point ‘O'.

Answer
1. Show to your teacher.

iii) d n
2
2. i) 3 i – j ii) 2 i – 2 j iv) (2, –2) v) (–3, 7)
3

i) d n ii) d n iii) d n
3 3 –2
3. iv) 2i – 2j v) – 7 j
0 –4 3

i) d n v) d n
2 2
4. ii) 2 i – 3 j iii) 2 i – 2 j iv) 2i – 4j
1 3

268 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

6.3 Theorems on vector geometry
Theorem 5 : Prove that line joining the mid - point of any two sides A
of a triangle is equal to half at the third side and parallel to it.
Solution:
In DABC, P is the mid - point of AB.
Q is the mid - point of AC.
1
To prove : PQ = 2 BC and PQ ' BC P Q
Proof :
By using triangle law, B C
PQ = PA + AQ
1 1
= 2 BA + 2 AC [In DAPQ]

= 2 ^BA + AC h
1

1
= 2 BC [In DABC]
1
\ PQ = 2 BC
It is same as the a = mb for a // b .
So, PQ ' BC also
Theorem 6 : Prove that a line joining the vertex and mid - point of base of an isosceles triangle is
perpendicular to the base.
Solution: A
In an isosceles DABC,
AB = AC = a (say)
D is the mid - point of base BC.
To prove : AD = BC .
Proof : By using position vector of mid - point ‘D',
AD = 2 ^AB + AC h ....................................(i)
1

By using triangle law,

BC = BA + AC ..................................(ii) B C
D
Taking the dot product of (i) and (ii),
AD . BC = 2 ^AB + AC h . ^BA + AC h
1

= 2 ^AB + AC h ^–AB + AC h
1

= 2 ^AC – AB h
1 2 2

= 2 ^ AC – AB h
1 2 2

= 2 ^AC 2 – AB 2h
1

= 2 ^a2 – a2h
1
[ a sides of isosceles triangle.]
1
= 2 #0
\ AD . BC = 0 i.e. AD = BC

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 269

Theorem 7 : Prove that line joining the mid - point of adjacent S
A D
sides of a quadrilateral forms a parallelogram.
Solution :
In a quad. ABCD P, Q, R, S are the mid - points of adjacent P R
sides.
Join a diagonal AC.
To prove : PQRS is a parallelogram. B C
Proof : Q
By using triangle law,
PQ = PB + BQ [In DPBQ]
1 1
= 2 AB + 2 BC

= 2 ^AB + BC h
1

1
= 2 AC ........................(i) [In DABC]

Again,
SR = SD + DR [In DSDR]
1 1
= 2 AD + 2 DC

= 2 ^AD + DC h
1

1
= 2 AC ........................(ii) [In DADC]

From the relation (i) and (ii), we get

PQ = SR
Also,
PQ ' SR [ a Equal vectors are parallel also ]
Similarly as above :
PS = QR and PS//QR
Here, Opposite sides are parallel to each other.
Hence, PQRS is a parallelogram.

Theorem 8 : Prove that diagonals of a parallelogram are bisected to A D

each other at a point.
Solution: P
In a parallelogram ABCD,
AC and BD are the diagonals.
To prove : Diagonals AC and BD are bisected at point P. B C
Proof : Let, ‘P' be the mid - point of a diagonal BD.
Then, Using position vector of mid - point ‘P' of diagonal BD,
= 2 ^AB + AD h
1
AP

= 2 ^DC + BC h [ a Opposite sides of parallelogram ]

1

= 2 ^– CD – CB h
1

270 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 = – 2 ^CD + CB h
1

= – CP [ a Position vector of mid - point of BD ]

= PC
\ AP = PC
i.e. P is the mid - point of diagonal AC also.
Hence, Diagonals AC and BD of a parallelogram ABCD are bisected to each other at point
'P'.

Theorem 9 : Prove by vector method that diagonals of a rectangle are equal.

Solution:
ABCD is a rectangle A D
AC and BD are its diagonals.
To prove : AC = BD
Proof : Using triangle law, B C
AC = AB + BC
squaring on both, sides,
2 2 2
or, AC = AB + 2 AB . BC + BC
= AB + 2 × 0 + BC [ a AB ^ BC and a 2 = a = a2]
2 2 2 2
or, AC
or, AC2 = AB2 + BC2
or, AC 2
= DC2 + BC2 [ a Opposite sides of parallelogram]
or, AC 2
= BD2 [ a h2 = p2 + b2 in DDCB]
\ AC = BD.

Theorem 10 : Prove that diagonals of a rhombus are bisected to each other at right angle.
Solution :
ABCD is a rhombus. A D
AC and BD are the diagonals intersected at point O.
To prove : Diagonals AC and BD are bisected at right angle at O. O

Proof : B C
Let us consider O is the mid point of a diagonal BD.
i.e. BO = OD
using position vector of mid-point,
1
AO = 2 ( AB + AD )
1
= 2 ( –BA – DA )
1
= 2 ( –CD – CB ) [ a Opposite sides of a parallelogram]
1
= – 2 ( CD + CB )
1
= –[ 2 ( CD + CB )]
= – CO
= OC
AO = OC
\ i.e. O is mid point of diagonal AC also.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 271

 Again,
Taking
AC . BD = ( AB + BC ). ( BC + CD ) [ a Using triangle law]
= ( AB + BC ).( BC – DC )
= ( AB + BC ).( BC – AB ) [ a Opposite sides of a parallelogram]
2 2
= BC – AB
2 2 2 2
= BC – AB [a a = a ]
= a 2 – a2 [ a Sides of rhombus are equal]
=0
\ AC ^ BD
From above two relations, we get
Diagonals AC and BD are bisected at right angle at 'O'.

Theorem 11 : Prove that inscribed angle formed in semi-circle is a right angle.

Solution :
O is the centre of semi-circle. P
AB is a diameter
\ APB is an inscribed angle.
To prove : \ APB = 90°
A B
Proof : O
P and O are joint
Then, using triangle law of vector addition,
PA = PO + OA .................................. (i)
PB = PO + OB
= PO + AO [ a AO = OB]
= PO – OA .................................. (ii)
Taking dot product (i) and (ii)
PA . PB = ( PO + OA ).( PO – OA )
= ( PO )2 – ( OA )2
2 2 2 2
= PO – OA [a a = a ]
=r –r
2 2
[PO = OA = radius (r)]
=0
\ PA ^ PB
i.e. \ APB = 90°

Theorem 12 : Prove that mid-point of hypoteneous of a right angled

triangle is equidistant from the vertices. A
Solution:
In right angled TABC , P is the mid-point of hypotenuse AC. P
\ B = 90°
To prove: AP = BP = CP.
Proof: Taking position vector of mid-point P of side AC, B C
1
BP = 2 (BA + BC )

272 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Squaring on both sides

or, ^BP h = : 2 ^BA + BC hD

2
2 1
2 1 2 2
or, BP = 4 ( BA + 2BA . BC + BC )
2 1 2 2 2
or, BP = 4 ( BA + 2 × 0 + BC ) [ a BA = BC and a 2 = a = a2]
1
or, BP2 = 4 (BA2 + 2 × 0 + BC2)
1
or, BP2 = 4 × AC2 [ a AC2 = AB2 + BC2]
1
or, BP2 = 4 × (2AP)2 [ a P is mid-point of AC]
or, BP 2
= AP 2

\ BP = AP ................................................(i)
Also, AP = CP from given .......................(ii)
From relation (i) and (ii) we get
AP = BP = CP

Corollary 4 : Prove that perpendicular drawn from the centre of a circle to

a chord bisects the chord.
Solution :
O is the center of a circle O
AB is a chord.
OP ^ AB.
A P B
AO and BO are joint.
To prove : P is mid-point of chord AB.
Proof : By using triangle law,
OA = OP + PA

Squaring on both sides,

2 2 2
OA = OP + 2 OP . PA + PA
2 2 2 2
OA = OP + 2 × 0 + PA [ a OP = PA and a 2 = a = a2]
or, OA2 = OP2 + 2 × 0 + PA2
or, OA2 = OP2 + PA2 .................................. (i)
Similarly as above,
OB2 = OP2 + PB2 ....................................... (ii)
we have OA = OB = radius of cirlce ................................... (iii)

From equation (i) and (ii), we get

or, OP2 + PA2 = OP2 + PB2
or, PA2 = PB2
\ PA = PB
i.e. P is mid-point of chord AB.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 273

Corollary 5 : Prove that a2 = b2 + c2 – 2bcCosA in a DABC. A
Solution :
In DABC,
AB = c
BC = a
AC = b
To prove : a2 = b2 + c2 + 2bcCosA B C

Proof :
Using triangle law of vector addition,
BC = BA + AC
or, BC = AC – AB
Squaring on both sides,
2
or, BC = ( AC – AB )2
2 2 2
or, BC = AC – 2 AC . AB + AB
2 2 2
or, BC = AC – 2 AC . AB CosA + AB
or, BC2 = AC2 – 2AC.AB.CosA + AB2
or, a2 = b2 – 2bcCosA + c2
\ a2 = b2 + c2 – 2bcCosA.

Exercise 6.3
1. i) Prove that line joining the mid-point of non-parallel sides of a trapezium is half of
the sum of its parallel sides and parallel to them.
ii) Prove that OA + OB + OC + OD = 4 OG in a parallelogram ABCD where 'G' is the
intersecting point of diagonals and O is any point.
iii) Prove that the quadrilateral having bisected diagonals is a parallelogram.
iv) In a parallelogram ABCD, BP = QD, prove that APCQ is also a parallelogram.
A D
Q
P
B C
v) Prove that inscribed angle formed in a semi-circle is a right angle.

2. i) Prove that the parallelogram having equal diagonals is a rectangle.

ii) Prove that line joining the centre of a circle to the mid-point of a chord is
perpendicular to the chord.
iii) In the given diagram PS = QS = RS. Prove that DPQR is a right angled triangle at Q.
P

Q R

274 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 iv) Prove that the triangle is an isosceles triangle where perpendicular drawn from the
vertex to the base bisects the base.
v) In a parallelogram PQRS, A and B are the mid point of sides RS and QR respectively.
3
Prove that PA + PB = 2 PR
A
S R

B
P Q

3. PRIME more creative theorems:

x y
i) Prove by vector method that a + b = 1 as the equation of straight line.
ii) Prove by vector method that y = mx + c as the equation of straight line.
iii) Prove that in a trapezium ABCD where P and Q are the mid-point
of diagonals BD and AC respectively.
A B

P Q

D C
iv) Prove that b = a + c – 2acCosB in DABC.
2 2 2

v) In the adjoining diagram O is the centre of semi-circle and PQ^AB prove that
PQ2 = AQ.QB
P

A B
Q O

4. Project work
Prepare the charts of basic theorems of vector geometry and paste in your classroom.

General concept of solving vector geometry.

• Suitable diagram for the statement.
• Explanation of statements in the diagram.
• Using of triangle law of vector addition.
• Using position vector of mid-point and section-point for
specific problems.
• Proper use of vectors according to the concept of direction
during simplification of geometry.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 275

Vector
Unit Test
Time : 30 minutes
[1 × 1 + 3 × 2 + 2 × 4 + 1 × 5 = 20]

Attempt all the questions:

1. Write down the condition of the any two vectors being orthogonal and parallel.

2. a) If position vector of the points A & B are 5i + j and 2i + 3j , find the angle \ AOB.
b) If 2a + 4b and 10a – 8b are perpendicular vectors where a & b are the unit vectors,
find the angle between a and b.
c) If a point C cuts a line segment AB as 2AC = 3CB, find OC in terms of a and b. Where
OA = a and OB = b

3. a) Prove vectorally that the line joining the centre of a circle to the mid point of a chord
is perpendicular to the chord.
b) Find the angles of a triangle having vertices A(–2, 4), B(–2, –3) and C(5, –3) using
vector method.

4. Prove that PQRS is a parallelogram where P, Q, R and S are the mid-point sides AD, BD, BC
and AC respectively in a quadrilateral ABCD.
P
A D

Q S

B C
R

276 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

Unit
7 Transformation

Specification Grid Table

K(1) U(2) A(4) HA(5) TQ TM Periods
No. of Questions 1 – 1 1
3 10 15
Weight 1 – 4 5
K = Knowledge, U = Understanding, A = Application, HA = Higher ability, TQ = Total
Questions, TM = Total Marks

Objectives : At the end of the lesson

• Students are able to combine the any two transformations from reflection,
rotation, translation and enlargement.
• Students are able to find the image of an objects using combined
transformation.
• Students are able to define inversion & inversion circle & to find image of
a point.
• Students are able to use matrix for the transformations & to find image
using matrix.

Materials
• Collection of patterns printed in clothes and other objects.
• Formula charts of different transformations.
• Chart of concepts of geometrical theorems.
• Chart of the 2 × 2 matrix which represents the transformations.
• Graph paper and graph board.
• Geo board.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 277

7.1 Transformation

The process of changing the position or size of an object under any

geometrical conditions is called transformation.
There are reflection, rotation, translation and enlargement in the
process of transformation.

The transformations mentioned above are already introduced in grade IX in details. They are
useful for various field to decorate or to generate the patterns of objects to make attractive
cloths, art, Thanka art etc which has economic importance too.

Patterns of figures can be drawn by using the process of transformation as follows which can
be taken as the sample to understand transformation. Such patterns are printed in clothes,
carpet, bed-sheet, curtains etc.

Such type of transformations is called the composition or combination of transformations

which have to be discussed in grade ‘X' as the application of transformation.

In grade ‘X', the transformation chapter gives an idea about the composition of transformations,
inversion transformation (inversion circle) and transformation using matrix.

Enjoy the recall:

S.N. Transformations Formulae
1. Reflection about an About x- axis P(x, y) → P'(x, –y)
axis (mirror line) About y- axis P(x, y) → P'(–x, y)
About y = x P(x, y) → P'(y, x)
About y = -x P(x, y) → P'(–y, –x)
About x = h P(x, y) → P'(2h–x, y)
About y = k P(x, y) → P'(x, 2k–y)

278 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

2. Rotation about the About +90°(–270) P(x, y) → P'(–y, x)
centre as origin About –90°(+270°) P(x, y) → P'(y, –x)
About 180° P(x, y) → P'(–x, –y)
About 360° P(x, y) → P'(x, y)
Rotation about the About +90° P(x, y) → P'[–(y – b) + a, (x – a) + b]
centre as (a, b) About –90° P(x, y) → P'[(y – b) + a, –(x – a) + b]
About ±180° P(x, y) → P'[–(x – a) + a, –(y – b) + b]
About ±360° P(x, y) → P'[(x – a) + a, (y – b) + b]
3. Translation about a
T= < F
a
vector b
P(x, y) → P'(x + a, y + b)
T = AB = < F = < F
a x2 – x1
b y2 – y1
4. Enlargement about E[(0, 0), k] P(x, y) → P'(kx, ky)
centre and scale E[(a, b), k] P(x, y) → P'[k(x – a) + a, k(y – b) + b]
factor

Combination of transformation
Let us see the examples to understand the combination of transformations having different
properties.

X' X

A'' A'

Y'
Here, A is transferred to A' and then to A'' where there is reflection on x-axis for A and
reflection on y- axis for A'.

\ Two reflections R1 and R2 combined together and the single reflection is taken as R2oR1.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 279

 Y
A' B
B' A

X' X

A''
B''
Y'

Here, In second example, A line segment AB is rotated to A'B' under rotation about + 90°
followed by rotated to A''B'' under rotation about again +90° with centre origin.

Two rotations R1 and R2 are combined to give image of an object AB to A''B'' as the final
image where their single rotation is R2oR1.

Above examples give an idea about the combined transformations

which can be done between the same type of transformations as well
as different types like reflection and reflection, reflection and rotation,
rotation and translation, reflection and enlargement etc.

1. Reflection and Reflection:

Here, R1 is the reflection about
x axis. Y
i.e. R1 (x, y) → (x, – y) B
7
6
R2 is the reflection about y- axis,
i.e. R2 (x, y) → (–x, y) 5
4 C
Where, DABC transferred to 3
A
DA'B'C' under R1 followed to 2
DA''B''C'' is under R2 as the 1
combined reflections. X' X
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
–1
–2
A'' A'
C'' –3
–4 C'
–5
–6
B'' –7
B'
Y'

280 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 The single transformation R2oR1 is of reflections R1 & R2
which can be defined as,
R2oR1 → R2[R1 (x, y)]
→ R2[(x, –y)]
→(–x, –y)
\ P(x, y)
R oR
(–x, –y)]
2 1

It is rotation about 180° with Centre (0, 0).

2. Rotation and Rotation:

Y
7
B'
6
A''
5
4 A'
3
B'' C'' 2
C'
1
X' X
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
–1
C B
–2
–3
–4
–5
–6 A

Y'

Here, F is the rotation about +90° with centre origin i.e. R1 (x, y) → (–y, x)
G is the rotation about +90° with centre origin i.e. R2(x, y) → (–y, x)
Where, DABC is transferred to DA'B'C' under F followed by DA'B'C' is transferred to
DA''B''C'' under G as the combination of transformation on rotations.

The single transformation F and G is GoF which can be defined as,

GoF → G[F(x, y)]
→ G(–y, x)
→ (–x, –y)]
\ P(x, y)
GoF
P'(–x, –y)]
It is rotation about 180°.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 281

3. Translation and translation :
Y

6
5
B'
4
3C' A' B''
B 2
1 C'' A''
C A
X' X
–4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 D'4 5 6 7 8 9
–1
–2
D D''
–3
–4

Y'

Here, T1 = < F is the first translation.

3
2
i.e, T1 (x, y) → (x + 3, y + 2)

T2 = < F is the second translation,

4
–2
i.e., T2 (x, y) → (x + 4, y – 2)
Where, quadrilateral ABCD is translated to A'B'C'D' under T and quad A'B'C'D' is
translated to A''B''C''D'' under T2 as the combination of translations.

The single transformation of T1 and T2 is T2oT1 which can be defined as,

T2oT1 → T2[T1(x, y)]
→ T2(x + 3, y + 2)
→(x + 3 + 4, y + 2 – 2)
→(x + 7, y)
\ P(x, y)
T2 oT1
P'(x + 7, y)
It is translation about T2oT1 = < F
7
0

It also can be expressed as,

T2oT1 = T1 + T2 = < F + < F = < F
3 4 7
2 –2 0
\ p(x, y)
T oT
p'(x + 7, y)
2 1

It is translation about T = < F

7
0

282 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

4. Enlargement and Enlargement:

Y
9
8
7 A''
6
5 A'
4
3
A
2
1
X' X
–9 –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O B 1 B'
2 3C 4 5 C'6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
–1
–2
B'' C''
–3
–4
–5
Y'

Here, Enlargement under E1[0, 0] enlarged DABC to DA'B'C' followed by E2[(–2, 2), 2]
enlarged DA'B'C' to DA''B''C'' as the combined enlargement
i.e. E1(x, y) → (2x, 2y)
E2 (x, y) → {k(x - a) + a, k(y - b) + b}
→ {2(2x + 2) – 2, 2(2y – 2) + 2}
→ (2x + 2, 2y – 2)

The single transformation of the enlargements E1 and E2 is

E2oE1 which can be defined as,
E2oE1 → E2[E1(x, y)]
→ E2(2x, 2y)
→ (2(2x) + 2, 2(2y) – 2)
→ (4x + 2, 4y – 2)
\ P(x, y)
E oE
P'(4x + 2, 4y – 2)
2 1

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 283

5. Reflection and Rotation:

Y
9
8
7
6
B
5
4A
3
2
1 C
X' X
–9 –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A'' –1 C'
–2
–3
C'' A'
–4
B''
–5
B'
–6
–7
–8
–9
Y'

Here, F is the reflection on x-axis.

i.e. F(x, y) → (x, –y)
G is the rotation under –90° with centre origin.
i.e. G(x, y) → (y, –x)
DABC is transfered to DA'B'C' under reflection about x-axis ‘F' and DA'B'C' is transferred
to DA''B''C'' under rotation about –90° ‘G' as the combination of transformation.

The single transformation of the reflection F and rotation

G is GoF which can be defined as,
GoF → G[F(x, y)]
→ G(x, –y)
→ (–y, –x)
\ P(x, y)
Gof
P'(–y, –x)
It is reflection about y = – x.

284 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

6. Reflection and translation:
Y
9
8
C 7 C'
6
5 C''
4
3
A A'
2
B 1 B' B''
X' X
–9 –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
–1
–2 A''
–3
–4
–5
Y'

Here, DABC is reflected to DA'B'C' under reflection on y-axis ‘R'.

i.e. R(x, y) → (–x, y)

DA'B'C' is translated to DA''B''C'' under translation about T = < F

3
–2
i.e. T(x, y) → (x + 3, y – 2)
The combined transformation is ToR after reflection followed by translation as the
combination of transformation.

The single transformation of the reflection R and

translation T is ToR which can be defined as,
ToR → T[R(x, y)]
→ T(–x, y)
→ (–x + 3, y – 2)
\ P(x, y)
ToR
P'(–x + 3, y – 2)

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 285

7. Rotation and enlargement:
Y
13
12
C'' 11
10
9
8
7
B'' 6
5 C'
A'' 4
3
B'
C A' 2
1
A
X' X
–9 –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
–1
–2
B
–3
–4

Y'

Here, DABC is rotated with R to DA'B'C' under rotation about –90° with centre origin.
i.e. R(x, y) → (y, –x)

DABC is enlarged to DA'B'C' with E under enlargement about E[(3, 0), 2]

i.e. E(x, y) → [k(x – a) + a, k(y – b) + b]
→ (2x – 3, 2y)

The combined transformation is EOR after rotation ‘R' followed by enlargement ‘E' is
EoR as the combination of transformation.

The single transformation of rotation R and enlargement E

is EoR which can be defined as,
EoR → E[R(x, y)]
→ E(y, –x)
→ (2y – 3, – 2x)
\ P(x, y)
EoR
P'(2y – 3, –2x)

286 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

8. Translation and enlargement
Y

16
15
14
13
A''
12
11
10
9
8
7 A'
6
5
A 4
3 C''
2
B''
1 C'
B'
X' X
–9 –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
–1
–2
C
B –3
Y'
Here, DABC is translated to DA'B'C' with T under translation about T = < F
4
3
i.e. T(x, y) → (x + 4, y + 3)
DA'B'C' is enlarged to DA''B''C'' with E under enlargement about E under enlargement
about E [(1, – 1), 2]
i.e. E(x, y) → [k(x – a) + a, k(y – b) + b] = (2x – 1, 2y + 1)
The combined transformation is T followed by E is taken as DA'B'C' followed by DA''B''C''
as the images.

The single transformation of T and E of translation and

enlargement respectively is EoT which can be defined as,
EoT → E[T(x, y)]
→ E(x + 4, y + 3)
→ (2(x + 4) – 1, 2(y + 3) + 1)
→ (2x + 7, 2y + 7)
\ P(x, y)
EoT
P'(2x + 7, 2y + 7)

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 287

9. Rotation and translation :
Y
D 7 C
6
5
4
3
A B
2
1
X' X
–9 –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
–1
–2
D' A'
–3
D''
–4 A''
–5
–6
B'
C'
–7
C'' B''
–8
Y'

Here, 4 ABCD is rotated to 4 A'B'C'D' under a rotation about 180°.

i.e. R(x, y) → (–x, –y)
4 A'B'C'D' is translated to 4 A''B''C''D'' under a translation T = < F .
3
–2
i.e. T(x, y) → (x + 3, y – 2)

The 4 A''B''C''D'' is the final image of 4 ABCD under rotation followed by under
translation as the combination of transformation.

The single transformation represented by rotation R and

translation T is ToR where,
ToR → T[R(x, y)]
→ T(–x, –y)
→ (–x + 3, –y + 2)
\ P(x, y)
ToR
P'(–x + 3, –y + 2)
3
It is rotation about 180° with centre (
2 , 1)

288 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

Worked out Examples
1. Find the image of a point A(–2, 3) under rotation about 180° following by reflection about
y – 2 = 0.
Solution :
Under rotation about 180°
P(x, y) → P'(–x, –y)
A(–2, 3) → A'(2, –3)

Again, under reflection about y – 2 = 0

P(x, y) → P'(x, 2k – y)
→ P'(x, 4 – y)
\ A(2, –3) → A''(2, 4 + 3)
→ A''(2, 7)
\ A(–2, 3) → A''(2, 7)

2. Find the image of a point P(3, –4) under a combined transformation FoG where F is
–2
reflection under y = x and G is translation about T = < F .
3
Solution :
Under reflection F about y = x,
F(x, y) → P'(y, x)
Under translation G about T = < F
–2
3
G(x, y) → T'(x – 2, y + 3)
Then, the combined transformation is
FoG → F[G(x, y)]
→ F(x – 2, y + 3)
→ (y + 3, x – 2)
\ P(x, y)
FoG
P'(y + 3, x – 2)
\ P(3, –4) → P'(–4 + 3, 3 – 2)
→ P'(–1, 1)
\ P(3, –4) → P'(–1, 1)

3. If a point ‘P' is transformed to P'(–2, 6) under reflection about x + 2 = 0 followed by rotation

about + 90° with centre origin, find the co-ordinate of the point ‘P'.
Solution : Under reflection about x + 2 = 0
P (x, y) → P'(2h – x, y)
→ P'(–4 – x, y)

Again, under rotation about + 90°

P(x, y) → P'(–y, x)
\ P'(– 4 –x, y) → P''(–y, – 4 – x)

From given,
P(x, y) → P''(–2, 6)

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 289

 By equating the image points p''.
– y = – 2 and – 4 – x = 6
\ y = 2 and x = – 10
\ Co-ordinate of point P is (–10, 2)

4. The image of a point A(–1, 3) is A'(4, –2) under a combined transformation of translation
about T and rotation about –90° with centre origin. Find the translation vector T.
Solution :
Under a translation T = < F
a
b
T(x, y) → T'(x + a, y + b)
Under rotation about –90° with centre origin.
R(x, y) → (y, –x)
Then, combined transformation is,
ROT → R[T(x, y)]
→ R(x + a, y + b)
→ (y + b, – x – a)]
\ P(x, y) → P'(y + b, – x – a)
A(–1, 3) → A'(3 + b, – 1 – a)
From given
A(–1, 3) → A'(4, – 2)

By equating the corresponding elements of image,

3+b=4 and –1 – a = – 2
\ b=1 and a=1
1
\ Translation vector is T =
1
5. Find the image of a triangle having vertices A(–3, 2), B(–1, 5) and C(0, –3) under reflection
about x – 2 = 0 followed by rotation about – 90° with centre origin. Also plot them in graph.
Solution :
Under reflection about x – 2 = 0
p (x, y) → p'(2h – x, y)
→ p'(4 – x, y)
A(–3, 2) → A'(7, 2)
B(–1, 5) → B'(5, 5)
C(0, –3) → C'(4, –3)

Again,
Under rotation about –90° with centre origin
p (x, y) → p'(y, – x)

A'(7, 2) → A''(2, –7)

B'(5, 5) → B''(5, –5)
C'(4, –3) → C''(–3, –4)

290 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Y
8
7
6
B B'
5
4
3
A 2 A'
1
X' X
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O1 2 3 4 5 6 7
–1
–2
–3
C'
C'' C –4
–5 B''
–6
–7
A''
–8
Y'

6. Find the image of DPQR under reflection about y = x followed by reflection about y = 2
where the vertices are A(–2, 1), B(–3, 4) & C(3, 3). Also plot them in graph and find the
single transformation shown by it.
Solution :
Under reflection about y = x.
R1(x, y) → (y, x) Y
8
A(–2, 1) → A'(1, –2)
7 B''
B(–3, 4) → B'(4, –3) A''
C(3, 3) → C'(3, 3) 6
5
Again, B 4
C
Under reflection about y = 2, 3 C'
R2 (x, y) → (x, 2k – y) = (x, 4 – y) 2
A'(1, –2) → A''(1, 4 + 2) = A''(1, 6) A 1
B'(4, –3) → B''(4, 4 + 3) = A''(4, 7) C''
X' X
C'(3, 3) → C''(3, 4 – 3) = C''(3, 1) –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5
–1
–2
Again, for single transformation of R1 & R2, A'
–3
R2oR1 → R2[R1(x, y)] B'
→ R2(y, x) –4
→ (y, 4 – x) Y'
\ P(x, y)
R oR
P'(y, 4 – x)
2 1

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 291

7. Find the image of quadrilateral having vertices A(1, 3), B(2, 5), C(5, 7) & D(6, 1) under
3 2
translation about T1 = < F followed by T2 = < F . Also find the single translation & plot them
2 3
in graph.
Solution : Y
12 C''
Under translation about T1 = < F
3 B''
2 11
T1 (x, y) → (x + a, y + b) = (x + 3, y + 2) 10 C'
A(1, 3) → A'(1 + 3, 3 + 2) = A'(4, 5) 9 B'
B(2, 6) → B'(2 + 3, 6 + 2) = B'(5, 8) 8
C(5, 7) → C'(5 + 3, 7 + 2) = C'(8, 9) A''
7 B
D(6, 1) → D'(6 + 3, 1 + 2) = D'(9, 3) C
6 D''
5
Again, under translation about T2 = < F
2 A'
4
3
T2(x, y) → T'2(x + 2, y + 3) 3 D'
A
A'(4, 5) → A''(4 + 2, 5 + 3) = A'' (6, 8) 2
B'(5, 8) → B''(5 + 2, 8 + 3) = B''(7, 11) 1 D
C'(8, 9) X'
→ C''(8 + 2, 9 + 3) = C''(10, 12) –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 X
D'(9, 3) → D''(9 + 2, 3 + 3) = D''(11, 6) –1
–2
For single translation of T1 & T2,
Y'
T2oT1 → T2[T1 (x, y)]
→ T2(x + 3, y + 2)
→ (x + 3 + 2, y + 2 + 3)
→ (x + 5, y + 5)
\ P(x, y)
T oT
(x + 5, y + 5)
2 1

5
It is translation about T =
5
8. Find the image of DABC having vertices A(–5, –1), B(–1, 3) & C(–6, 4) under rotation about
+ 270° following by translation about AB . Also plot them in graph.
Solution :
Under rotation about + 270° (–90°)
R(x, y) → (y, –x)
\ A(–5, –1) → A'(–1, 5)
B(–1, 3) → B'(3, 1)
C(–6, 4) → C'(4, 6)
=d n
x2 – x1
Again, under translation T = AB
y2 – y1

=e o
–1 + 5
3+1
4
=
4
\ T(x, y) → T'(x + a, y + b)
→ T'(x + 4, y + 4)

292 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

\ A'(–1, 5) → A''(–1 + 4, 5 + 4) = A''(3, 9)
B'(3, 1) → B''(3 + 4, 1 + 4) = B''(7, 5)
C'(4, 6) → C''(4 + 4, 6 + 4) = C''(8, 10)

Y
11
10 C''
9 A''
8
7
6 C'
A'
5
A''
C 4
B
3
B'
2
1
X' X
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
–1
A
–2
–3

Y'

9. Find the image of DPQR having vertices P(3, –2), Q(1, 2) and R(–2, –1) under an enlargement
E1[0, 2] followed by enlargement about E2[(1, –1), 2]. Also plot them in graph.
Solution :
Under enlargement about E1[0, 2]
P(x, y) → P'(kx, ky) = P''(2x, 2y)

\ P'(3, –2) → P'(2 × 3, 2 × (–2)) = P'(6, –4)

Q'(1, 2) → Q'(2 × 1, 2 × 2) = Q'(2, 4)
R'(–2, –1) → R'(2 × (–2), 2(–1)) = R'(–4, –2)

Again
Under enlargement about E2[(1, –1), 2]
P(x, y) → P'[k(x – a) + a, k(x – b) + b]
→ P'[2(x – 1) + 1, 2(x + 1) – 1]
→ P'(2x – 1, 2x + 1)

\ P'(6, –4) → P''(2 × 6 – 1, 2 × (–4) + 1) = P''(11, –7)

Q'(2, 4) → Q''(2 × 2 – 1, 2 × 4 + 1) = Q''(3, 9)
R'(–4, –2) → R''(2(–4) – 1, 2(–2) + 1) = R''(–9, –3)

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 293

 Y
B''
9
8
7
6
5
B'
4
3
B
2
1
X' X
–9 –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
–1
C
C' –2
A
–3
C''
–4 A'
–5
–6
–7
–8 A''
–9
Y'

10. Find the image of ABC having vertices A(–2, 3), B(–3, –2) & C(–4, 4) under a combined
reflections x = 2 and x = 1. Also plot them in graph.
Solution :
Under reflection about x = 2, Y
r1(x, y) → (2h – x, y) = (4 – x, y)
5
C' C 4
Under reflection about x = 1
r2(x, y) → (2h – x, y) = (2 – x, y) B' B 3
2
Then, the combined reflection is, 1
r2or1 → r2 [r1(x, y)] X' X
→ r2 [4 – x, y] –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1
–1
→ [2 – 4 + x, y] = (–2 + x, y)
A –2
A'
–3
Then,
P(x, y)
r or
P'(–2 + x, y)
2 1

Y'
Then,
\ A(–2, 3) → A'(–2 – 2, 3) = A'(–4, 3)
B(–3, –2) → B'(–2 – 3, –2) = B'(–5, –2)
C(–4, 4) → C'(–2 – 4, 4) = C'(–6, 4)

294 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

11. Find the image of 4 PQRS having vertices P(–1, 2), Q(2, 2), R(3, –1) & S(0, –1) under a
3
combined enlargement of E1[0, – 2 ] and E2[0, + 2]. Also plot them in graph.
Solution :
3
Under enlargement about E1[0, – 2 ]
E1(x, y) → (kx, ky)
3 3
E1(x, y) → (– 2 x, – 2 y)

Under enlargement about E2[0, 2]

E2(x, y) → (kx, ky) Y
E2(x, y) → (2x, 2y)
5
Then, the combined enlargement is, R' S' 4
E2OE1 → E2[E1(x, y)] 3
P Q
3 3 2
→ E2(– 2 x, – 2 y)
1
3 3
→ [–2( 2 x), –2( 2 y)] X' X
–9 –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4
–1
→ (–3x, –3y) S R
–2
\ P(x, y) → P'(–3x, –3y)
–3
\ P(–1, 2) → P'(3, –6) –4
Q(2, 2) → Q'(–6, –6) –5
R(3, –1) → R'(–9, 3) –6 P'
Q'
S(0, –1) → S'(0, 3)
Y'

12. Find the image of DABC having vertices A(3, –2), B(5, –4), & C(7, 2) under the combined
transformation of translation about AB and rotation about 180°. Also plot them in graph.
Solution :
Under translation about AB = d n=d n
x2 – x1 2
y2 – y1 –2
P (x, y) → (x + a, y + b)
P (x, y) → (x + 2, y – 2)

Under rotation about 180°

R(x, y) → (–x, –y)

Then, the combined transformation is,

RoT → R[T(x, y)]
→ R(x + 2, y – 2)
→ (– x – 2, – y + 2)

\ P (x, y)
RoT
P'(– x – 2, – y + 2)
A(3, –2) → A'(–3 –2, 2 + 2) = A'(–5, 4)
B(5, –4) → B'(–5 –2, 4 + 2) = B'(–7, 6)
C(7, 2) → C'(–7 –2, – 2 + 2) = C'(–9, 0)

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 295

 Y
7
B'
6
5
A' 4
3 C
2
1
C'
X' X
–9 –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
–1
–2 A
–3
–4
B
–5
Y'

Exercise 7.1
1. Answer the following questions.
i) Find r2or1, where r1 is reflection on x-axis and r2 is reflection on y-axis for a point
P(a, b)
ii) If T1 = < F and T2 = < F , find T2oT1.
1 2
2 –1
iii) Find the image of P(a, b) under rotation about –90° followed by 180° with centre
origin.
3
iv) If E1[0, 2 ] and E2 [0, 2] are the two enlargements, find combination of enlargements.
v) Find the single transformation of F and G where F is reflection about y = – x and G is
rotation about +90° with centre origin.

2. Find the single transformation for the followings.

i) R2oR1, where R1 is reflection about x-axis and R2 is reflection about y-axis.
ii) r1r2 where r1 is rotation about +90° and r2 is rotation about 180° with centre origin.
iii) FoG where F is reflection about y = –x and G is rotation about –90° with centre
origin.
iv) ToR where T is translation about T = < F and R is reflection about x + 2 = 0.
2
–3
v) EoR where R is rotation about 180° with centre origin and E is enlargement about
E[0, 2].
3. Find the combined transformations of the following and find the image of a point P(–3,
5) with it.
i) R1 is reflection about y = x and r2 is rotation about –90° with centre origin.
ii) T is rotation about –90° with centre origin and F is reflection about y = 0.

296 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 iii) F is rotation about + 90° with centre origin and G is rotation about –270° with centre
origin.
iv) P is reflection about y + 2 = 0 and T is rotation about + 270° with centre origin.
v) E is enlargement about E[(1, –2), 2] and T is translation about T = < F .
2
3
4. i) A point p is transferred to P'(–3, 7) under reflection about x – 1 = 0 followed by
rotation about –90° with centre origin. Find the co-ordinate of p.
ii) Image of a point A is A'(2, –7) under rotation about +90° with centre origin followed
by translation about T = < F . Find the co-ordinate of A.
–2
3
iii) A point P(–2, 3) is transformed to P'(–6, –4) under enlargement E(o, k) followed by
rotation about –270°, find the scale factor ‘k'.
iv) A point M(–3, 2) is transformed to M'(1, –8) under a translation T followed by
reflection about y + 2 = 0, find the translation vector ‘T'.
v) A point P is transferred to P'(–3, 5) under reflection on x = 0 followed by enlargement
about E[(1, 2), –2], find the co-ordinate of the point P.

5. i) A → A'(5, 2) is obtained after the combined transformation of FOG where F is

reflection about x + 3 = 0 and G is rotation about –270° with centre origin. Find the
co-ordinate of A.
ii) A point p is transferred to P' (–3, –5) under a combined transformation of reflection
about y = –x and translation about T = < F , find the co-ordinate of A.
2
1 3
iii) A combined transformation of enlargement about E1[0, 2 ] and E2[0, –2] gives
image of an object A to A'(–3, –9), find the co-ordinate of A.
iv) A point A(2, 3) is translated to A'(5, 5) under a combined transformation of T1 and
T2 = < F , find the translation vector T1.
2
–1
v) A point P(–3, 1) is transformed to P'(–4, 1) under a combined transformation of
reflection about x + y = 0 and translation T, find the translation vector T.

6. i) Find the image and plot in graph of DABC having vertices A(4, 5), B(1, 2) and C(5,
–3) under reflection about y + 2 = 0 followed by reflection about y = x.
ii) Find the image of DPQR under rotation about +90° followed by rotation about
–270° where the vertices are P(–1, 5), Q(–4, –1) and R(3, 3). Also plot the object and
images in graph.
iii) Transform a triangle having vertices A(–2, 1), B(1, –3), and C(3, 4) under the
translation T1 = < F followed by T2 = < F . Also show in graph.
3 2
4 –1
iv) Transform a quadrilateral having vertices P(–2, 2), Q(–1, –3), R(2, –2) and S(1, 3)
under an enlargement about E1[0, 2] followed by E1[0, 2]. Also plot them in graph.
v) The vertices of DABC are A(1, 3), B(2, 6) and C(4, 1). Find the image of DABC under
reflection about x - y = 0 followed by reflection about y-axis. Also plot the object and
images in graph.

7. i) Translate the figure having vertices O(0, 0), A(2, 0), B(3, 1) and C(1, 1) with a

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 297

 translation vector T = < F followed by reflection on the line x – 3 = 0. Also plot the
0
2
object and image so obtained.
ii) Find the image of DABC having vertices A(5, 3), B(1, 0) and C(3, 5) under reflection
about y = 5 followed by translation about AB . Also plot the object and image in
graph.
iii) The vertices of triangle are M(2, 5), N(–1, 3) and P(4, 1). Find the image of DMNP
under rotation with 90° in clockwise direction followed by enlargement about E[(0,
0), 2]. Also plot them in graph.
iv) Transform a triangle having vertices P(2, 1), Q(5, 3) and R(7, –1) under rotation
about negative quarter turn with centre origin followed by reflection on x-axis. Also
plot them in graph.
v) Find the image of a quadrilateral having A(1, 1), B(2, 3), C(1, –2) and D(3, –1) under
an enlargement E[(–2, –1), 2] followed by translation about T = < F . Also plot the
2
3
object and image in graph.

8. i) Find the image of DPQR having vertices P(3, 4), Q(–2, 1) and R(4, 2) under rotation
about negative quarter turn followed by reflection on x-axis. Show the object and
image in graph. Also state the single transformation represented by them.
ii) Find the image of a quadrilateral having A(5, 2), B(–4, –3), C(–2, 3) and D(3, 2)
under reflection about y + 3 = 0 followed by rotation about positive quarter turn.
Also plot them in graph.
iii) A(2, 5), B(–1, 3) and C(4, 1) are the verticel of DABC, Find the co-ordinate of image
of DABC under rotation about +270° followed by enlargement about E[0, 2]. Also
plot them in graph.
iv) Find the image of DABC having vertices A(2, 0), B(3, 1) & C(1, 1) under the reflection
on x - y = 0 followed by enlargement about E[(–3, –4), 2]. Also plot them in graph.
v) The vertices of DPQR are P(7, 0), Q(4, –2) and R(5, –4). Find the co-ordinate of image
of DPQR under reflection about y = 0 followed by translation about T = < F . Also
–3
–1
plot them in graph.

9. i) Find the image of DABC under a combination transformation of reflection on x-axis

and reflection on y-axis where the vertices are A(–3, 4), B(–1, 0) and C(1, 6) and
show the object and image in graph. Also find the single transformation.
ii) Find the image of DPQR under a combined transformation of rotation about +90°
and rotation about 180° where the vertices of DPQR are P(3, –2), Q(4, 4) and R(6,
0) and plot them in graph. Also write down the single transformation.
iii) Transformed DKLM having vertices k(–3, –2), L(–5, 0) & M(–6, –5) under a combined
transformation of translation about T1 = < F and translation about T2 = < F and
3 –1
1 2
shown in graph. Also find the single transformation.
iv) Transform a triangle having vertices A(–2, 3), B(3, 1) and C[1, –2] under a combined
3
enlargement of E1, [0, 2] and E2[0, – 2 ] and show in graph. Also write down the
single enlargement.
v) A(3, 4), B(2, 1) and C(4, 2) are the vertices of a triangle. Find the image of DABC

298 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 under a composite transformation of reflection on y-axis and reflection on y + 2 = 0.
Also plot the object and image in graph.

10. i) Find the image of DABC having vertices A(4, –1), B(1, 1) and c(2, 3) under R1OR2
where R1 is reflection about y-axis and R2 is rotation about – 90° with centre origin.
Also plot them in graph and state the single transformation.
ii) Transform a quadrilateral having vertices P(1, 4), Q(5, 1), R(6, 3) and S(4, 5) under
TOR where T is translation about T = < F and R is reflection about x = –1. Also plot
2
0
the object and image in graph.
iii) The vertices of DABC are A(3, 1), B(5, 2) and C(6, 7). Find the image of DABC under
E1oE2 where E1[(0, 0), 2] and E2[(2, 0), 2] are the two also plot the object and image
in graph.
iv) Find the image of an object having vertices A(–2, –3), B(–4, 4) and C(–6, 2) under
GoF where G is rotation about – 270° with centre origin and F is translation about
BC . Also plot the object and image in graph.
v) Transform a triangle having vertices P(2, 7), Q(–2, 3) and R(4, 0) under EOR where
R is reflection about x – y = 0 and E is an enlargement about E[(2, –5), 2]. Also plot
the object and image in graph.

11. PRIME more creative questions:

i) Find the equation of image of a straight line 2x + y = 8 under a translation with T =
< F followed by reflection on x - axis.
2
1
ii) Find the image of a straight line 2x – y = 5 under a combined rotation of +90° with
centre origin and again rotation about positive quarter turn.
iii) Find the image of DABC having A(1, 2) B(3, –4) and C(6, 1) under a combined
rotation about +120° with centre origin and +60° with centre origin. Also plot them
in graph.
iv) Transform a triangle having vertices A(3, –2), B(5, –7) and C(6, 2) under an axis
rotation through 45° passes through the origin between the positive axes of followed
by the reflection axis which bisects the negative axis of x and positive axis of y. Also
plot the object and image in graph.
v) Transform a triangle having vertices A(–3, –1), B(–5, 4) and C(–1, 6) under rotation
about +90° with centre (1, –2) followed by rotation about 180° with centre (1, –2).
Also plot the object and image in graph.

Answer
1. Show to your teacher.
2. i) P'(–x, –y). It is rotation about 180°.
ii) P'(y, –x). It is rotation about –90°.
iii) P'(x, –y). It is reflection about x–axis.
iv) P'(– 2 – x, y – 3). It is reflection about x-axis.
v) P'(–2x, – 2y). It is enlargement about E[0, –2]

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 299

 Answer
3. i) (x, –y), (–3, –5) ii) (y, x), (5, –3) iii) (–x, –y), (3, –5)
iv) (–4 –y, –x), (–9, 3) v) (2x + 1, 2y + 7), (–5, 17)

iv) T = < F
4
4. i) P(9, –3) ii) A(–10, –4) iii) k = 2 v) P(–3, 2)
2
iv) T1 = < F v) T2 = < F
1 –1
5. i) A(2, 11) ii) A(6, 5) iii) A(1, 3)
3 –2

6. i) A''(–9, 4), B''(–6, 1), C''(–1, 5) ii) P''(1, –5), Q''(4, 1), R''(–3, –3)
iii) A''(3, 4), B''(6, 0), C''(8, 7) iv) P''(–8, 8), Q''(–4, –12), R''(8, –8)
v) A''(–3, 1), B''(–6, 2), C''(–1, 4)

7. i) O''(6, 2), A''(4, 2), B''(3, 3), C''(5, 3)

ii) A''(1, 4), B''(–3, 7), C''(–1, 2)
iii) M''(10, –4), N''(6, 2), P''(2, –8)
iv) P''(1, 2), Q''(3, 5), R''(–1, 7)
v) A''(6, 6), B''(8, 10), C''(6, 0), D''(10, 2)

8. i) P''(4, 3), Q''(1, –2), R''(2, 4). It is reflection on y = x.

ii) A''(8, 5), B''(3, –4), C''(9, –2), D''(8, 3). It is P(x, y) → P'(6 + y, x)
iii) A''(10, –4), B''(6, 2), C''(2, –8). It is P(x, y) → P'(2y, –2x)
iv) A''(3, 8), B''(5, 10), C''(5, 6). It is P(x, y) → P'(2y + 3, 2x + 4)
v) P''(4, –1), Q''(1, 1), R''(2, 3). It is P(x, y) → P'(x – 3, –y – 1)

9. i) A'(3, –4), B'(1, 0), C'(–1, –6); It is rotation about 180°.

ii) P'(–2, –3) Q'(4, –4), R'(0, –6); It is rotation about –90°.
iii) K'(–1, 1), L'(–3, 3), M'(–4, –2). It is translation about T = < F
2
3
iv) A'(6, –9), B'(–9, 3), C'(–3, 6). It is enlargement about E[0, –3].
v) A'(–3, –8), B'(–2, –5), C'(–4, –2); It is rotation about 180° with centre (0, –2)

10. i) A'(1, –4), B'(–1, –1), C'(–3, –2); It is reflection on y = –x.

ii) P'(–1, 4), Q'(–5, 1), R'(–6, 3), S'(–4, 5). It is reflection on y-axis.
4
iii) A'(8, 4), B'(16, 8), C'(20, –6); It is enlargement about E[( 3 , 0), 4]
iv) A'(5, –4), B(–2, –6) C'(0, –8). It is P(x, y) → P'(2 – y, x – 2)
v) P'(12, 9), Q'(4, 1), R'(–2, 13); It is P(x, y) → P'(2y – 2, 2x + 5)

11. i) 2x – y – 13 = 0 ii) 2x – y + 6 = 0
iii) A'(–1, –2), B'(–3, 4), C'(–6, –1) iv) A'(–3, 2), B'(–5, 7), C'(–6, –2)

300 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

7.2 Inversion Transformation
The transformation which is studied previously is a kind of geometry where image of an
object is calculated and transformed from one place to another place under any geometrical
conditions.

Here, we are going to discuss the transformation under a circle

called geometrical inversion or inversion circle.
P
O Q
O is the centre of a circle of radius ‘r'. Where P is transferred to Q
and vice versa.

i.e.,
• The point inside the circle is transferred to outside (P is inverse of Q )
• The point outside the circle is transferred to inside (Q is inverse of P)
• The point on the circumference of a circle is invariant point.
• As P moves further from centre ‘O', it's image ‘Q' moves closer to 0.
• The result for object point ‘P' and it's image ‘Q' in a circle is taken as, OP . OQ = r2
• Coordinate of image of a point under inversion circle having centre (a, b) and
radius ‘r' is,
p(x, y) → P'[(x – a, y – b). + (a, b)]

• If centre of circle becomes origin and radius ‘r', the image of P(x, y) will be
r2
P(x, y) → P'[(x, y). 2 ]
x + y2
Theorem
Proof of OP . OP' = r2 in inversion circle where P' is the image of point P.
Proof :
Here C Q
C be the inversion circle of centre O and radius OA = r.
P' is the image of point P under inversion.
Taking a point Q on the circumference O P' A P
Then,
PQ will be the tangent
\ OQP = 90°
\ QP'O = 90°
Now,
In DQOP and DOQP'
\ QOP = \ QOP' (Common angle)
\ \ OQP = \ QP'O (both are 90°)
\ \ OPQ = \ OQP' (remaining angles)
\ DQOP ∼ DOQP' (by AAA axiom)

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 301

 Here, the corresponding sides are proportional.
OQ OP
or, =
OP' OQ
r = OP
or, OP' r
\ OP . OP' = r2
Way of finding inversion point of a point.
Y

P'(x', y')

P(x, y)
A (h, k) Q R

X' X
O S M N

Y'
Let P'(x', y') be the image of a point P(x, y) under inversion circle having centre A(h, k).
Draw,
PM^OX, P'N^OX, AR^PM and P'N,
AS^OX
Then,
AP = =
AQ = SM = OM – OS =x–h
AR = SN = ON – OS = x' – h
PQ = PM – QM = PM – AS =y–k
P'R = P'N – RN = P'N – AS = y' – k
Here, DAQP and DARP' are equiangular (i.e. similar)
Taking the ratios of similar triangles,
AR P'R AP'
AQ = PQ = AP
x' – h y' – k AP' AP
or, x – h = y – k = AP × AP

x' – h y' – k
or, x – h = y – k = [ a AP × AP' = r2]

Taking,
x' – h
x–h =

or, x' – h =

\ x' = +h

302 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Similarly,
Taking,
y' – k
y–k =

\ y' = +k

r2 (y – k)
\ P(x, y) → P'(x', y') =[ + h, + k]
(x–h) 2 + (y–k) 2
= [(x – h, y – k). + (h, k)]

If centre of the circle is the origin.

P(x, y) P'(x', y') = [(x – 0, y – 0) . + (0, 0)]
r2
= [(x, y). ]
x + y2
2

Worked out Examples

1. Find the image of a point P(1, 3) under a inversion circle having equation x2 + y2 = 25.
Solution :
The given equation of circle is,
x2 + y2 = 25
or, (x – 0)2 + (y – 0)2 = 52
\ centre (h, k) = (0, 0)
Radius (r) = 5 units.

Under inversion circle of centre origin and radius 5 units.

P(x, y) → P' <^x, yh . 2
r2 F
x + y2
P(1, 3) → P' ;^x, yh . 2
52 E
`
1 + 32
→ P' :^1, 3h . 10 D
25

→ P' a 10 , 10 k
25 75

→ P'(2.5, 7.5)

2. Find the image of a point A(0, 4) under a circle of centre origin and radius 8 units.
Solution :
Under inversion circle of centre (0, 0) and radius 8 units.
P(x, y) → P' <^x, yh . 2
r2 F
x + y2
A(0, 4) → A' ;^0, 4h . 2
82 E
0 + 42

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 303

 → A'[(0, 4), 4]
→ A'(0, 16)

3. Find the image of a point A(2, 4) under a circle of centre (2, 1) and radius 6 units.
Solution :
Under inversion circle of centre (2, 1) and radius 6 units,
P(x, y) → P'

P(2, 4) → P'

→ P'[(0, 3) . 4 + (2, 1)]

→ P'(2, 13).

4. If a point P is transferred to P`(8, 0) under the inversion circle having centre origin and
radius find the co-ordinate of P.
Solution :
Under inversion circle of centre origin and radius 4 units.
r2
P(x, y) → P'[(x,y). 2 ]
x + y2
42
→ P' [(x, y). 2 ]
2 + 02
→ P' [(4x, 4y)]
From given,
P(x, y) → P'(8, 0)
By equating the corresponding elements,

We get,
4x = 8 and 4y = 0
\ x=2 y=0
\ Co-ordinate of P is (2, 0)

Exercise 7.2
1. Answer the following questions.
i) If Q is the image of a point P under inversion circle of radius 'r' and centre A. Write
down the result of AP.AQ.
ii) Write down the image of P(x, y) under inversion circle of centre origin and radius
'r'.
iii) Write down the image of A(x, y) under inversion circle of centre (a, b) and radius 'r'.
iv) If P' is the image of a point P under inversion circle of radius 4 units and centre O,
write down the result of OP.OP'.
v) What do your mean by inversion transformation.

304 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

2. Find the image of the following points under the inversion circle of the centre origin.
i) Point P(2, 0); equation of circle is x2 + y2 = 16
ii) Point A(1, 1); equation of circle is x2 + y2 = 4
iii) Point A(3, 4); radius = 10 units
iv) Point P(4, 2); radius = 10 units
v) Point P(6, 8); radius = 50 units

3. Find the image of the following points under the inversion circle of centre ‘Q' and radius ‘r'.
i) Point P(2, 4); Centre Q(6, 2); r = 10 units
ii) Point P(3, 6); Centre Q(3, 0); r = 18 units
iii) Point P(4, 6); Centre Q(2, 0); r = 80 units
iv) Point P(8, 5); equation of circle x2 + y2 – 2x – 8y – 83 = 0
v) Point P(0, 3); equation of circle x2 + y2 + 4x – 4y – 17 = 0

4. PRIME more creative questions.

i) If a point A(3, 4) is transformed to A'(12, 16) under inversion circle having center
origin and radius 'r', find the length of the radius.
ii) If a point P is transferred to P'(0, 16) under inversion circle having centre origin and
radius 8 units, find the co-ordinate of 'P'.
iii) If a point A(2, 4) is transferred to A'(2, 13) under inversion Circle of centre(2, 1) and
radius 'r', find the length of the radius.
iv) If a point P(0, 3) is transferred to P'(8, 7) under a inversion circle having centre (–2,
2) and radius 'r', find the value of 'r'.
v) Find the image of a triangle having vertices A(2, 0), B(–2, 2) and C(2, 2) under a
inversion circle having center origin and radius 4 units. Also plot the object and
image in graph.
vi) Find the image of DPQR having vertices P(0, 2), Q(2, –4) & R(4, 4) under a inversion
circle of equation x2 + y2 – 4x – 8y + 4 = 0. Also plot the object and image in graph.

Answer
1. Show to your teacher.
2. i) (8, 0) ii) (2, 2) iii) (12, 16) iv) (2, 1) v) (3, 4)
3. i) (4, 3) ii) (3, 3) iii) (6, 12) iv) (15, 6) v) (8, 7)
4. i) 10 units ii) (0, 4) iii) 6 units iv) 5 units
v) A'(8, 0), B'(–4, 4), and C'(4, 4); graph
vi) P'(–2, 0), Q'(2, 2) and R'(10, 4)

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 305

7.3 Transformation using matrices
Let us taking an example : x + 2y = 5 and 3x – y = 1
The equations can be written in matrix form as, < F< F= < F
1 2 x 5
3 –1 y 1

For the variables the matrix so obtained is < F

1 2
3 –1
Taking another example for image & object.
x = a and y = b
where x & y are the objects and a & b are the images where,
a=x and b =y
= x + 0.y = 0.x + y

The equation in matrix from are < F = < F < F

a 1 0 x
b 0 1 y

Here 2 × 2 transformation matrix = < F

1 0
0 1
Above example conclude that formula for the transformation using 2 × 2 matrix is,
Image = (matrix) (object)

2 × 2 transformation matrix for different transformations

S.N. Transformations Derivation of equations 2 × 2 matrix
1. Reflection
(x, y) → P' < F < F
x 1 0
i) on x - axis –y 0 –1
P(x, y) → P'(x, – y)
→= G
x + 0.y
0.x – y

→< F< F
1 0 x
0 –1 y
ii) on y-axis
(x, y) → P' < F < F
–x –1 0
p(x, y) → P'(–x, y) y 0 1

→= G
–x + 0.y
0.x + y

→< F< F
–1 0 x
0 1 y
iii) on y = x
(x, y) → P' < F < F
y 0 1
P(x, y) → P'(y, x) x 1 0

→= G
0.x + y
x + 0.y

→< F< F
0 1 x
1 0 y

306 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

iv) on y = – x
(x, y) → P' < F < F
–y 0 –1
P(x, y) → P'(–y, –x) –x –1 0

→< F
0.x – y
–x + 0.y

→< F< F
0 –1 x
–1 0 y
2. Rotation (with centre
(x, y) → P' < F < F
–y 0 –1
i) origin) x 1 0
About +90°
→< F
0.x – y
P(x, y) → P'(–y, x)
x + 0.y

→< F< F
0 –1 x
1 0 y
ii) About –90°
(x, y) → P' < F < F
y 0 1
P(x, y) → P'(y, –x) –x –1 0

→= G
0.x + y
–x + 0.y

→< F< F
0 1 x
–1 0 y

iii) About 180°

(x, y) → P' < F < F
–x –1 0
P(x, y) → P'(–x, –y) –y 0 –1

→= G
–x + 0.y
0.x – y

→< F< F
–1 0 x
0 –1 y
3. Enlargement about E[0, k]
(x, y) → P' < F < F
kx k 0
P(x, y) → P'(kx, ky) ky 0 k

→= G
kx + 0.y
0.x + ky

→< F< F
k 0 x
0 k y

4.
Translation about T = < F (x, y) → P' = G < F
a x+a a
b y+b b

→< F+< F
P(x, y) → P'(x + a, y + b) a x used for addition
b y

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 307

Informations for transformation using matrix
i) For given image (x', y') = (ax + by, cx + dy)
x' = ax + by
y' = cx + dy
== G
ax + by
(x', y')
cx + dy

=< F < F
a b x
c d y
i.e. Image = (matrix) (object)
Y

ii) For 2 × 1 matrix M = < F

a
b (1,1)
(0,1)
Image = (matrix) + (object)
(unit square)
X' X
iii) For 2 × 2 matrix M = < F
a b (0, 0) (1, 0)
c d
Image = (matrix) (object) Y'

iv) Co-ordinate of the vertices of unit square.

OABC is the unit square where the co-ordinate of the vertices are : O(0, 0), A(1, 0), B(1,
1), C(0, 1)

Way of finding the transformation represented by the 2 × 2 matrix:

1. Taking 2 × 2 matrix < F for an object (x, y).
1 2
1 –1
Using formula for matrix transformation:
Image = (matrix) (object)

=< F< F
1 2 x
(x', y')
1 –1 y

== G
1× x + 2× y
1 × x + (–1) y

== G
x + 2y
x–y
Here, The transformation with equation,
x' = x + 2y and
y' = x – y

308 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

ii. Transformation for a 2 × 2 matrix < F
0 –1
1 0
Using formula for matrix transformation:
Image = (matrix) (object)
=< F< F
0 –1 x
(x', y')
1 0 y

== G
0 × x + (–1) × y
1× x + 0× y

=< F
–y
x
\ P(x, y) → P'(–y, x)
The transformation is rotation about +90° with centre origin.

Worked out Examples

2 0
1. Which transformation is represented by the matrix < F ? Also find the image of A(3, –2)
0 2
with the matrix.
Solution :
Let, P(x, y) be the object point.
We have,
Image = (matrix)(object)
=< F< F
2 0 x
0 2 y

== G
2× x + 0× y
0× x + 2× y

=< F
2x
2y
\ P(x, y) → P'(2x, 2y)
It is enlargement about E[(0, 0), 2]
Again, for the point A[3, –2]
Image = (Matrix)(Object)
=< F< F
2 0 3
0 2 –2

== G
2 × 3 + 0 (–2)
0 × 3 + 2× (–2)

=< F
6
–4
\ A(3, –2) → P'(6, –4)

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 309

2. Find the image of a point P(–3, 2) using 2 × 2 matrix for reflection about y-axis.
Solution : Under reflection about y - axis,
P(x, y) → P'(–x, y)

→< F
–x
y

→= G
–x + 0.y
0.x + y

→< F< F
–1 0 x
0 1 y

\ 2 × 2 matrix is < F
–1 0
0 1
Again, for the point P(–3, 2)
Image = (Matrix)(Object)
=< F< F
–1 0 –3
0 1 2

=< F
3
2
\ A(–3, 2) → P'(3, 2)

3. Find 2 × 2 matrix represented by a transformation which gives x' = 2x – y and y' = x + 3y.
Also find the image of A(2, –5) using the matrix.
Solution : A transformation gives image,
(x', y') = (2x – y, x + 3y)
or, (x', y') = < F
2x – y
x + 3y

=< F < F
2 –1 x
1 3 y

\ 2 × 2 matrix = < F
2 –1
1 3
Again, for the point A(2, –5)
Image = (matrix)(object)
=< F < F
2 –1 2
1 3 –5

== G
4+5
2 – 15

=< F
9
–13
\ A(2, –5) → A'(9, –13)

310 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

4. Find the image of triangle having vertices A(1, –3), B(–2, 1) and C(2, 4) by using the matrix
for rotation about +270° with centre origin. Also plot them in graph.
Solution : Under rotation about + 270°
P(x, y) → P'(y, –x)
→< F
y
–x

→= G
0.x + y
–x + 0.y

→< F< F
0 1 x
–1 0 y

\ 2 × 2 matrix = < F.
0 1
–1 0
Again, for the image of DABC.
(Image) = (matrix)(object)
=< F< F
0 1 1 –2 2
–1 0 –3 1 4

=< F
–3 1 4
–1 2 –2
\ A(1, –3) → A'(–3, –1)
B(–2, 1) → B'(1, 2)
C(2, 4) → C'(4, –2)

0 1 1 0
5. Find the image of unit square < F by using 2 × 2 matrix of a transformation which
0 0 1 1
gives an image (x', y') = (2y, x – y).
Solution :
Unit square = < F
0 1 1 0
0 0 1 1
Under a transformation
(x', y') = (2y, x – y)
=< F
2y
x–y

== G
0.x + 2y
x–y

=< F< F
0 2 x
1 –1 y

\ 2 × 2 matrix = < F
0 2
1 –1

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 311

 Again, for the unit square,
Image = (matrix) (object)
=< F< F
0 2 0 1 1 0
1 –1 0 0 1 1

=< F
0 0 2 2
0 1 0 –1
\ O(0, 0) → O'(0, 0)
A(1, 0) → A'(0, 1)
B(1, 1) → B'(2, 0)
C(0, 1) → C'(2, –1)

6. Find 2 × 2 transformation matrix which transform a unit square to a parallelogram

0 1 3 2
< F.
0 3 7 4
Solution : Let, 2 × 2 matrix be < F
a b
c d

Object = unit square = < F

0 1 1 0
0 0 1 1

Image = < F
0 1 3 2
0 3 7 4
We have,
Image = (matrix)(object)
or, < F=< F< F
0 1 3 2 a b 0 1 1 0
0 3 7 4 c d 0 0 1 1

or, < F=
0 1 3 2
0 3 7 4

or, < F== G

0 1 3 2 0 a a+b b
0 3 7 4 0 c c+d d
By equating the corresponding elements,
a=1 b=2
c=3 d=4

\ 2 × 2 matrix = < F
1 2
3 4
7. Find 2 × 2 transformation which transform A (1, –2) → A'(–2, –1) and B(3, 4) → B'(4, –3).
Also find the type of transformation.
Solution : Let, 2 × 2 transformation matrix be < F
a b
c d
Which gives,
A(1, –2) → A'(–2, –1)
B(3, 4) → B'(4, –3)
We have,
Image = (matrix)(object)

312 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 or, < F=< F< F
–2 4 a b 1 3
–1 –3 c d –2 4

or, < F=
–2 4
–1 –3

or, < F== G

–2 4 a–2b 3a + 4b
–1 –3 c–2d 3c + 4d
By equation the corresponding elements,
a – 2b = –2 ⇒ a = 2b – 2 ...... (i)
4 – 4b
3a + 4b = 4 ⇒ a= 3 ...... (ii)
c – 2d = –1 ⇒ c = 2d – 1 ...... (iii)
–3 – 4d
3c + 4d = –3 ⇒ c= 3 ...... (iv)

Solving equation (i) and (ii)

4 – 4b
2b – 2 = 3
or, 6b – 6 = 4 – 4b
or, 6b + 4b = 10
\ b=1
Putting the value of ‘b' in equation (i)
a=2×1–2=0

Again, solving equation (iii) and (iv)

–3–4d
2d – 1 = 3
or, 6d – 3 = – 3 – 4d
or, 6d + 4d = 0
\ d= 0
Putting the value of ‘d' in equation (iii)
C = 2 × 0 – 1 = –1

\ 2 × 2 matrix is < F
0 1
–1 0
Again, Taking an object A(x, y)
Image = (matrix) (object)

=< F< F
0 1 x
–1 0 y

== G
0×x + 1×y
–1×x + 0×y
=< F
y
–x
\ A(x, y) → A'(y, –x)
It is rotation about –90° with centre origin.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 313

8. A transformation gives image of an object A(3, –4) → A'(4, –3). Find 2 × 2 transformation
matrix represented by it. Also find the image of point P(5, –2)
Solution: The transformation gives.
A(3, –4) → A'(4, –3)
It is equivalent to,
P(x, y) → P'(–y, –x)

→ P' < F
–y
–x

→< F
0.x – y
–x + 0.y

→< F< F
0 –1 x
–1 0 y

\ 2 × 2 transformation matrix is < F.

0 –1
–1 0

Again, For the point (5, –2)

Image = (matrix) (object)

=< F < F
0 –1 5
–1 0 –2

=< F
2
–5
\ P(5, 2) → P'(2, –5)

314 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Exercise 7.3
1. Find 2 × 2 transformation matrix represented by the following transformations.
i) Reflection about y = 0.
ii) Reflection about y = –x.
iii) Rotation about –90° with centre origin.
iv) Enlargement about E[(0, 0), –3]
v) Rotation about –270° with centre origin.

2. Which transformations defined by the following matrices?

i) < F < F < F
–1 0 –2 0 0 –1
ii) iii)
0 1 0 –2 –1 0

iv) < F < F

–1 0 0 –1
v)
0 –1 1 0

Find the matrix represented by translation about T = < F .

3
3. i)
2
ii) For a transformation which gives A(3, –2) → A'(2, –3).
iii) For a transformation which gives A(a, b) → A'(–b, a).
iv) For a transformation which gives x' = x + 2y and y' = 3x – y.
v) For a transformation which gives x' = 2x and y' = 2y – x.

4. i) Find the image of a point P(–2, 3) under 2 × 2 matrix for reflection about x-axis.
ii) Find the image of a point A(2, –4) under 2 × 2 matrix for rotation about –270° with
centre origin..
iii) Find the image of a point P(3, –1) under a matrix for translation about T = < F .
–2
3
iv) Find the image of a point M(4, –1) under 2 × 2 matrix for enlargement about E[(0,
0), 3].
v) Which transformation is represented by the matrix < F ? Also find the image of a
0 1
1 0
point A(5, –2) with the matrix.

5. i) Find the image of DABC having vertices A(–1, –2), B(–3, 4) and C(–7, 2) under a
matrix < F . Also plot the object and image in graph.
1 2
–1 –2
ii) Find the image of DPQR having vertices P(1, –3), Q(3, 3) and R(5, –1) under a matrix
for reflection on x – y = 0. Also show them in graph.
iii) Find the image of a triangle having vertices A(–2, –3), B(–1, 3) and C(3, –1) under a
2 × 2 matrix for enlargement about E[0, 2]. Also plot the object and image in graph.
iv) Find the image of DKLM having vertices k(–1, –2), L(3, 2) and M(–2, 5) under a
matrix for rotation about –270° with centre origin. Also plot them in graph.
v) Find the image of an object having vertices A(3, 0), B(1, 3) and C(4, 7) under a
transformation which gives x' = 2x + y and y' = x – 3y. Also plot them in graph.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 315

 Find the image of a unit square < F under a 2 × 2 matrix of < F . Also plot
0 1 1 0 1 2
6. i)
0 0 1 1 3 –1
the object and image in graph.
ii) Find the image of a unit square under a matrix represented by reflection about x – y
= 0.
iii) Find the image of a unit square under 2 × 2 transformation matrix for enlargement
about E[0, –2].
iv) Transform a parallelogram < F under a matrix < F & find the vertices
0 1 0 –1 1 –1
0 –2 1 3 –2 3
of image.
v) Transform a parallelogram < F under a matrix < F . Also plot them
0 –2 1 3 –2 3
0 3 –1 –4 3 –4
in graph.

7. i) Find 2 × 2 transformation matrix which transform a unit square to a parallelogram

having vertices < F . Which transformation is it?
0 0 1 1
0 1 1 0
ii) Find 2 × 2 transformation matrix which transform the unit square to a parallelogram
having vertices < F.
0 1 3 2
0 3 7 4
iii) Find 2 × 2 transformation matrix which transform the parallelogram of < F
0 1 0 –1
0 –2 1 3
to the unit square.
iv) Find 2 × 2 transformation matrix which gives A(3, –2) → A'(–8, 0) and B(–1, 4) →
B'(6, 10).
v) Find 2 × 2 transformation matrix which transform P(2, 3) and Q(–3, 1) to P'(3, 8)
and Q'(–10, –1)

8. PRIME more creative questions.

i) Transform a triangle having vertices A(1, 2), B(2, 1) and C(3, 4) under a inverse
matrix of < F.
2 5
1 3
ii) Transform a unit square under a 2 × 2 matrix for reflection about y-axis followed by
rotation about –90° with centre origin.
iii) Transform a triangle having vertices P(1, –5), Q(–2, 2) and R(4, 1) under a combined
matrix of < F and < F.
1 2 2 1
–1 –2 1 –1
iv) The image of triangle ABC having vertices A(–2, 1), B(1, –3) and C(2, 4) are A'(–5,
–3), B'(0, –1) and C'(10, 8) under a 2 × 2 matrix. Find the inverse of the matrix so
formed.
v) The image of DABC under a matrix < F are A'(7, 6), B'(–7, –5) and C'(9, 5). Find
3 1
2 1
the vertices of DABC.

316 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

9. Project work
i. Prove that the rotation about +90° with centre origin followed by ratation about 180° is
the reflection abot y-axis by calculating 2 × 2 matrix.
ii. Prepare a chart of the formula of different transformations and 2 × 2 matrix represented
by them in chart paper and present the report in your classroom.

Answer
< F < F < F < F < F
1 0 0 –1 0 1 –3 0 0 –1
1. i) ii) iii) iv) v)
0 –1 –1 0 –1 0 0 –3 1 0
2. i) Reflection on y-axis ii) Enlargement about E[O, –2]
iii) Reflection on y = –x iv) Rotation about 180° with centre origin.
v) Rotation about + 90° with centre origin
< F ii) < F < F < F < F
3 0 –1 0 –1 1 2 2 0
3. i) iii) iv) v)
2 –1 0 1 0 3 –1 –1 2
4. i) (–2, –3) ii) (4, 2) iii) (1, 2)
iv) (12, 3) v) It is reflection about y = x. (2, 5)
5. i) (–5, 5), (5, –5), (–3, 3) ii) (–3, 1), (3, 3), (–1, 5)
iii) (–4, –6), (–2, 6), (6, –2) iv) (2, –1), (–2, 3), (–5, –2)
v) (6, 3), (5, –8), (15, –17)

< F < F < F

0 1 3 2 0 0 1 1 0 –2 –2 0
6. i) ii) iii)
0 3 2 –1 0 1 1 0 0 0 –2 –2

< F
0 3 –1 –4
iv) v)
0 –8 3 11

< F , It is reflection about y = x. < F

0 1 1 2
7. i) ii)
1 0 3 4

< F < F < F

3 2 –2 1 3 –1
iii) iv) v)
1 1 2 3 1 2

< F
0 0 1 1
8. i) (–7, 3), (1, 0), (–11, 5) ii)
0 1 1 0
< F
1 –1
iii) (–9, –18), (2, 4), (2, 4) iv) v) (1, 4), (–2, –1), (4, –3)
–2 3

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 317

Transformation
Unit Test
Time : 30 minutes
[1 × 1 + 3 × 2 + 2 × 4 + 1 × 5 = 20]

Attempt all the questions:

1. Which transformation gives congruent image of an object and which one gives only
similar?

2. a) Find the image of a point A(–3, 2) under reflection about x-axis followed by rotation
about +270° with centre origin.
b) If a point A(a, b) is transferred to A'(–5, –1) under FOG where F is reflection about x
+ 2 = 0 and G is rotation about + 90° with centre origin. Find the value of ‘a' and ‘b'.
c) Find the image of a point P(2, –2) under inversion circle of centre origin and radius
4 units.

3. a) Find the image of triangle having vertices A(3, 3), B(–2, –1) and C(–6, –3) under a
combined transformation of translation about T = < F and rotation about 180° with
3
2
centre origin. Also plot the object and image in graph.
b) Find 2 × 2 transformation matrix which transform a parallelogram having
< F to the unit square.
0 2 –1 –3
0 –1 1 2
4. Transform a quadrilateral having vertices A(–2, 2), B(–1, –3) and C(2, –4) and D(3, 4)
under an enlargement about E[0, –2] followed by translation about T = < F . Also plot
4
3
them in graph.

318 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

Unit
8 Statistics

Specification Grid Table

K(1) U(2) A(4) HA(5) TQ TM Periods
No. of Questions – 1 2 –
3 10 12
Weight – 2 8 –
K = Knowledge, U = Understanding, A = Application, HA = Higher ability, TQ = Total
Questions, TM = Total Marks

Objectives : At the end of the lesson

• Students are able to find the quartile deviation, mean deviation and
standard deviation using continuous series.
• Students are able to analyses the data using measure of dispersion and
coefficient.
• Students are able to find the scatteredness of the observations from their
central values.
• Students are able to know which dispersion is better to analyses the data.

Materials
• Marks ledger of the students of terminal examination.
• Chart of the number of students of each classes according to their scoring.
• Chart of the pass out students after SEE and their grading analysis.
• Chart of different types of measures of central tendency and measure of
dispersions.
• Chart of the formula of mean, median, quartiles and measure of dispersions
etc.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 319

8.1 Measure of dispersion:
Enjoy the recall:
1. Arithmetic mean of the continuous frequency distribution.
/fx
i) x = N , where x is mid - value of the class.
/fd
ii) x = A + N , where deviation d = x – A.
/fd' x–A
iii) x = A + N # h , where step - deviation d' = h

2. Median of the observations of the continuous frequency distribution.

• Construct cumulative frequency table.
• Median class lies in, (Finding position of median class)
= Size of ` 2 j item
N th
N
= Just greater C.F. than 2 .
= Corresponding class
Then,
N
– C.F.
Median (Md) = L + 2 F ×h

3. Quartile deviation, (Semi inter quartile range)

Q.D. = 2 ^Q3 – Q1h
1

Q 3 – Q1
Coefficient of Q.D = Q + Q
3 1

4. Mean deviation,
M.D. ^ X h =
/f x – x
N ( from mean )

M.D. ^Mdh =
/f x –Md
N ( from median )
M.D.
Coefficient of M.D.(x) = ( from mean )
x
Coefficient of M.D. ^Mdh = M ( from median )
M.D.
d

5. Standard deviation:
/f ^x – x h2
• S.D. (σ) = N (Using mean)

• S.D. (σ) = (Shortcut method)

• S.D. (σ) = (Step Deviation method)

• S.D. (σ) = h ×

320 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Where,
x–A
d = x – A, d' = h
A = assumed mean
S.D.
• Coefficiemt of S.D. =
x S.D.
• Coefficient of variation (C.V.) = × 100 %
x
• Variance = σ2

6. Syllabus for grade ‘X'.

• Quartile deviation.
• Mean deviation.
• Standard deviation.
• For all the measures of dispersion , only continuous frequency distribution have
to be used.

Quartile Deviation

Quartile deviation is defined as the half of the range of the

quartile of the given observations. Hence it is also called
the semi - inter quartile range.

Here, Q1 and Q3 are the extremes quartiles of the observations where range of the quartiles is
Q3 – Q1. Then quartile deviation can be expressed in formula as
Q.D. = 2 ^Q3 – Q1h
1
Q 3 – Q1
Coefficient of Q.D. = Q + Q
3 1

Steps for the calculation of Quartile deviation.

• Construct a cumulative frequency table.
• Finding of first quartile (Q1) and third quartile (Q3) as the calculation of median using
their classes obtained by finding size of ` 4 j item and ` 4 j item respectively.
N th 3N th
Where,
N 3N
4 – c.f. – c.f
Q1 = L + f ×h Q3 = L + 4 f #h

• Calculation of quartile deviation and it's coefficient using formula,

Q.D. = 2 ^Q3 – Q1h
1
Q 3 – Q1
Coefficient of Q.D. = Q + Q
3 1
• Inter - quartile range can be calculated as,
Inter - quartile range = (Q3 – Q1).
Note:
• Only first quartile and third quartile are involved in the quartile deviation.
• Due to its cause, quartile deviation is not the good measurement of dispersion in
practice.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 321

Worked out Examples
1. If first and third quartiles are 25 and 40 respectively of a continuous frequency table. Find
the quartile deviation and its coefficient.
Solution:
First quartile (Q1) = 40
Third quartile (Q3) = 25
Then,
Q.D. = 2 ^Q3 – Q1h
1

Q.D. = 2 ^40 – 25h

1

1
= 2 # 15
= 7.5
Q 3 – Q1
Coefficient of Q.D. = Q + Q
3 1
40 – 25
= 40 + 25
15
= 65
= 0.230

2. If quartile deviation and it's coefficient of a continuous frequency distribution are 20 and
0.5 respectively, find the first and third quartile.
Solution:
Q.D. = 20
Coefficient of Q.D. = 0.5
We have,
Q.D. = 2 ^Q3 – Q1h
1

20 = 2 ^Q3 – Q1h
1
or,
or, Q3 = 40 + Q1 ..........(i)
Q 3 – Q1
Again, Coefficient of Q.D. = Q + Q
3 1
Q 3 – Q1
or, 0.5 = Q + Q
3 1

1 Q 3 – Q1
or, 2 = Q 3 + Q1
or, Q3+Q1= 2Q3 – 2Q1
or, 3Q1 = Q3
or, 3Q1 = 40 + Q1 [ a From equation (i) ]
or, 2Q1 = 40
\ Q1 = 20
Putting the value of Q1 in equation (i),
Q3 = 40 + 20 = 60
\ First quartile = 20
Second quartile = 60

322 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

3. Find the semi - interquartile range and it's coefficient of
Class 0 - 10 10 - 20 20 - 30 30 - 40 40 - 50 50 - 60
f 3 5 8 12 10 2
Solution:
Class f c.f.
0 - 10 3 3
10 - 20 5 3+5=8
20 - 30 8 8 + 8 = 16
30 - 40 12 16 + 12 = 28
40 - 50 10 28 + 10 38
50 - 60 2 38 + 2 = 40

Here, Q1 class lies in.

= Size of ` 4 j item
N th

= Size of ` 4 j item
40 th

= Size of 10th item

16 is just greater than 10 in c.f.
\ Q1 class is 20 - 30.
Then,
N
– c.f.
Q1 =L+ 4 f #h
10 – 8
= 20 + 8 # 10
20
= 20 + 8
= 22.5

Q3 class lies in,

= Size of ` 4 j item
3N th

= Size of 30th item

38 is the just greater than 30 in c.f.
\ Q3 class is (40 - 50).

Then,
3N
Q3 =L+ 4 – c.f. # h
f
30 – 28 #
= 40 + 10 10
= 42

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 323

 Again,
Semi - interquartile range: (Quartile deviation)
= 2 ^Q3 – Q1h
1

= 2 ^42 – 22.5h
1

1
= 2 # 19.5
= 9.75

Coefficient of Semi-interquartile range (Coeff. of Q.D.)

Q 3 – Q1
= Q +Q
3 1

42 – 22.5
= 42 + 22.5
19.5
= 64.5

= 0.302

4. Find the inter - quartile range of :

Mid - value 6 18 30 42 54
f 8 12 14 10 6
Solution:
For the class interval,
18 – 6
Correction factor = 2 = 6

Then, Lower limit = 6 – 6 = 0

Upper limit = 6 + 6 = 12
Class f c.f
0 - 12 8 8
12 - 24 12 8 + 12 = 20
24 - 36 14 20 + 14 = 34
36 - 48 10 34 + 10 = 44
48 - 60 6 44 + 6 = 50
N = 50

Now,
Q1 Class lies in,
N th
= Size of 4 item
= Size of 12.5th item.
20 is just greater than 12 . 5 in c.f.
\ Q1 class is (12 - 24) .

324 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Then,
N
– c.f.
Q1 =L+ 4 f #h
12 . 5 – 8 #
= 12 + 12 12

= 16.5
Again,
Q3 Class lies in,
= Size of ` 4 j item
3N th
= Size of 37.5th item
44 is the just of greater than 37.5 in c.f.
\ Q3 class is (36 - 48).

Then,
3N
– c.f.
Q3 =L+ 4 f #h
37 . 5 – 34
= 36 + 10 × 12
= 36 + 4.2
= 40.2
\ Inter - quartile range = Q3 – Q1
= 40.2 – 16.5
= 23.7

Exercise 8.1
1. Compute the followings from a continuous frequency distribution.
i) What is quartile deviation? Write down its calculating formula.
ii) If first and third quartiles are 5 and 25 respectively. Find the value of quartile
deviation and it's coefficient.
iii) If inter - quartile range and third quartile are respectively 20 and 30, find the first
quartile. Also find the quartile deviation and it's coefficient.
iv) If quartile deviation and coefficient of quartile deviation are respectively 10 and
0.25, find the value of first quartile and third quartile. Also find the inter - quartile
range.
v) If quartile deviation and first quartile are respectively 10 and 20, find the third
quartile. Also find the coefficient of quartile deviation.
vi) If coefficient of quartile deviation and third quartile are respectively 0.5 and 30, find
the first quartile. Also find semi - inter - quartile range.

2. Find the quartile deviation and it's coefficient from the followings.
i)
Marks 0 - 20 20 - 40 40 - 60 60 - 80 80 - 100
f 6 12 18 10 14

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 325

 ii)
Age 0 - 12 12 - 24 24 - 36 36 - 48 48 - 60 60 - 72 72 - 84
f 3 6 10 14 9 5 3
iii)
Class 0 - 15 15 - 30 30 - 45 45 - 60 60 - 75 75 - 90
f 3 5 6 12 10 4
iv)
Marks 0-5 5 - 10 10 - 15 15 - 20 20 - 25
f 3 5 5 2 5
v)
Class 0-8 0 - 16 0 - 24 0 - 32 0 - 40
f 7 17 25 33 36

3. PRIME more creative questions:

i) Find quartile deviation and its coefficient of.
Class 10 - 19 20 - 29 30 - 39 40 - 49 50 - 59
f 5 6 11 8 2

ii) Find quartile deviation and its coefficient of.

Mid - value 4 12 20 28 36
f 4 7 9 8 2

iii) Find quartile deviation and its coefficient of.

Mid - value 8 20 32 44 56 68
f 2 5 6 12 10 5

iv) Find the quartile deviation by constructing frequency distribution table

taking a suitable class interval.
12, 48, 42, 7, 6, 34, 28, 30, 20, 24, 22, 37, 43, 17, 11, 18, 23, 26, 37, 32,
19, 29, 44, 33, 26, 5, 9, 13, 14, 31.
v) If first quatile of the observations is 32, find the quartile deviation.

Marks 2 – 14 14 – 26 26 – 38 38 – 50 50 – 62 62 – 74
f 2 5 6 m 10 5

Answer
1. i) Show to your teacher. ii) 10, 0.67 iii) 10, 10, 0.5
iv) 30, 50, 20 v) 40, 0.33 vi) 10, 10
2. i) 21.5 ii) 12.9, 0.313 iii) 15.5, 0.307 iv) 6.5, 0.48 v) 8.2, 0.46
3. i) 8.75, 0.263 ii) 7, 0.33 iii) 12, 0.36 iv) 10 v) 12

326 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

8.2 Mean deviation:

Mean deviation is defined as the mean of the deviation of

the observations from the central values like arithmetic
mean, median and mode.

Here,
x and Md are the mean and median of the observations and deviation d = x – x and d = x – Md
respectively.

Then formula of mean deviation can be written as,

/f x – x
• M.D. from mean = N
/f x – M d
• M.D. from median = N
M.D.
• Coefficient of M.D. (X) =
x
M.D.
• Coefficient of M.D. (Md) = M
d

Steps for the calculation of mean deviation.

i) Mean deviation from mean.
/fx
• Finding of mean (x) of continuous frequency distribution. x = N
• Finding absolute value of the deviation x – x (always positive called modulous).
• Finding the f x – x and it's sum.
• Finding M.D. and it's coefficient as the formula.
/f x – x
M.D. (X) = N
M.D.
Coefficient of M.D. (X) =
x
Model of the table
Class f Mid - value(x) fx x x–x f x–x
N= ∑fx = ∑f x – x =

ii) Mean deviation from median:

• Finding the value of median (Md) by calculating size of median class.
N
– c.f
M.D. = L + 2 f #h
• Finding absolute value of x – Md which is modulus (always positive)
• Finding f x – Md and it's sum.
• Finding mean deviation and it's coefficient using formula,
/f x – M d
M.D. = N
M.D.
Coefficient of M.D. (Md) = M
d

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 327

 Model of the table
Class f cf Mid - value(x) Md x – Md f x – Md

N= ∑f x – Md =

Worked out Examples

1. Find mean deviation from mean and coefficient from the given data.
Marks 0 - 10 10 - 20 20 - 30 30 - 40 40 - 50
f 5 7 11 9 8
Solution:
Marks f Mid - value (x) fx x x–x f x–x
0 - 10 5 5 25 22 110
10 - 20 7 15 105 12 84
27
20 - 30 11 25 275 2 22
30 - 40 9 35 315 8 72
40 - 50 8 45 360 18 144
N = 40 ∑fx = 1080 ∑ x – x = 432
Here,
/fx
Mean (x) = N
1080
= 40
= 27
Again,
/f x – x
M.D. (X) = N
432
= 40
= 10.8
M.D.
Coefficient of M.D. (X) =
x
10.8
= 27
= 0.4

328 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

2. Find mean deviation from median and it's coefficient of:
Class 0-8 8 - 16 16 - 24 24 - 32 32 - 40
f 7 9 15 11 8
Solution:
Class f c.f. Md mid- value (x) x – Md f x – Md
0-8 7 7 4 16.8 117.6
8 - 16 9 7 + 9 = 16 12 8.8 79.2
20.8
16 - 24 15 16 + 15 = 31 20 0.8 12
24 - 32 11 31 + 11 = 42 28 7.2 79.2
32 - 40 8 42 + 8 = 50 36 15.2 121.6
N = 50 ∑f x – Md = 409.8
Here,
Median value lies in;
N th
= Size of 2 item

= Size of a 2 k item
50 th

= Size of 25th item

\ 31 is the just greater value than 25 in c.f.
\ Median class = (16 - 24)

Then,
N
– c.f.
Median (Md) =L+ 2 f #h
25 – 16
= 16 + 15 # 8
= 16 + 4.8
= 20.8
Again,
Mean deviation from median,
/f x – M d
M.D. = N
409.8
= 50
= 8.196

M.D.
Coefficient of M.D. = M
d
8.196
= 20.8
= 0.394

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 329

3. Find the mean deviation from mean and it's coefficient of:
Marks 10 - 19 20 - 29 30 - 39 40 - 49 50 - 59
f 4 5 9 3 2
Solution:
Let us convert the inclusive class into exclusive after finding correction factor.
Correction factor for continuous class interval
=
20 – 19
= 2
= 0.5

Marks f M.V.(x) fx x x–x f x–x

9.5 - 19.5 4 14.5 58 14.84 59.36
19.5 - 29.5 5 24.5 122.5 4.84 24.20
29.34
29.5 - 39.5 9 34.5 310.5 5.16 46.44
39.5 - 49.5 3 44.5 133.5 15.16 45.84
49.5 - 59.5 2 54.5 109 25.16 50.32
N = 25 ∑f x – x = 226.16
/fx
Here, mean (x) = N
733.5
= 25
= 29.34

/f x – x
M.D.(X) = N
226.16
= 25
= 9.0464

M.D.
Coefficient of M.D. =
x
9.0464
= 29.34
= 0.308

330 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

4. Find mean deviation from median and it's coefficient of:
Class less than 12 less than 24 less than36 less than48 less than 60
f 3 9 19 22 24
Solution:
Class f c.f. Md M.V. (x) x – Md f x – Md
0 - 12 3 3 6 21.6 64.8
12 - 24 9–3=6 3+6=9 18 9.6 57.6
24 - 36 19 – 9 = 10 9 + 10 = 19 27.6 30 2.4 24
36 - 48 22 – 19 = 3 19 + 3 = 22 42 14.4 43.2
48 - 60 24 – 22 = 2 22 + 2 = 24 54 26.4 52.8
N = 24 ∑f x – Md = 242.4
Here,
Median class lies in
= Size of ` 2 j item
N th
= Size of 12th item
19 is just greater than 12 in c.f.
\ Median class is (24 - 36).
Where, L = 24, f = 10, C.f = 9, h = 12

Then,
N
– c.f.
Median (Md) =L+ 2 f #h
12 – 9
= 24 + 10 # 12
= 24 + 3.6
= 27.6
Again,
/f x – M d
M.D. (X) = N
242.4
= 24
= 10.1
M.D.
Coefficient of M.D. = M
d

10.1
= 27.6
= 0.3659

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 331

 Exercise 8.2
1. Find the mean deviation from mean from the followings. Also find the coefficient of mean
deviation.
i) What is mean deviation? Write down its calculating formula from mean.
ii) If /f x – x = 300, /f = 40 , x = 20 in a continuous class interval data.
iii) If /f x – x = 800, N = 50, Mean = 24 in a continuous class interval frequency
distribution.
iv)
Class 0-4 4-8 8 - 12 12 - 16 16 - 20 20 - 24
f 2 3 7 10 2 1
v)
Marks 0-8 8 - 16 16 - 24 24 - 32 32 - 40
No. of students 5 9 12 8 6
vi)
Age 0 - 20 20 - 40 40 - 60 60 - 80 80 - 100
f 7 11 15 9 8

2. Find the mean deviation from median and it's coefficient from the followings.
i) /f x – Md = 600, ∑f = 25, median = 50 in a continuous class interval data.
ii) If /f x – Md = 800 where median lies in the class 30 - 40 of frequency 5. The
proceeding c.f. value is 18 out of 40 students.
iii)
Marks 0 - 10 10 - 20 20 - 30 30 - 40 40 - 50
f 2 4 13 3 3
iv)
Class 0-5 5 - 10 10 - 15 15 - 20 20 - 25 25 - 30
f 2 4 8 3 1 2
v)
Marks 0 - 12 12 - 24 24 - 36 36 - 48 48 - 60
f 5 10 15 12 8

3. PRIME more creative questions:

i) If /f x – x = 600, ∑fx = 1200 out of 60 students, find the coefficient of mean
deviation in a continuous frequency distribution data.
ii) Compute mean deviation from median and it's coefficient of:
Class 10 - 18 20 - 28 30 - 38 40 - 48 50 - 58
f 5 9 12 10 4
iii) Find mean deviation from mean of the following.
Class 0 - 10 0 - 20 0 - 30 0 - 40 0 - 50
f 6 14 25 35 40

332 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 iv) Find mean deviation from mean of
Marks more than more than more than more than more than
20 40 60 80 100
f 50 42 31 17 7

v) Find mean deviation from median of the marks secured by 20 students taking a
suitable class interval.
12, 18, 28, 22, 8, 16, 42, 35, 32, 27, 40, 20, 15, 2, 39, 20, 24, 23, 34, 24.

Answer
1. i) Show to your teacher. ii) 7.5, 0.375 iii) 3.776, 0.325
iv) 16, 0.667 v) 7.86, 0.38 vi) 20, 0.4

2. i) 24, 0.48 ii) 20, 0.588 iii) 6.8, 0.272

iv) 4.75, 0.38 v) 11.92, 0.3725

3. i) 0.5 ii) 9.25, 0.272 iii) 10, 0.4

iv) 20.688 v) 8

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 333

8.3 Standard deviation (Root Mean Square Deviation)

Standard deviation is defined as the square root of the

mean of the square of deviation of the observations from
their arithmetic mean.

Here,
x is the arithmetic mean and deviation d = x – x from mean, then the standard deviation is
formulated as the deviation:
/f (x – x) 2
S.D. (σ) = N
Where,
• σ(sigma) is the symbol of standard deviation.
S .D σ
• Coefficient of standard deviation, = =
x x
S.D. # σ
• Coefficient of variance is, C.V. = 100% = × 100%
x x
• Formula to find the variance is, Variance = (S.D.)2 = (σ)2
• Standard deviation is the best method of the calculation of dispersion because all
the observation are involved and their deviation from the best central tendency
mean.
• It is the best method of the measures of dispersion for the research to establish the
factories, industries etc to analysis the data related to production of items and their
possibility of used in the locality.
• Here we discussed standard deviation for continuous frequency distribution data
only in Grade ‘x' according to National Curriculum Development Centre.
• Standard deviation is the square root of the mean of the square of deviation from
mean. Hence, it is called the root mean square deviation also.

Steps for finding standard deviation and format of the tabulation for different
ways. (Steps to be calculated standard deviation)
i) Using arithmetic mean:
Finding arithmetic mean ^ x h = N after finding the mid - value (x) of the classes.
/fx
•
• Finding deviation d = x – x and it's square ^x – x h2 and f ^x – x h2 .
• Format of table:
Class f Mid-value (x) fx x x–x (x – x)2 f ^x – x h2
N= ∑fx = Rfx /f (x – x) 2 =
N =

/f ^x – x h2
Then, S.D. (σ) = N

334 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

ii) Direct method : (Without calculating mean)
• Finding mid - value (x), fx, x2, and fx2 in table as,
Class f Mid - Value (x) fx x2 fx2

N= ∑fx = ∑fx2 =

/fx2
a /fx k
2
Here, S.D. = (σ) = N – N

iii) Deviation method:

• Finding deviation d = x – A where A is assumed mean.
• Finding fd, d2 and fd2 as the table:
Class f Mid - value (x) d=x–A fd d2 fd2

N= ∑fd = ∑fd2 =

Here, S.D. =

iv) Step - deviation method :

x–A
• Finding step - deviation d' = h where A is assume mean and ‘h' is height of the
class.
• Finding fd, d2 and fd2 as the table.

Class f Mid - Value (x) d' =

x–A fd' d'2 fd'2
h

N= ∑fd' = ∑fd'2 =

Here, S.D. = h ×

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 335

Worked out Examples
1) Find the standard deviation using arithmetic mean.
Class 0 - 20 20 - 40 40 - 60 60 - 80 80 - 10
f 9 11 13 10 7
Solution:
Let us construct the table to compute S.D.(σ).
Mid -
Class f fx x x–x x – x2 f(x – x )2
Value (x)
0 - 20 9 10 90 –38 1444 12996
20 - 40 11 30 330 –18 324 3564
48
40 - 60 13 50 650 2 4 52
60 - 80 10 70 700 22 484 4840
80 - 100 7 90 630 42 1764 12348
N = 50 ∑fx = 240 /f (x – x) 2 = 33800

Here,
/fx
Mean (x) = N
2400
= 50
= 48
Then,
Rf (x – x) 2
S.D. (σ) = N
33800
= 50
= 676
\ (σ) = 26

2. Find the standard deviation and it's coefficient using direct method.
Class 0 - 12 0 - 24 0 - 36 0 - 48 0 - 60
f 2 8 16 21 25

Solution:
Let us construct the table to compute S.D.(σ).
Class f Mid - Value (x) fx x2 fx2
0 - 12 2 6 12 36 72
12 - 24 6 18 408 324 1944
24 - 36 8 30 240 900 7200

336 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 36 - 48 5 42 210 1764 8820
48 - 60 4 54 216 2916 11664
N =25 ∑fx = 786 ∑fx2 = 29700
Then,
/fx2
a /fx k
2
S.D. (σ) = N – N
=
=
= 199.5264
= 14.125

/fx
Mean (x) = N
786
= 25
= 31.44

S.D.
Coefficient of S.D. =
x
14.125
= 31.44

= 0.449

3. Find the root mean square deviation by using step - deviation method. Also find C.V.
Class 20 - 29 30 - 39 40 - 49 50 - 59 60 - 69
f 7 9 14 11 9
Solution:
For continuous class interval, (Exclusive class)
30 – 29
Correction factor : 2 = 0.5
Then,

Class f Mid - Value (x) d' =

x–A fd' d'2 fd'2
h
19.5 - 29.5 7 24.5 –2 – 14 4 28
29.5 - 39.5 9 34.5 –1 –9 1 9
39.5 - 49.5 14 44.5 0 0 0 0
49.5 - 59.5 11 54.5 1 11 1 11
59.5 - 69.5 9 64.5 2 18 4 36
N = 50 ∑fd' = 6 ∑fd'2 = 84

Here, A = 44.5
h = 10

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 337

 Then.
S.D. =h×

84 a 6 k2
= 10 × 50 – 50
= 10 × 1.68 – 0.0144
= 10 × 1.6656
= 12.905
/fd' 6
Mean (x) = A + N # h = 44.5 + 50 # 10 = 45.7

S.D. # 12.905
C.V. = 100% = 45.7 × 100% = 28.23%
x
4. If standard deviation of the observation having Σfx2 = 22250 out of 40 students, 12.5, find
the value of arithmetic mean of the continuous frequency distribution. Also find the C.V.
Solution:
In a continuous frequency distribution
∑fx2 = 22250
N = 40
S.D. = 12.5
x =?
We have,
S.D. =
22250
or, 12.5 = 40 – x
2

or, 156.25 = 556.25 – x 2

or, x 2 = 556.25 – 156.25
or, x 2 = 400
\ x = 20.

Again,
S.D. #
C.V. = 100 %
x
12.5
= 20 # 100 %
= 62.5 %

338 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Exercise 8.3
1. Compute the followings for the given data of continuous frequency distribution.
i) What is standard deviation? Write down its calculating formula by finding mean.
ii) If /f ^x – x h2 = 450, & N = 50, find the standard deviation and coefficient of variance
where, ∑fx = 1000.
iii) If standard deviation of the data is 4 where, /f ^x – x h2 = 480 , find the total number
of participants of the data.
iv) If ∑fx = 200, ∑fx2 = 3280 and ∑f = 20, find the value of standard deviation.
v) If N = 25, ∑fx2 = 6100 and standard deviation is 12, find the value of arithmetic
mean.
vi) If x = 12, ∑fx2 = 4880 and standard deviation is 10 of the data, find the total number
of participants.

2. Find the standard deviation of the followings using mean.

i)
Class 0 - 10 10 - 20 20 - 30 30 - 40 40 - 50
f 7 12 15 10 6
ii) Marks 0-8 8 - 16 16 - 24 24 - 32 32 - 40
f 4 8 14 8 6
iii)
Age 0 - 12 12 - 24 24 - 36 36 - 48 48 - 60
f 6 8 11 10 5
iv) Marks obtained by the students taking an class interval 20 - 40.
56, 97, 7, 18, 92, 80, 48, 59, 40, 87, 75, 72, 46, 55, 15, 37, 38, 25, 58, 69, 70, 52, 18,
99, 74.
v) 22, 7, 6, 15, 20, 24, 35, 39, 16, 37, 21, 18, 12, 10, 28, 30, 20, 19, 8, 5, 12, 17, 23, 27, 38,
9, 11, 6, 21, 29.

3. Find the root mean square deviation short (direct) method of :

i)
Class 0 - 10 10 – 20 20 – 30 30 – 40 40 – 50
f 5 10 20 5 10
ii)
Marks 0–6 6 – 12 12 – 18 18 – 24 24 – 30
f 2 4 6 5 3
iii)
Age 10 – 14 14 – 18 18 – 22 22 – 26 26 – 30
f 4 5 7 6 3
iv)
Class 10 – 19 20 – 29 30 – 39 40 – 49 50 – 59
f 2 3 7 6 2
v) 22, 7, 11, 14, 18, 24, 20, 15, 10, 6, 4, 2, 5, 13, 16, 12, 8, 14, 21, 16

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 339

4. PRIME more creative questions:
i) Find the standard deviation and it's coefficient using step - deviation method.
Class 10 - 18 20 - 28 30 - 38 40 - 48 50 - 58
f 7 9 13 11 10
ii) Find the root mean square deviation and coefficient of variation using deviation
method.
Marks less than 10 less than 20 less than 30 less than 40 less than 50
f 5 12 24 34 40
iii) Find the root mean square deviation and C.V. of using step - deviation method.
Marks 0 - 40 8 - 40 16 - 40 24 - 40 32 - 40
f 50 42 32 18 6
iv) Find standard deviation of the given age groups.
Age 1–9 11 – 19 21 – 29 31 – 39 41 – 49 51 – 59
f 2 4 6 4 1 4
v) Find C.V. of the data given below.
Marks 0 – 10 0 – 20 0 – 30 0 – 40 0 – 50
f 5 13 25 34 40

5. Project work
i) Collects the marks obtained by the students of grade IX in first terminal examination
by taking class interval 10 and find the coefficient of variation of the marks.
ii) Marks obtained by the class IX students in compulsory maths and optional maths in
first unit test as follows.
Marks 0–5 5 – 10 10 – 15 15 – 20 20 – 25 25 – 30
Number of C. Maths 5 16 13 7 5 4
students O. Maths 2 7 12 19 9 1
a. Find the average mark obtained by the students in such subjects.
b. In which subject, the marks are uniformly distributed?
c. In which subject there is the betterment of mark?

Answer
1. i) Show to your teacher ii) 3, 15% iii) 30 iv) 8
v) 10 vi) 20
2. i) 12.139 ii) 9.43 iii) 14.94 iv) 26.33 v) 9.91
3. i) 12.2 ii) 7.168 iii) 4.99 iv) 11.079 v) 6.24
4. i) 13.169, 0.37 ii) 12.285, 46.8% iii) 9.986, 50.74%
iv) 13.09 v) 47.86%

340 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

Statistics
Unit Test
Time : 30 minutes
[1 × 1 + 3 × 2 + 2 × 4 + 1 × 5 = 20]

Attempt all the questions:

1. Write down the formula of coefficient of standard deviation and coefficient of variation.

2. a) If lower quartile and upper quartile of a continuous frequency distribution are 20

and 60 respectively, find the quartile deviation and its coefficient.
b) If ∑fx = 400 and ∑fx2 = 20000 in a continuous frequency distribution of 40 students,
find the value of standard deviation.
c) If ∑fx = 80 + a, ∑f|x – x| = 100 + 5a out of 20 students where mean deviation of the
continuous class interval is 10, find the value of arithmetic mean.

3. a) Find the quartile deviation of the observations.

Marks 0 – 20 20 – 40 40 – 60 60 – 80 80 – 100
f 7 9 12 8 4
b) Find mean deviation from mean and its coefficient of:
Class 0–8 8 – 16 16 – 24 24 – 32 32 – 40
f 2 4 6 5 3

4. Find the coefficient of variation of the observations.

Marks 0 – 12 0 – 24 0 – 36 0 – 48 0 – 60
f 7 18 33 45 50

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 341

 Proposed Syllabus with Grid for
First Terminal Examination
S.N. Containts Topics K-1 U-2 A-4 HA-5 TQ TM Periods
1 Algebra i. Function 2 2 2 1 7 18 9
ii. Polynomial
2 Matrices All 2 2 2 – 6 14 10
3 Co-ordinate i. Angle bet lines
n
2 3 2 1 9 21 10
Geometry ii. Homogeneous eqn
4 Trigonometry i. Multiple angle 2 4 3 1 9 28 15
ii. Sub M angle
iii. Transformation
5 Transformation Combination of Tra. 1 1 1 1 4 12 6
6 Statistics Q.D., M.D. 1 1 1 – 3 7 6
Total Questions 10 13 11 4 38
Total Marks 10 26 44 20 100 56
K = Knowledge, U = Understanding, A = Application, HA = Higher ability

Model Question Set for First Terminal Examination

Group : A [10 × 1 = 10]
1. a. Define the term inverse function.
b. State remainder theorem.
2. a. Prove that : Cos2A = 2Cos2A – 1.
b. Prove that : Cos40° + Cos20° = 3 Cos10°.
3. a. Write down the conditions of the two straight lines being perpendicular and parallel.
b. Write down the formula of calculating angle between the line pairs of homogeneous
equation px2 + 2hxy + qy2 = 0
4. a. In what condition inverse of a matrix can be defined? Also write down the formula
of A-1.
b. Write down the formula to find the variables x and y using Cramer's rule.
5. a. Find the single transformation r2or1 where r1 is reflection about y-axis and r2 is
rotation about +90° with Centre origin.
b. Find 2 × 2 matrix represented by reflection about x - axis.

Group : B [13 × 2 = 26]

3x – 2
6. a. If f (x) = 2 , find f(x) and f(2).
-1

b. Prove that (x + 2) and (x – 5) are the factors of the polynomial x3 – 19x – 30.
3 3 +1
c. If Cos330° = 2 , prove that cos165° = –
2 2 P(4, 3)
7. a. Prove that : = 2Cosq
b. Prove that : Cos20° – Cos40° – Cos80° = 0
A 1 1
8. a. If Sin 3 = 2 (a + a ) , find SinA. A(3, –2) Q B(–1, 4)
b. Prove that PQ is perpendicular to AB in the given diagram.

342 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

9. a. If the straight line joining the points (m, –3) and (7, 3) is parallel to the line 3x – 2y
+ 10 = 0, find the value of 'm'.
b. Find the angle between the line pairs of 3 x2 – 4xy + 3 y2 = 0
If a matrix A = < F is inverse of the matrix < F , find the value of p and q.
–3 7 –5 7
c.
–2 5 p q

If a matrix A = < F , find the determinant of A2 – 3A + 5I where I is 2 × 2 unit

2 –1
10. a.
3 –2
matrix.
b. If A'(3, 7) is the image of a point A under a combined transformation of translation
about T = < F and rotation about +270° with center origin, find the co-ordinate of A.
1
2
What transformation is represented by the matrix < F ? Also find the image of
–2 0
c.
0 –2
a point A[3, –2] under the matrix.

Group : C [11 × 4 = 44]

2x – 3
11. If f(x) = 2 , g(x) = 3x + 7 and gof(x) = f-1(x), find the value of 'x'.
12. Solve the polynomial : x3 + 4x2 – 11x – 30 = 0
13. Solve the equations by matrix method of 3x – y = 7 and 5x + 2y = 19.

If < F < F = < F , find the value of x and y by using Cramer's rule.
4 3 x 17
14.
3 –1 y 3
Prove that q = Tan-1 8± 1 +1m m2 B as the angle between any two straight lines.
m –m
15.
1 2

16. Find the equation of straight line passes through a point (2, –3) which is perpendicular
to the straight line of equation 4x – 6y + 7 = 0
17. If the line pairs of 4x2 – 12xy + (k + 3)y2 = 0 are coincident to each other, find the value of
'k'. Also find the separate equations.
18. Prove that : Sin2q – Cos2qcos2b = sin2b – Cos2b.Cos2q
3
19. Prove that : Sin20°.Sin40°.Sin60°.Sin80° = 16
Sin2b
20. If 2Tana = 3Tanb, prove that : Tan(a – b) =
5 – Cos2b
21. Find the 2 × 2 transformation matrix which transform the unit square to a parallelogram
having vertices < F
0 1 3 2
0 3 7 4
Group : D [4 × 5 = 20]
22. If x3 – 8x2 + (2p + 1)x + 20 has a factor (x – 4), find the value of p. Also find the other
factors of it.
23. Prove that : Tanq + 2Tan2q + 4Tan4q + 8Cot8q = Cotq
24. Find the equation of straight line passes through a point (1, –2) which makes 135° angle
with the line 3x – 4y + 5 = 0?
25. Transform a triangle having vertices A(1, 3), B(–1, 1) and C(3, –4) under reflection about
x + 2 = 0 followed by rotation about –90° with centre origin. Also plot the object and
image in graph.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 343

 Proposed Syllabus with Grid for
Second Terminal Examination
S.N. Containts Topics K-1 U-2 A-4 HA-5 TQ TM Periods
1 Algebra i. Sequence & Series 2 3 2 1 8 21 18
ii. Graph and L.P.
2 Limit and All 1 – 1 – 2 5 8
Continuity
3 Matrices All 1 2 1 – 4 9 6
4 Co-ordinate i. Conic Section 2 2 1 1 6 15 10
Geometry ii. Circle
5 Trigonometry i. Conditional 2 3 3 – 8 20 18
ii. Tri. Equation
iii. Heights & distance
6 Transformation Transformation- 1 – 1 1 3 10 6
Matrix
7 Vector All 1 2 – 1 4 10 6
8 Statistics Standard Deviation – 1 2 – 3 10 8
9 First Term Review 6
Total Questions 10 13 11 4 38
Total Marks 10 26 44 20 100 86
K = Knowledge, U = Understanding, A = Application, HA = Higher ability

Model Question Set for Second Terminal Examination

Group : A [10 × 1 = 10]
1. a. If pre-image of f(x) = x + 1 is 5, find the element of image.
b. What do you mean by zero of the polynomial?
2. a. Write down the sequence 0.9, 0.99, 0.999, 0.9999, ............... in the limit notation.
b. What is singular matrix?
3. a. What is the slope of a straight line which is parallel to the another straight line of
2
slope – 3 ?
b. Write down the formula of equation of circle having ends of diameter (x1, y1) and
(x2, y2).
1 – Cos2A
4. a. Prove that : SinA = 2SinA.
b. If 2SinA – 1 = 0, find A where 0 ≤ A ≤ 90°.
5. a. Write down the conditions of any two vectors a and b being perpendicular and
parallel.
If translations T1 = < F and T2 = < F , what will be the combined translation T2oT1?
1 –3
b.
2 1

344 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 Group : B [13 × 2 = 26]
2x + 1
6. a. If f(x) = 2 , prove that fof-1 is an identity function.
b. Is 1536 a term of the sequence 3, 6, 12, 24, ...........................?
c. Find the vertex of parabola of the quadratic equation x2 – 4x – 12 = 0.

If a matrix A = < F , prove that AA-1 is an unit matrix.

3 –1
7. a.
–4 1
If A = < F and A2 = 25, find the value of m.
2 m
b.
–1 1
8. a. Find the separate equation of x2 – 2xyCot2a – y2 = 0
b. Find the equation of circle having radius 4 units which O
touches x-axis at point (3, 0)
1c 1c c
9. a. Prove that : Cot 22 2 – Tan 22 2 = 2
a ?
1 1 A+B B
b. If CosA + CosB = 3 , SinA + SinB = 4 , find Tan 2 .
c. Solve (0 ≤ q ≤ p) : Sin2q + Sinq = 0 P
A
10. a. If a + b + c = 0 where a , b and c are the unit vectors, find the
angle between the vectors b and c .
b. Find OP in terms of a and b from the adjoining diagram where 3AP = 2PB .
c. If coefficient of quartile deviation of the continuous class interval is 0.5 where upper
quartile is 30, find the lower quartile.

Group : C [11 × 4 = 44]

11. Solve the polynomial y = x3 – 19x – 20 and y = 10.
12. How many AMs are there between 124 and 76 where the first mean and last mean are in
the ration 3:2?
2 for x ≤ 0
13. Examine the function f(x) = for continuous or discontinuous by showing
2 for x ≥ 0
in graph.
14. Solve the equations 3x – 2y = 8 and 5x – 3y = 14 by using Cramer's rule.
15. Find the equation of straight line passes through the centroid of DABC having vertices
A(2, 5), B(–2, –4) and C(4, 4) which is perpendicular to the side BC.
16. Prove that : Cos3qCos3q + Sin3q.Sin3q = Cos32q.
17. If A, B and C are the angles of a triangle,
A B C A B C
Prove that : Sin2 2 + Sin2 2 + Sin2 2 = 1 – 2Sin 2 Sin 2 Sin 2
18. The angle of elevations of the top of two poles from mid-way between their bases which
are 120m apart are found to be complementary where one pole is double than the other.
Find the height of the taller pole.
19. Find 2 × 2 transformation matrix which transform the points A(1, –2) → A'(4, 7) and B(3,
1) → B'(5, 7).
20. Find mean deviation from median and its coefficient of the observations given below.
Marks 0-12 12-24 24-36 36-48 48-60
f 5 7 12 9 7

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 345

21. Find standard deviation of the observations.
Class 0-8 0-16 0-24 0-32 0-40
f 8 9 15 12 6

Group : D [4 × 5 = 20]
22. Maximize the function P = 3x + 2y under the constraints x + y ≤ 6, 3x – y ≤ – 2, x ≥ 0 and
y ≥ 0.
23. Find the equation of circle having radius 5 units which passes through a point (5, 3) and
centre lies in the straight line x – y = 3.
24. Prove by vector method that the line joining the center of a circle and mid-point of a
chord is perpendicular to the chord.
25. Find the co-ordinate of image of a triangle having vertices A(–2, 1), B(1, 2) and C(2, –3)
under enlargement about E[(0, –1), 2] followed by translation about T = < F . Also plot
3
4
the object and images in graph.

Specification Grid for SEE Examination

referred by CDC Nepal
S.N. Containts Topics K-1 U-2 A-4 HA-5 TQ TM Periods
1 Algebra i. Function 2 3 2 1 8 21 35
ii. Polynomial
iii. Sequence & Series
iv. Linear Program
2 Limits and Continuity and 1 – 1 – 2 5 10
Continuity Discontinuity
3 Matrices i. Determinate 1 2 1 – 4 9 15
ii. Inverse
iii. Cramer's Rule
4 Co-ordinate i. Angle between lines 2 2 1 1 6 15 30
Geometry ii. Homogeneous
Equation
iii. Conic Section
iv. Circle
5 Trigonometry i. Multiple angle 2 3 3 – 8 20 35
ii. Sub M angle
iii. Transformation F
iv. Conditional
v. Tri. Equation
vi. Heights & distance
6 Vector i. Dot Product 1 2 – 1 4 10 18
ii. Vector Geometry
7 Transformation i. Combination Tran. 1 – 1 1 3 10 15
ii. Inversion Tran.
iii. Matrix Tran.

346 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X

 8 Statistics i. Quartile Deviation – 1 2 – 3 10 12
ii. mean Deviation
iii. Standard
Deviation
Total Questions 10 13 11 4 38
Total Marks 10 26 44 20 100 170
K = Knowledge, U = Understanding, A = Application, HA = Higher ability

Model Question Set for SEE Examination

Group : A [10 × 1 = 10]
1. a. Define the term composite function.
b. In what condition x - 2 will be the factor of a polynomial p(x)?
2. a. Write down the condition of continuity of a function f(x).
Find the determinant of a matrix < F
Sini Cosi
b.
Cosi Sini
3. a. Find the slope of a straight line which is perpendicular to the another straight line
a
of slope b .
b. Prove that the line pairs of 4x2 + 6xy – 4y2 = 0 are perpendicular to each other.
4. a. Prove that Cos2A = 1 – 2Sin2A.
b. Prove that Sin(A + B) + Sin(A – B) = 2sinACosB.
If a = d n and b = d n find a.b .
x1 x2
5. a.
y1 y2
b. Find the image of p(x, y) under FoG where F is rotation about +270 with centre
origin and G is refection about y = x.

Group : B [13 × 2 = 26]

3x – 2
6. a. If f (x) = 2
-1
, find f(x).
b. Insert 3 AMs between 40 and 16.
c. Write down the co-ordinate of the points on a parabola of ax2 + bx + c = 0 which are
the intersecting point of x - axis and the parabola.
7. a. If D = 13, Dx = 39 and Dy = 26 are the determinants of the columns of two linear
equations of the variables x and y, find the value of 'x' and 'y'.

If < F is the inverse of a matrix < F , find the value of 'a' and 'b'.
–3 a –7 5
b.
–4 7 –4 b
8. a. If angle between the line pairs of px – 7xy – 15y2 = 0 is 45°, find the value of 'p'.
2

b. Find the co-ordinate of a point (4, 2) under a inversion circle having center (1, 1)
and radius 20 units.
1 + Sini + Cosi i
9. a. Prove that : + = Cot 2 .
1 sin i – Cosi
b. Prove that : 2Cos(45° + A)Sin(45° – A) = Cos2A
c. Solve (0 ≤ q ≤ p) : Tanq + 2Sinq = 0
10. a. If the vectors 3 i + mj and 4 i – 3 j are arthogonal vectors, find the value of m.

PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X 347

 b. Prove that AB2 + BC2 = AC2 by vector method in the given diagram. A
c. If third quartile of the continuous frequency distribution is 80
whose quartile deviation is 60, find the coefficient of quartile
deviation.
B C
Group : C [11 × 4 = 44]
11. Solve the polynomial : 6x3 + 17x2 – 5x – 6 = 0
12. Find the number of terms of an AP whose last term is 58, sum of first four terms is 48 and
sum of last four terms is 208.
2x – 1 for x < 0
13. Determine the function f(x) = 3 for x = 0 is continuous or not.
x + 1 for x > 2
3x 5y 5x
14. Solve the equations 2 – 3 = 7 and 4 – 3y = 1 by matrix method.
15. Find the equation of diagonal AC of a square ABCD where two of the vertices are A(3, 1)
and B(–1, 7).
q q q
16. Prove that : Cosecq + Cosec + Cosec = Cot – Cotq
2 4 8
p
17. If A + B + C = , prove that : Sin2A + Sin2B + Sin2C = 1 – 2SinASinBSinC
2
18. A boat is coming towards the sea-Shore where the angle of depression of it from the top
of a light house is 30°. After 10 seconds depression changes to 60°. At what time the boat
reached to the sea-shore?
19. Find the image of unit square by using 2 × 2 matrix of a transformation where x = 2x – y
and y = x + 3y.
20. Find mean deviation from mean and its coefficient of :
Class 0-8 8-16 16-24 24-32 32-40
f 2 3 5 6 4
21. Find root mean square deviation of :
Marks 10-18 20-28 30-38 40-48 50-58
f 4 7 12 10 7

Group : D [4 × 5 = 20]
22. Find the inequalities represented by the given feasible region. Also maximize the function
F = 4x + 3y.
Y
23. Find the equation of circle having equation of two
diameters x + 2y = 5 and 3x – y = 1 which touches the 6
straight line of equation 3x + 4y + 4 = 0. 5 (1, 5)
24. Prove by vector method that the diagonals of a rhombus 4
(0, 3) 3
are bisected at right angle.
2
25. Find the co-ordinate of image of DABC having vertices A(3, 1
(6, 0)
2), B(1, –2) and C(0, 3) under enlargement about E1[0, 2] X' –2 –1 O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X
3 –1
followed by E2 [0, 2 ]. Also find the single transformation.
–2
Plot the object and images in graph. Y'

348 PRIME Opt. Maths Book - X